Recipes By Cooking Method (Instant Pot & Slow Cooker) - Foolproof Living https://foolproofliving.com/category/method/ Tried & True Recipes ยท No Refined Sugars Mon, 13 Nov 2023 17:05:21 +0000 en-US hourly 1 https://wordpress.org/?v=6.3.2 https://foolproofliving.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/cropped-icon-1-32x32.png Recipes By Cooking Method (Instant Pot & Slow Cooker) - Foolproof Living https://foolproofliving.com/category/method/ 32 32 Air Fryer Red Potatoes https://foolproofliving.com/air-fryer-red-potatoes/ https://foolproofliving.com/air-fryer-red-potatoes/#respond Mon, 13 Nov 2023 17:05:17 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=71802 It’s no secret that air-fried red potatoes are an easy way to fill your table with savory, expertly seasoned taste. If you can’t get enough of the subtle sweetness and creamy texture of red-skinned potatoes, get out your recipe book! My Red Potato Salad combines savory bacon, crisp dill pickles, and fresh dill with a creamy mayo dressing guaranteed to wow all your dinner guests. Ingredients Cooking new potatoes in...

The post Air Fryer Red Potatoes appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
It’s no secret that air-fried red potatoes are an easy way to fill your table with savory, expertly seasoned taste. If you can’t get enough of the subtle sweetness and creamy texture of red-skinned potatoes, get out your recipe book! My Red Potato Salad combines savory bacon, crisp dill pickles, and fresh dill with a creamy mayo dressing guaranteed to wow all your dinner guests.

Air fried red potatoes garnished with parsley in a bowl.

Ingredients

Cooking new potatoes in the air fryer requires only a handful of ingredients you likely already have in your pantry.

Ingredients needed for cooking red potatoes in air fryer on a marble.
  • Red potatoes: Small, creamy, and mildly sweet red potatoes (also known as red skin and new potatoes) are a must for this air fryer recipe. Though I use small red potatoes for this dish, other small, tender potatoes, such as Yukon Gold potatoes, would also work. However, avoid using potatoes with too much starch—such as russet potatoes—as they won’t crisp up or tenderize as well as other potato types.
  • Oil: I use olive oil to give my little red potatoes their irresistible crispiness and well-seasoned exterior. However, you may substitute olive oil with any other mild-flavored oil, like avocado oil or ghee.
  • Seasonings: I chose to season my air-fried new potatoes with a basic, savory mix of dried thyme, garlic powder, paprika, salt, and ground black pepper. To give your potatoes extra smoky undertones, you may also use smoked paprika.

Other Seasoning Ideas

Want to take your air fryer roasted red potatoes to the next level? Though optional, these expert seasoning ideas allow you to customize your red potatoes with dozens of other tasty flavor profiles.

  • Favorite spice mixtures: One of the best parts about air fryer potato recipes is how easy they are to customize based on the dish with which you serve them. For a sweet and peppery flavor profile, Italian seasoning makes a delicious seasoning mix. Or, you can enhance this dish’s spice and savoriness by opting for authentic Cajun seasoning, which you can easily make using my Blackened Seasoning recipe. Or, you can give your new potatoes a herby, warm, and bright finish using Mediterranean SeasoningBaharat Spice Mix, or Ranch Seasoning.
  • Spices: If you love spicy food, a few simple additions can give your air-fried potatoes a hot kick. Depending on what you serve with your potatoes, curry powder, red pepper flakes, cayenne pepper, chili powder, onion powder, and more can transform your red potatoes into a piquant side fit for even the biggest spice fans.
  • Fresh herbs: Enliven your air fryer new potatoes with fresh, gourmet flavor by finishing them off with a sprinkle of chopped fresh thyme, fresh parsley, fresh basil, or fresh rosemary.
  • Parmesan cheese: A great way to give your little red potatoes a rich, umami flavor is to sprinkle them with parmesan at the end of cooking. Cheesy and salty, these garlic parmesan air fryer potatoes will have the whole table asking for your recipe.

How to Cook Red Potatoes in the Air Fryer?

Making baked red potatoes in the air fryer is one of the quickest, simplest ways to delight your tastebuds and cut your kitchen prep in half. Six steps and twenty minutes are all you need to make this mouthwatering side.

  1. Prepare the air fryer: Preheat the air fryer to 400 degrees F.
A collage of images showing how to season new potatoes and cook them in the air fryer.
  1. Combine the seasonings: Take out a large bowl and add the olive oil, dried thyme, garlic powder, paprika, salt, and pepper. Whisk until thoroughly combined.
  2. Toss potatoes: Add the baby red potatoes to the seasoning mixture and toss until each potato has an even coating.
  3. Arrange the cut potatoes: Place the seasoned potatoes in the air fryer basket, arranging them in a single even layer without overcrowding.
  4. Air fry the red potatoes: Cook the potatoes for about 15 minutes, shaking the basket every five minutes, until the potatoes are tender when pierced with a knife. If the potatoes aren’t fork-tender at the end of 15 minutes, continue cooking them in one-minute increments until done.
  5. Serve: Transfer your fresh air-fried red potatoes onto a serving platter and serve with your favorite sauce on the side.

How to Store and Reheat?

To ensure maximum crispiness, I recommend eating them on the day of cooking. However, you can store your leftover potatoes in a pinch with these pro storage tips.

  • Storage: These air fryer mini red potatoes will stay fresh for up to three days when you store them in an airtight container in the refrigerator.
  • Reheat: To reheat your red potatoes, place them in the air fryer at 350 degrees F. for 5-7 minutes or until warmed through.

Serving Suggestions:

This simple air fryer side is one of the tastiest, most versatile potato recipe ideas in my cookbook. Hassle-free and quick, this simple side dish takes the stress out of complicated meal prep. 

  • Side dish with meat dishes: Hands-down, these bite-size potatoes make for the perfect weekday dinner side dish. Serve them with your favorite chicken main—like my effortless Baked Chicken Kabobs or perfectly portioned Air Fried Cornish Hens—for a menu the whole family can enjoy. Or, try a savory beef recipe, such as Reverse Sear Tenderloin or classic Pot Roast, to make a meal worthy of a gourmet dinner spread.
  • Serve as finger food: Not only are air fryer red potato wedges a perfect side dish for countless mains, but they’re also excellent finger food! Serve a plate of air-roasted potatoes with a side of your favorite dipping sauce—like my Blue Cheese Dip and Yogurt Ranch Dip, and watch them disappear in minutes.

Expert Tips

Preparing baby red potatoes in the air fryer is a surefire way to fill your plate with savory, crisp, and creamy flavors. These pro tips will guarantee your potato side is as delicious as possible—with none of the hassle!

  • Wash and dry: Washing your red potatoes is essential to removing bacteria and debris before cooking. After washing, though, dry the potatoes thoroughly with paper towels or a clean kitchen towel before adding them to your recipe. Otherwise, the seasoning will not stick to the potato skin, and they won’t come out as crispy.
  • Cut them evenly: When cutting new potatoes for this dish, slice them into uniform sizes to ensure even cooking. If they’re small enough, you may cook whole red potatoes in the air fryer, but if you have larger potatoes, I recommend cutting them into even, bite-sized pieces for the best results.
  • Don’t overcrowd: When cooking small red potatoes in the air fryer, it’s vital that you don’t overcrowd the basket to ensure proper air circulation and even cooking. I found that my 6-qt. air fryer (affiliate link) was large enough to accommodate one pound of red potatoes. However, if you have a smaller air fryer, you may need to cook your potatoes in two batches to ensure they lay in a single even layer.
  • Toss a few times while cooking: To ensure even roasting, I recommend tossing your potatoes a few times during the air frying process, preferably every five minutes.
  • Check for doneness: The best way to tell the doneness of your red skin potatoes is by using the “knife test.” Pierce the center of a potato with a knife or fork. If the blade enters and exits the flesh easily, you may remove your potatoes from the heat. If the blade encounters resistance, continue air frying the potatoes in one-minute increments until done.
  • Every air fryer is different: As you prepare your red baby potatoes, remember that different air fryers result in different heat levels and cooking times. I tested this recipe using an Instant Pot (affiliate link) and a Ninja Air Fryer (affiliate link), but if you have a different model, be sure to check your potatoes throughout the cooking process to avoid under or over-cooking.

FAQs

There’s no reason to stress over this simple air fryer recipe. This easy FAQ will answer all your remaining questions, from how long to cook red potatoes in the air fryer to nutritional information.

Can you air fry red potatoes?

Definitely! Air frying red potatoes results in expertly seasoned, delectably crisp, and lusciously tender potatoes in half the time as regular frying. All you need to do is season and oil your potato slices, air fry them at 400 degrees F. for 15-17 minutes (tossing occasionally), and enjoy.

Should you boil potatoes before air frying?

No, there’s no need to boil your potatoes before air-frying them. Boiling them first will make them mushy, and they won’t maintain their shape while eating.

What temperature to air fry potatoes?

Though you may air fry red skin potatoes at 350 and 375 degrees F., we found that 400 degrees F. for 15 minutes resulted in the crispiest, most tender potatoes. Remember, however, that you must adjust your cooking time should you choose a different temperature.

Are air-fried red potatoes healthy?

Air-frying is generally healthier than traditional frying methods, as it uses less oil, reduces calories and trans fats, and helps retain more nutrients in your main ingredient. However, it’s also important to note that potatoes—no matter your preparation method—are high in carbohydrates and low in protein, though they also contain vitamins and minerals, like Vitamin C and potassium (source.) Therefore, I encourage you to customize your menu depending on your dietary needs and the dishes with which you plan to pair your air-fried potatoes.

How long to air fry red potatoes at 400 degrees F.?

I recommend cooking your small red potatoes for 15-17 minutes at 400 degrees F., shaking the basket every five minutes to ensure even cooking.

How to make French fries with red potatoes in the air fryer?

To make air fryer red potato French fries, begin by washing, drying, and slicing your potatoes into thin, even-sized strips (i.e., into the shape of a French fry). Then, place potatoes in a large bowl of cold water and soak for 30 minutes. Once done, drain and dry the potatoes with a clean kitchen towel, toss them in olive oil and your desired seasonings until evenly coated. Next, arrange your seasoned potato slices in a single even layer in your air fryer basket and cook them at 375 degrees F. for 12-15 minutes, shaking the basket halfway through. When the air fryer red potato fries reach your preferred level of crispness, remove them from the heat, sprinkle them with any additional seasoning, and serve.

Other Potato Side Dishes You Might Also Like

Making crispy red potatoes in the air fryer is one of my favorite ways to please a crowd. For even more fan-favorite potato dishes, these tasty recipes will fill your menu with creamy, savory goodness every night of the week.

If you try this crispy Air Fryer Red Potatoes recipe or any other one of our Air Fry Recipes, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It is a great help to others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

Air fryer roasted red potatoes in a bowl with a spoon on the side.
Print

Air Fryer Red Potatoes Recipe

Get ready to tantalize your taste buds with this Air Fryer Red Potatoes recipe! In just 20 minutes, you can transform simple ingredients into a delectably crispy and flavorful weeknight dinner side dish or snack. Use this easy recipe to make a delicious side dish or a quick snack that is guaranteed to impress.
Course Vegan side dish
Cuisine American Vegetarian
Diet Gluten Free, Vegan, Vegetarian
Prep Time 5 minutes
Cook Time 15 minutes
Total Time 20 minutes
Servings 4 servings
Calories 113kcal

Ingredients

  • 1 pound baby red potatoes washed, blemishes removed and halved (no need to peel)
  • 1 tablespoon olive oil
  • ½ teaspoon dried thyme
  • ½ teaspoon garlic powder
  • ¼ teaspoon paprika
  • ½ teaspoon kosher salt
  • ¼ teaspoon ground black pepper

Instructions

  • Preheat the air fryer to 400 degrees F.
  • In a large mixing bowl, whisk together the olive oil, dried thyme, garlic powder, paprika, salt, and pepper.
  • Add the baby red potatoes and toss to combine.
  • Place the potatoes in a single layer into the air fryer basket, being sure not to overcrowd them.
  • Cook the potatoes until tender when pierced with a knife, about 15 minutes, shaking the basket every 5 minutes. If not tender after 15 minutes, continue to cook in 1-minute increments until done.
  • Transfer the air-roasted potatoes onto a serving platter and serve.

Notes

  • Yields: This recipe makes 1 pound air fried red potatoes that are ideal for serving 4 people. The nutritional values below are per serving.
  • Rinse and dry: It is important to make sure the potatoes are dry before tossing them in the olive oil mixture to ensure that the potatoes are evenly coated and can crisp up during the cooking process. 
  • Do not overcrowd your air fryer: Cook in batches, if needed, so that the heat is evenly distributed and they have enough room to crisp up.
  • Sprinkle it while it’s still hot: Though optional, you may sprinkle your air-fried small red potatoes with additional salt, herbs, and parmesan cheese directly after cooking (while the potatoes are still hot). Doing so ensures that the baby red potatoes heat and develop the new flavors—making them as rich and savory as possible—while also melting any additional cheese.
  • Storage: To ensure maximum crispiness, I recommend air frying them right before serving. However, you can store your leftover potatoes in an airtight container in the fridge for up to 3 days.
  • Reheat: To reheat, place them in the air fryer at 350 degrees F. for 5-7 minutes or until warmed through.
  • Oven roasting: If you do not have an air fryer, you can roast your red potatoes in the oven. Simply use 2 tablespoons of oil (instead of one), transfer the cut potatoes onto a parchment-lined baking sheet, and roast in a preheated 450-degree oven for 25-30 minutes.

Nutrition

Calories: 113kcal | Carbohydrates: 19g | Protein: 2g | Fat: 4g | Saturated Fat: 1g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 0.4g | Monounsaturated Fat: 3g | Sodium: 312mg | Potassium: 526mg | Fiber: 2g | Sugar: 1g | Vitamin A: 75IU | Vitamin C: 10mg | Calcium: 15mg | Iron: 1mg

The post Air Fryer Red Potatoes appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/air-fryer-red-potatoes/feed/ 0
Air Fryer Butternut Squash https://foolproofliving.com/air-fryer-butternut-squash/ https://foolproofliving.com/air-fryer-butternut-squash/#respond Thu, 02 Nov 2023 16:07:19 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=71576 While this simple recipe shows you how to make air fryer cubed butternut squash, we also have a recipe for Air Fryer Butternut Squash Halves, should you need it. Ingredients Sophisticated yet nutritious, this air-fried butternut squash recipe only uses simple ingredients that you probably already have on hand. How to Air Fry Butternut Squash? Roasting butternut squash in the air fryer is a cinch when you follow these simple...

The post Air Fryer Butternut Squash appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
While this simple recipe shows you how to make air fryer cubed butternut squash, we also have a recipe for Air Fryer Butternut Squash Halves, should you need it.

Butternut squash cooked in air fryer on a white oval plate with a spoon on the side.

Ingredients

Sophisticated yet nutritious, this air-fried butternut squash recipe only uses simple ingredients that you probably already have on hand.

  • Butternut squash: Fresh, unblemished butternut squash is the key to making air fryer roasted squash. When selecting your squash, look for ones with an intact stem, a dark beige color, and matte skin. Once your squash is ready, peel and cut it into 1-inch cubes. Be careful when cutting it into cubes. If you are new to it, check out my foolproof guide to cutting butternut squash before you start. Also, to simplify your meal prep, you may use store-bought, pre-cut butternut squash for this recipe. However, remember that these cubes tend to be larger, so you may need to cut them into smaller, 1-inch cubes before tossing them in your seasoning mixture. 
  • Olive oil: I use olive oil to help my seasoning mix adhere to the butternut squash and give each cube a beautifully roasted exterior. However, you may also use avocado oil or coconut oil if you prefer.
  • Garlic powder: Though both have a robust garlicky flavor, I recommend using garlic powder instead of minced garlic for this recipe. Garlic powder allows for a more even flavor coating, ensuring every bite of your squash explodes with a rich, gourmet taste.
  • Seasonings: You only need Kosher salt and black pepper to give your air fryer butternut squash cubes a deliciously savory, sophisticated flavor.
Ingredients for the recipe from the top view.

Optional Add-Ins

  • Other spices: Want to infuse your air-fried squash with warm fall flavors? Add one teaspoon of ground cinnamon, ½ teaspoon of ground cumin, and a pinch of nutmeg to your seasoning mix for a fall-ready side no one can resist.
  • Sweetener: For a sweeter version of this recipe, prepare your air fryer butternut squash with a teaspoon of brown sugar, maple syrup, or coconut sugar—tossed in with your other seasonings. I recommend using a small amount of sweetener (no more than 1 teaspoon), as doing so might caramelize or burn the squash while it is air frying. However, if you prefer it to be sweeter, you can drizzle it with maple syrup over the air-fried butternut squash after the cooking is completed.
  • Fresh herbs: Add a light, herbaceous flavor to your recipe by sprinkling your squash with whatever fresh herbs pair with your main dish, such as parsley, sage, rosemary, or thyme.

How to Air Fry Butternut Squash?

Roasting butternut squash in the air fryer is a cinch when you follow these simple instructions. In six steps and fifteen minutes, your squash will come out delectably caramelized, rich, and soft.

  1. Prepare the air fryer: Preheat the air fryer to 375 degrees F. If you bought your squash as a whole, cut it into cubes using our guide on how to cut butternut squash.
The steps to making butternut squash in air fryer are laid out in a collage of photos.
  1. Toss the cubed butternut squash: Place the diced butternut squash, olive oil, garlic powder, Kosher salt, and pepper in a large bowl. If using, also add the ground cinnamon, ground cumin, nutmeg, and maple syrup (or sweetener of choice) to the mix. Then, toss the ingredients to ensure each butternut squash cube has an even coating of the seasonings.
  2. Transfer the seasoned butternut squash: Place the cubed butternut squash into the air fryer basket, ensuring they lie in a single layer. If your cubes don’t all fit, air fry them in two batches.
  3. Cook: Air fry the butternut squash for 15 minutes or until fork tender, shaking the basket halfway through.
  4. Check for doneness: I think the best way to check doneness (and tenderness) when air frying butternut squash is to pierce a cube with a knife. The batch is ready to eat if the blade gently enters and exits the air fryer squash cube. If the cube is still tough, cook the basket in one-minute increments until done.
  5. Serve: Once you’ve roasted the butternut squash in your air fryer, transfer the cooked cubes to a serving platter. If preferred, drizzle the squash with a teaspoon of maple syrup for additional sweetness.

How to Make Ahead and Store It

It’s no secret that air fryer-roasted butternut squash is best on the day you make it. However, these pro storage tips will ensure that no bite will go to waste when putting away your leftover squash.

  • Store: When storing your butternut squash, first let the leftovers reach room temperature. Then, transfer it to an airtight container and store it in the fridge for up to three days.
  • Reheat: To reheat your air-roasted squash, place it in the air fryer at 350 degrees F. for 3-5 minutes. Be sure to shake the basket halfway through reheating to ensure even cooking.

Ways to Use Air-Fried Butternut Squash

When you air fry butternut squash cubes, you’ll unlock countless other recipes to fill your table with sweet, savory, and garden-fresh flavors. Below are just a few of my favorite ways to incorporate this winter squash into my menus:

  • Serve it as a healthy Thanksgiving side dish: What better way to celebrate the holiday season than with air fryer winter squash? This hassle-free recipe makes for the perfect Thanksgiving side dish, complementing your favorite holiday mains with gorgeous color, caramelized taste, and simple prep.
  • Add it to salads: This recipe makes the most delicious crispy roasted squash, which pairs beautifully with any of your fall salads. I especially like using it in Ina’s Butternut Squash Salad or Ottolenghi’s Butternut Squash Feta Salad for a surprisingly complex, rich, and healthy dish.
  • Turn it into soups: Tender, mild, and exquisitely caramelized, air-roasted butternut squash is one of my favorite recipes to add to creamy soups. My Thai Butternut Squash Soup is a vegan dish brimming with aromatic, nutty flavors, while Butternut Squash Chicken Soup will warm your belly with a hearty, nutritious taste.
  • Add it to pasta or pizza as a topping: Believe it or not, air fryer cubed butternut squash makes for the perfect addition to all your Italian favorites, including pasta and pizza recipes. With this easy air fryer recipe, you can add a sumptuously sweet flavor to all your go-to weeknight meals.

Expert Tips

You don’t have to be a Food Network star to roast butternut squash in the air fryer. This easy guide will give you expert guidance on everything from slicing tips to seasoning suggestions.

  • Equal-sized cubes: For best results, it is imperative that your squash cubes are similar in size. There’s a direct correlation between air frying time and the size of your butternut squash cubes, so keeping your cubes uniform will ensure no piece of squash comes out over- or under-cooked.
  • Don’t overcrowd the air fryer basket: The key to proper air frying is adequate air circulation throughout the chamber. Therefore, you mustn’t overcrowd your basket when cooking, arranging your squash in a single even layer so that hot air reaches each side of your squash cubes. This positioning will ensure your squash cubes develop an even golden brown exterior and tender insides. Depending on the size of your air fryer, you may have to cook your butternut squash in two batches if they don’t all fit in the basket.
  • Shake halfway through: Be sure to shake the air fryer basket halfway through the cooking process to ensure even air frying on all sides of the butternut squash.
  • Each air fryer is different: We tested this recipe in a Ninja Air Fryer and Instant Pot Air Fryer, and the results were very similar. However, keep in mind that each brand of air fryer is different. Therefore,  your butternut squash may need more or less time, depending on the brand you own. When in doubt, check the doneness halfway through the cooking process by inserting a sharp knife into your squash and continue to cook it in one-minute increments until fork-tender.
  • Check doneness: Remember that this recipe’s recommended cooking time may change depending on your air fryer model and the size of your squash cubes. To check whether your butternut squash is ready to serve, I recommend using the “knife test.” In other words, insert a knife into one of your squash cubes and see whether it smoothly enters and exits the veggie. If it does, your air fryer squash is ready to eat.
  • Sugar: If you add sugar to your recipe, I recommend starting with a small amount— one teaspoon at most—to avoid over-caramelizing. If you prefer your butternut squash sweeter, you may drizzle or sprinkle it with additional sugar right after removing it from the air fryer (while it’s still hot).
  • Experiment with seasoning: Feel free to experiment with your squash’s seasoning blend based on what you’re serving it with. Depending on your menu, you may consider adding additional ingredients, like ground cinnamon, brown sugar, parsley, or even ground cumin.
  • Air fryer butternut squash fries: If you want to air fry butternut squash fries, cut your squash lengthwise into French fry-shaped pieces. Then, follow the recipe as directed, air frying them for 15 minutes at 375 degrees F.

FAQs

Want to know more about roasting squash in the air fryer? This handy FAQ will answer all your most pressing questions, whether you’re wondering about recommended cooking time or proper veggie prep.

Can you air fry butternut squash?

Absolutely! Air frying squash is an easy way to transform your winter squash into a deliciously tender, caramelized, and flavorful side. Even better, you can even use your air-fried squash in other recipes to cut down on prep time.

Should I peel butternut squash before air frying?

Yes, I recommend peeling your squash using a vegetable peeler before air frying it to eliminate unwanted toughness and ensure even cooking.

How long to air fry butternut squash?

When cut into 1-inch cubes, air fry your squash for about 15 minutes at 375 degrees F., shaking the basket halfway through. Remember, though, that every air fryer is different, so your squash may need more or less time, depending on what brand you own. To check for doneness, insert a knife into a cube and ensure it enters and exits the squash easily.

Other Air Fryer Vegetable Recipes You Might Also Like

Preparing air-roast butternut squash is an exceptionally tender, flavorful, and quick way to pack nutrition into your weekday meals. For even more delectable veggie recipes, this collection has just a few fan favorites that will satisfy the whole family.

If you try this Air Fryer Butternut Squash recipe or any other recipe on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It is a great help to others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

Air fryer roasted butternut squash on a plate from the top view.
Print

Air Fryer Butternut Squash Recipe

Made with just a few simple ingredients, this Air Fryer Butternut Squash makes a great side dish or addition to salads, pasta, and pizza dishes. With many seasoning options, you can take this basic recipe and customize it to your liking.
Course Vegetarian Side Dish
Cuisine American
Diet Vegan
Prep Time 15 minutes
Cook Time 15 minutes
Total Time 30 minutes
Servings 6 servings
Calories 90kcal

Equipment

Ingredients

  • 6 cups butternut squash cubes* from a 2.5 pounds squash (peeled)
  • 1 tablespoon olive oil
  • 1 teaspoon garlic powder
  • 1 teaspoon Kosher salt
  • ¼ teaspoon ground black pepper

Optional Add-ins

  • 1 teaspoon ground cinnamon optional
  • ½ teaspoon ground cumin optional
  • Pinch of nutmeg optional
  • 1 teaspoon maple syrup or brown sugar plus more for drizzling if preferred

Instructions

  • Preheat the air fryer to 375 degrees F.
  • Place the diced butternut squash, olive oil, garlic powder, Kosher salt, and pepper in a large bowl. If using, also add ground cinnamon, ground cumin, nutmeg, and maple syrup. Give it a good toss, ensuring that all the butternut squash cubes are coated with the seasonings.
  • Transfer the seasoned butternut squash into the air fryer basket in a single layer. If they don’t fit, you may have to air fry them in two batches.
  • Air fry for 15 minutes or until fork tender, making sure to shake the air fryer basket halfway through the process.
  • To check tenderness, pierce a cube with a knife. If it goes in and out gently, the squash is done. If not fully tender, cook in 1-minute increments until done.
  • Transfer to a serving platter. If preferred, drizzle the butternut squash cubes with a teaspoon (or more) of maple syrup.

Notes

  • Yields: This recipe, made with 2 ½ pounds of squash, yields about 5 to 6 cups of air-fried cubed butternut squash, which is ideal for 6 servings. The nutritional values below are per serving.
  • Halved Squash: If you prefer to use halved squash instead of cubed squash, check out our Air Fryer Butternut Squash Halves recipe.
  • Cutting butternut squash: If you are new to cutting squash, check out our guide on How To Cut Butternut Squash into cubes.
  • Evenly sized: For best results, it is important that your squash cubes are similar in size. Please keep in mind that there’s a direct correlation between air frying time and the size of the cubes, so keeping them uniform will ensure they are evenly cooked.
  • Adding sweetener: We intentionally limited the amount of sugar (maple syrup or brown sugar) to a small amount (only 1 teaspoon) as too much sugar might cause squash cubes to over-caramelize and potentially burn. If you prefer your dish to be sweeter, feel free to drizzle it with maple syrup after it is cooked (while it is still warm.)
  • Store: Bring leftovers to room temperature and then transfer them to an airtight container and store them in the fridge for up to three days.
  • Reheat: To reheat, place the cubed squash in the air fryer at 350 degrees F. for 3-5 minutes. Be sure to shake the basket halfway through reheating to ensure even cooking.
  • Frozen Butternut Squash Cubes: We also tested this recipe using a 15-ounce bag (standard size) of frozen butternut squash cubes that we bought from the grocery store. If you prefer to use frozen squash, you can follow the recipe as written but adjust the amount of oil and seasoning based on the weight of your squash. In our case, we halved the seasoning and oil. You do not need to wait for it to thaw. Just extend the air frying time to 20 minutes. Finally, be aware that because the butternut squash is frozen, when you air fry it, it will lose most of its moisture and the cubes will become smaller.

Nutrition

Calories: 90kcal | Carbohydrates: 18g | Protein: 2g | Fat: 3g | Saturated Fat: 0.4g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 0.3g | Monounsaturated Fat: 2g | Sodium: 394mg | Potassium: 507mg | Fiber: 3g | Sugar: 4g | Vitamin A: 14886IU | Vitamin C: 29mg | Calcium: 74mg | Iron: 1mg

The post Air Fryer Butternut Squash appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/air-fryer-butternut-squash/feed/ 0
Air Fryer Butternut Squash Halves https://foolproofliving.com/air-fryer-butternut-squash-halves/ https://foolproofliving.com/air-fryer-butternut-squash-halves/#respond Thu, 02 Nov 2023 16:03:23 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=71692 Ingredients Healthy, natural, and tasty, this air fry winter squash recipe only uses a handful of simple ingredients to get its irresistibly mouthwatering flavor. How to Air Fry Butternut Squash Halves There’s no secret to preparing butternut squash in the air fryer whole. These simple instructions will guide you every step of the way, giving you tender, caramelized squash halves in just half an hour. How to Store and Reheat?...

The post Air Fryer Butternut Squash Halves appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
Air fried butternut squash halves on a plate from the top view.

Ingredients

Healthy, natural, and tasty, this air fry winter squash recipe only uses a handful of simple ingredients to get its irresistibly mouthwatering flavor.

Ingredients for the recipe from the top view.
  • Butternut squash: The most essential ingredient in this air fryer recipe is—you guessed it!—butternut squash. Begin by selecting a butternut squash with a firm texture, matte surface, and no bruises. Then, cut it in half lengthwise with a sharp knife. Though slicing butternut squash may seem daunting, you’ll find all the pro tips you need in my foolproof guide on How to Cut Butternut Squash. You also don’t need to peel your squash before using it in this recipe, though you may use a vegetable peeler to remove the skin if you prefer.
  • Olive oil: Olive oil is crucial to giving your air roast butternut squash a moist, tender, and perfectly crisp taste. However, you may also use any other mild-flavored oil, such as avocado oil, melted butter, or ghee.
  • Seasonings: All you need is garlic powder, kosher salt and pepper to bring out the natural flavors of the squash. Optionally—depending on your recipe—you may also sprinkle your squash with cinnamon, nutmeg, cayenne pepper, and pumpkin spice for an extra warm, sweet, and spicy taste.
  • Optional sweetener: Though not necessary, you may also add light sweeteners like maple syrup or brown sugar to your whole squash to enhance its caramelization and give it a sweet flavor.

How to Air Fry Butternut Squash Halves

There’s no secret to preparing butternut squash in the air fryer whole. These simple instructions will guide you every step of the way, giving you tender, caramelized squash halves in just half an hour.

  1. Prepare the air fryer: Preheat the air fryer to 375 degrees F.
Person showing how to cut butternut squash in half.
  1. Cut the butternut squash: Place the whole butternut squash on its side on your cutting board. Be sure to hold it firmly around its middle with your non-dominant hand. Using a sharp chef’s knife in your free hand, trim off the stem by cutting off about half an inch. Then, while holding it in its side position, cut the squash in half lengthwise through its center, beginning from the top and working your way to the bottom. Remember that you may have to jerk the knife back and forth while applying pressure to loosen the blade while cutting. Use a spoon to scoop out the seeds and pulp from the core of the cut squash. You may either discard them or save the seeds to roast later.
Images showing how to air fryer halved butternut squash.
  1. Season the squash halves: Brush the cut side of the squash halves with olive oil and season them with garlic powder, salt, and pepper.
  2. Air fry the butternut squash: Place the halved squash cut side down into the basket of the air fryer and cook them for 22 minutes.
  3. Flip the squash: Flip the squash halves so their cut sides face up and cook them for an additional 10 minutes.
  4. Check for doneness: Insert a sharp knife into the neck (i.e., the vertical top) of the squash. If the knife pierces the flesh easily, it’s ready to remove from the heat. If the knife encounters some resistance, continue cooking the squash in one-minute increments until done.

How to Store and Reheat?

Making this air-fried butternut squash recipe is one of the easiest ways to enjoy savory, tender squash all week long. None of your favorite veggies will go to waste with these expert storage tips.

  • Storage: You can store your leftover squash in an airtight container in the refrigerator for up to three days.
  • Reheat: To reheat your air-fried squash leftovers, cook them in the air fryer at 350 degrees F. for 5-7 minutes or until heated through.

How to Use Air-Fried Butternut Squash Halves in Recipes?

Exquisitely tender and expertly flavored, there are dozens of butternut squash recipes to make in the air fryer. These tasty cooking ideas will fill your table with rich, flavorful meals no matter when the craving strikes.

  • Use the flesh: My favorite way to warm up during the chilly winter months is to transform this savory air fryer butternut squash recipe into a warm, hearty meal. My Butternut Squash Soup is luscious, bright, and savory, while my vegan Thai Curry Butternut Squash Soup is a faster way to fill your bowl with bold, aromatic flavors. You can even turn your air-roasted butternut squash into a rich and creamy pasta sauce or a decadent pie filling for a fan-favorite Butternut Squash Pie.
  • Stuff it: Visually stunning and packed with nutrition, Stuffed Squash is a gourmet meal guaranteed to satisfy the whole family.
  • Mashed butternut squash: Transform your air-fried squash halves into the perfect Thanksgiving side dish using a five-star mashed butternut squash recipe. Like my Sweet Potato Mash, this recipe is fluffy, rich, and flavorful—but with half the calories!

Expert Tips

You don’t have to be a squash expert to make a delicious side dish fit for a restaurant. These pro tips will ensure your air fryer butternut squash recipe is rich, caramelized, and tender every time.

  • Size of your squash matters: When making roasted butternut squash in the air fryer, you must select a squash that will fit in the basket of your air fryer. Therefore, take a minute when selecting your vegetable to ensure it is an appropriate size for your type of air fryer.
  • Air frying time: How long it takes to cook butternut squash in the air fryer may vary depending on the size of your squash and the brand of your air fryer. In this recipe, I cook my squash halves for 22 minutes cut-side down and another 10 minutes after flipping. However, I recommend checking the doneness of your air-fried squash using the knife test—inserting a knife into the neck of your squash—to tell if your veggie is appropriately tender. If the knife encounters resistance when inserted into the squash’s flesh, continue cooking it in one-minute increments until fork tender.
  • No need to peel: You don’t have to peel your butternut squash halves before adding them to the air fryer. Not only does keeping the skin cut down on prep time, but it also helps give you a good grip when scooping out the flesh to use in other recipes. However, you may peel the squash before air frying if preferred.
  • Start with skin side down: The key to cooking butternut squash halves in the air fryer is beginning the cooking process by placing the squash slices skin side down. This orientation ensures that your squash halves cook more evenly, as it allows for better air circulation and helps trap moisture in the skin of the squash to keep the veggie from drying out. It also results in better caramelization, as the flesh side of the squash will have more direct contact with the heat of the air fryer basket.
  • Add the sweetener at the last minute: If you choose to make air fryer butternut squash halves with maple syrup, brown sugar, or other sweeteners, wait until the last 5-10 minutes of cooking before adding the ingredient. Limiting these sweeteners’ exposure to high heat will help prevent burning and over-caramelization.

FAQs

Have more questions about this easy air fryer recipe? This simple guide has everything you need, whether you’re wondering about the air frying process or proper squash preparation.

Can you air fry butternut squash?

Absolutely! Air-roasted butternut squash (whether you cook it in cubes or whole) is a tasty, tender, and quick alternative to oven-roasting, and it even helps free up oven space when preparing multiple dishes at a time.

Do butternut squash halves need to be peeled before cooking?

No, you don’t have to remove the butternut squash skin before cooking. Though some prefer removing the skin beforehand, leaving the skin on helps trap moisture in the veggie during the cooking process, and it makes it easier to scoop out the flesh if you plan on using it for other recipes.

Other Butternut Squash Recipes You Might Also Like

Make the most of squash season by filling your kitchen with all your favorite butternut squash recipes. These recipes have everything you need, from delicious holiday sides to easy weeknight meals.

If you try this Air Fried Halved Butternut Squash recipe, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It is a great help to others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

Air fried butternut squash halves on a plate from the top view.
Print

Air Fryer Butternut Squash Halves Recipe

If cooking the whole butternut squash sounds daunting, try cooking them in the air fryer. The good news is that with this recipe, making Air Fryer Butternut Squash Halves is not only easy but also convenient compared to other methods.
Course Side Dish
Cuisine American
Diet Gluten Free, Vegan
Prep Time 5 minutes
Cook Time 32 minutes
Total Time 37 minutes
Servings 1 butternut squash
Calories 379kcal

Equipment

Ingredients

  • 1 whole butternut squash approximately 2.5 pounds, cut in half lengthwise
  • 1 teaspoon olive oil
  • ½ teaspoon garlic powder
  • ½ teaspoon Kosher salt
  • ¼ teaspoon ground black pepper

Instructions

  • Pre-heat the air fryer to 375 degrees F.
  • Using a sharp chef’s knife, place the whole butternut squash on its side on your cutting board. Hold it firmly in the middle with your non-dominant hand. Trim the stem (the top) by cutting about ½-inch off. While still holding it firmly on its side, cut it vertically (or from top to bottom direction) in the middle. As you are cutting, you may have to jerk it back and forth while applying a little pressure to loosen it.*
  • Brush the cut sides of the butternut squash with olive oil and season with garlic powder, salt and pepper.
  • Place the butternut squash halves cut side down* and cook for 22 minutes.
  • Flip the butternut squash halves and cook for an additional 10 minutes.
  • Insert a knife in the “neck” of the squash. If it pierces easily, it should be ready. If it does not feel tender, cook in 1-minute increments until done.

Notes

  • Yields: This recipe makes one whole butternut squash with two halves, which is good for 2 servings. The nutritional values below are per serving.
  • Cutting the squash: It is imperative that you use a sharp knife and take your time as you are cutting the squash. If you are new to the process, be sure to check out our how-to guide to cutting butternut squash like a pro.
  • Sweetener: If you prefer, you can use a sweetener like maple syrup or brown sugar. However, we recommend brushing (or sprinkling) your butternut squash halves with the sweetener of your choice in the last 5 minutes of air frying to prevent over-caramelization or burning.
  • Start with skin side down ensures that your squash halves cook more evenly, as it allows for better air circulation and helps trap moisture in the skin of the squash to keep the veggie from drying out. It also results in better caramelization, as the flesh side of the squash will have more direct contact with the heat of the air fryer basket.
  • Storage: You can store your leftover halved squash in an airtight container in the refrigerator for up to three days.
  • Reheat: To reheat your air-fried squash halves, cook them in the air fryer at 350 degrees F. for 5-7 minutes or until heated through.
  • Cubed Butternut Squash: If you prefer to air fry cubed butternut squash, check out our Air Fryer Butternut Squash recipe.

Nutrition

Calories: 379kcal | Carbohydrates: 89g | Protein: 8g | Fat: 5g | Saturated Fat: 1g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 1g | Monounsaturated Fat: 3g | Sodium: 1194mg | Potassium: 2665mg | Fiber: 15g | Sugar: 17g | Vitamin A: 79728IU | Vitamin C: 158mg | Calcium: 364mg | Iron: 5mg

The post Air Fryer Butternut Squash Halves appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/air-fryer-butternut-squash-halves/feed/ 0
Brown Jasmine Rice in Instant Pot https://foolproofliving.com/instant-pot-brown-jasmine-rice/ https://foolproofliving.com/instant-pot-brown-jasmine-rice/#comments Mon, 16 Oct 2023 22:54:34 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=71283 I love my Instant Pot for many reasons, but one of my favorite ways to use the pressure cooker is cooking whole grains. Among my go-to Instant Pot recipes like Wild Rice, Forbidden Rice, and Quinoa, brown jasmine rice has quickly become my new favorite. Ingredients Instant Pot brown jasmine rice is a 2-ingredient recipe. But I added a few additional flavorings and seasonings to give it that much more...

The post Brown Jasmine Rice in Instant Pot appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
I love my Instant Pot for many reasons, but one of my favorite ways to use the pressure cooker is cooking whole grains. Among my go-to Instant Pot recipes like Wild Rice, Forbidden Rice, and Quinoa, brown jasmine rice has quickly become my new favorite.

Instant Pot Brown Jasmine Rice in a bowl from the top view.

Ingredients

Instant Pot brown jasmine rice is a 2-ingredient recipe. But I added a few additional flavorings and seasonings to give it that much more personality. We will need:

Ingredients laid out from the top view.
  • Brown jasmine rice: Brown jasmine rice is a long grain rice with the outer coating (bran and germ) still intact. Look for brown rice, sometimes labeled Thai jasmine brown rice, in the international aisle at the grocery store, specialty Asian markets, or online sellers, such as Amazon. My favorite brands are Lundberg Organic brown jasmine rice (affiliate link) and Mahatma Jasmine Brown Thai Fragrant Whole-Grain Rice (affiliate link). This instant pot jasmine brown rice was tested using these two brands of rice.
  • Cooking liquid: Use water for a clean, neutral flavor, or opt for Vegetable Broth, Chicken Stock, or Veggie Scrap Stock. Omit the salt if using stock instead of water.
  • Olive oil: A mere teaspoon of olive oil gives the rice a nice glossy sheen. Feel free to swap it out for avocado oil, coconut oil, or ghee.
  • Kosher salt: A little salt enhances the natural flavor of the rice and makes it that much more delicious.
  • Black pepper: Freshly ground black pepper is best sprinkled on top at the end of cooking to preserve those natural oils.
  • Fresh herbs: While not mentioned in the recipe card, fresh herbs or complimentary flavors really enhance the flavor of the rice and give balance to your meal. A few popular herbs and seasonings include fresh cilantro, basil, mint, green onions, lime juice, or sesame seeds.

Brown Jasmine Rice to Water Ratio for Pressure Cooker

If this is the first time cooking jasmine brown rice in the Instant Pot, there are keynotes to point out when it comes to the rice-to-water ratio. Here’s what I have discovered:

  • Firmer rice: If you prefer your rice on the firmer side, with a bit more bite to it, use a 1:1 ratio of water to rice. In other words, for every 1 cup of brown rice, use 1 cup of cooking liquid and adjust the cooking time to 20 minutes.
  • Softer rice: If you prefer soft rice that is bouncy with a chewy texture, use a 1:1.25 ratio. As in, for every 1 cup of rice, use 1 ¼ cups of cooking liquid and set the cooking time to 23 minutes (this is my preferred rice and the recipe that is written in the recipe card).

How to Cook Brown Jasmine Rice in Instant Pot?

This Instapot brown jasmine rice recipe is so easy and virtually hands-free you’ll wonder why you never started cooking rice in the pressure cooker in the first place. Much like the rice setting on your rice cooker, this Instant Pot jasmine rice recipe is ready after the push of a button. Here are the step-by-step instructions:

A collage of images showing how to cook jasmine brown rice in Instant Pot.
  1. Rinse the rice: Place the rice in a colander and rinse under cold water, stirring with your fingers (or a spoon) until water runs clear, 20-30 seconds.
  2. Add ingredients to Instant Pot: Into the steel inner pot, add brown jasmine rice, your choice of cooking liquid, olive oil, and Kosher salt. Give it a good stir.
  3. Close lid: Secure the lid and set the pressure release to the “Sealing” position.
  4. Pressure cook: Select “Manual” on high pressure and set it to 23 minutes of pressure cooking time. It should come to full pressure within the next 5-7 minutes. 
  5. Release pressure: Natural pressure release (NPR) for 10 minutes, and then manually release the remaining pressure.
Jasmati rice in instant pot insert being fluffed by a person.
  1. Fluff and serve: Carefully remove the Instant Pot lid and fluff with a fork. Season with black pepper and serve.

How to Store, Freeze, and Reheat?

This Instant Pot brown jasmine rice recipe bodes wonderful for meal prep, or simply any time you want to have whole grains on hand. Here’s how I like to store, freeze and reheat:

  • Storage: Leftover rice will keep in an airtight container in the fridge for up to 5 days. To speed up the cooling process, spread the cooked brown rice out on a baking sheet (this prevents clumps from forming as the rice cools).
  • Freezing: Once completely cool, transfer to a heavy-duty freezer bag or freezer-safe airtight container with some room at the top for expansion. (If you regularly meal prep, package the rice in 1-2 cup portions. This way, you only pull out what you need.) Label, date, and freeze for up to 1 month.
  • Thawing: Thaw frozen brown rice overnight in the refrigerator.
  • Reheating: Add a few tablespoons of water to the rice. Then, steam or stir-fry with your recipe in a skillet on the stove or microwave on high in 30-second intervals, stirring each time in between, until warm.

What to Serve it With?

Instant pot Brown rice is a nutritious and delicious side dish that can be served with vegetables alongside any main dish. With a delicious nutty flavor, it pairs beautifully with meat or vegetable-based dishes. Some of my favorites are:

Expert Tips

For the absolute best Instant Pot brown jasmine rice recipe, be sure to take note of these expert tips:

  • Rinse before cooking: Rinsing the brown rice prior to cooking washes away excess starch on the surface, resulting in perfectly fluffy brown rice. The best way is to rinse the rice in a fine mesh strainer, stirring with your hands or a spoon, until the water runs clear.
  • Natural release: When the cooking time is up, allow the Instant Pot to naturally release the pressure for about 10 minutes. This allows time for the rice to cook further through.
  • Do not overfill: If you are doubling or tripling the recipe, avoid filling the steel pot more than halfway. Rice expands when cooked, and too much starch can clog the vent when the pressure is released.
  • Fluff with a fork: Make sure to fluff the rice with a fork as soon as it is done cooking. Fluffing actually helps steam to release, resulting in a lighter, softer texture.

FAQs

How long to cook brown jasmine rice in a pressure cooker?

Cook time depends on the desired texture. For firm brown rice, set the pressure cooking time to 20 minutes and adjust the ratio to 1:1. For a softer texture, set the pressure cooking time to 23 minutes and use a 1:1.25 ratio of rice to liquid.

Should I soak brown jasmine rice before cooking?

I do not soak brown rice, but according to Healthline, soaking brown rice helps to remove some of the naturally occurring phytic acid (antinutrients) present in whole grains. This makes it easier for digestion and promotes increased nutrient absorption. Soaking brown rice also reduces the cooking time.

How does brown jasmine rice taste compared to white rice?

Brown rice has a slightly more earthier and nuttier flavor compared to white jasmine rice because brown jasmine rice retains the bran layers and germ, which contributes to its richer taste.

Other Rice Recipes You Might Also Like:

If you are a fan of rice as much as I am, you might like the following basic rice recipes from the archives:

If you try this basic recipe for Instant Pot Brown Jasmine Rice, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It helps others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

Pressure cooked brown jasmine rice in a bowl from the top view.
Print

Instant Pot Brown Jasmine Rice Recipe

Put your electric pressure cooker to use with this Instant Pot Brown Jasmine Rice recipe. It comes together with only 5 minutes of hands-on time and cooks perfectly fluffy and delicious every time.
Course Side Dish
Cuisine Thai Cuisine
Diet Gluten Free, Vegan
Prep Time 5 minutes
Cook Time 23 minutes
Pressure time 17 minutes
Total Time 45 minutes
Servings 4 servings
Calories 180kcal

Ingredients

  • 1 cup Brown Jasmine rice* rinsed thoroughly
  • 1 ¼ cup water vegetable stock, or chicken stock
  • 1 teaspoon olive oil
  • ½ teaspoon Kosher salt
  • ¼ teaspoon ground black pepper optional

Instructions

  • Place rice in a colander and rinse under cold water until the water runs clear, 20-30 seconds while stirring with your fingers or a spoon.
  • Place brown jasmine rice, your choice of cooking liquid, olive oil, and Kosher salt in the insert of the Instant Pot. Stir to combine.
  • Secure the lid and set the pressure release to the “Sealing” position.
  • Select “Manual” on high pressure and set it to 23 minutes* of pressure cooking time.
  • It should come to full pressure within the next 5-7 minutes. Let the pressure release naturally for 10 minutes, and then manually release the rest of the pressure.
  • Carefully remove the lid. Fluff it with a fork.
  • Season with black pepper and serve.

Notes

  • Yields: This recipe yields approximately about 3 cups of cooked long-grain brown rice, which is ideal for 4 servings. The nutritional values below are per serving.
  • Rice: We tested this recipe using two national brown jasmine rice brands, Lundberg and Mahatma. They delivered similar results in terms of cooking time, taste, and texture. Please keep in mind that the timing might be slightly different based on the brand.
  • Cooking liquid: If you want your rice to be flavorful, you can vegetable broth or chicken stock in place of water.
  • Rice to water ratio and time of cooking: The recipe, as written (1 to 1 ¼ rice to water ratio cooked for 23 minutes), yields soft and chewy brown rice. However, if you prefer it to be on the firmer side, with a bit more bite to it, use a 1:1 ratio of water to rice. In other words, for every 1 cup of brown rice, use 1 cup of cooking liquid and adjust the cooking time to 20 minutes.
  • Storage: If you have any leftovers, bring them to room temperature and store them in an airtight container in the fridge for up to 5 days.
  • Freezing: To freeze, cool completely by spreading the rice on a baking sheet. Transfer to a freezer-safe airtight container, label, date, and freeze for up to a month.
  • Reheat: You can reheat it in a microwave-safe bowl in 30-second intervals, mixing after each time until it is thoroughly heated.

Nutrition

Calories: 180kcal | Carbohydrates: 36g | Protein: 4g | Fat: 2g | Saturated Fat: 0.4g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 1g | Monounsaturated Fat: 1g | Sodium: 298mg | Potassium: 105mg | Fiber: 2g | Sugar: 0.4g | Vitamin A: 1IU | Calcium: 14mg | Iron: 1mg

The post Brown Jasmine Rice in Instant Pot appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/instant-pot-brown-jasmine-rice/feed/ 2
Slow Cooked Beef Brisket Tacos https://foolproofliving.com/slow-cooked-beef-brisket-tacos-2/ https://foolproofliving.com/slow-cooked-beef-brisket-tacos-2/#comments Tue, 02 May 2023 17:24:22 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=7564 Whether you’re planning a Cinco de Mayo party, a Tex-Mex-themed gathering, or looking for a tasty weeknight dinner doesn’t matter. These crock pot brisket tacos will delight your tastebuds with their fresh, smoky taste. Top them with my Easy Guacamole, or serve them alongside my fan-favorite Mexican Street Corn for an authentic Mexican meal. Add a pitcher of Pineapple Margaritas, and you’ll never be at a loss for party ideas...

The post Slow Cooked Beef Brisket Tacos appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
Whether you’re planning a Cinco de Mayo party, a Tex-Mex-themed gathering, or looking for a tasty weeknight dinner doesn’t matter. These crock pot brisket tacos will delight your tastebuds with their fresh, smoky taste. Top them with my Easy Guacamole, or serve them alongside my fan-favorite Mexican Street Corn for an authentic Mexican meal. Add a pitcher of Pineapple Margaritas, and you’ll never be at a loss for party ideas again!

Person squeezing lime over beef brisket tacos.

Ingredients

To make these easy slow-cooker beef brisket tacos, you’ll need two sets of ingredients:

For the Slow Cooker Brisket

Made with the most flavorful and fresh ingredients, this is easily the best brisket taco recipe for Mexican food lovers. Crowds will go wild for this simple recipe’s rich, seasoned taste.

Ingredients for brisket slow cooker tacos from the top view.
  • Brisket: I recommend using 3-4 pounds of brisket for this beef brisket taco recipe—the perfect size for six servings. When selecting your taco brisket, find a piece of meat with significant marbling and a layer of fat on top for extra flavor.
  • All-purpose flour: Flour is the key to making a thick, flavorful sauce for brisket tacos. However, you can omit this ingredient if you follow a gluten-free diet.
  • Onion: Robust yet mellow, onions give great depth to these brisket crock pot tacos. Cut your onions into thick half-moon slices before adding them to the slow cooker.
  • Peppers: Spice lovers will love the addition of jalapeno or poblano peppers to this easy taco recipe. Chop your peppers well, and you’re good to go!
  • Beef broth: I use beef broth in my taco beef brisket to give it a complex, hearty taste. However, chicken broth or even vegetable broth would also work.
  • Tomato paste: Rich tomato paste will give your brisket gorgeous color and an irresistibly piquant taste.
  • Fresh thyme sprigs: Thyme is the ultimate flavor-booster ingredient in hearty meat dishes. Earthy and lemony, this simple addition will lighten your beef’s taste.
  • Seasonings: I recommend using paprika, chili powder, onion powder, garlic powder, and salt for seasoning your beef.
  • Red wine vinegar: A small dash of red wine vinegar will brighten the smoky sweetness of this slow cooker brisket recipe. However, you could also use apple cider vinegar or any other vinegar you have on hand.

Brisket Taco Toppings

The sky is the limit when it comes to toppings for brisket tacos. Any of your favorite taco toppings would work, but you can find nearly a dozen tasty ideas below. You can use flour tortillas, make your own corn tortillas (following this masa tortilla recipe), or buy them at the store if you are short on time.

Brisket tacos toppings portioned and photographed from the top.
  • Guacamole: No one can resist a classic when considering what to put on brisket tacos. You only need four ingredients to make my creamy, fresh, and super easy guacamole recipe, perfect for shredded brisket tacos.
  • Tomatoes: Lighten up these brisket slow cooker tacos with the simple addition of tomatoes. You can use your favorite store-bought salsa, cherry tomato salsa, dice up fresh tomatoes, or make homemade pico de gallo.
  • Jalapenos: If you’re a fan of spice, topping a handful of fresh or pickled jalapenos will give your Mexican brisket just the right amount of kick.
  • Mexican cheese: Tangy and mild, a blend of Mexican cheeses is guaranteed to add a creamy taste to your brisket tacos. For extra freshness, you can even crumble cotija cheese on top of your tacos.
  • Pickled red onions: Anyone who likes bold flavors will adore the tangy punch of this easy red onion topping. For the most authentic flavors, try my Mexican Red Onion recipe. Or, you can also use roasted red onion slices if you are not a fan.
  • Fresh cilantro: Cilantro is optional, but it is a nice addition if you are a fan.
  • Lime wedges: If you like a little zing to your tacos, serve them with fresh lime juice. Lime wedges are a visually stunning way to add a citrusy bite.
  • Sour cream: Cool and tangy, a dollop of sour cream is just what your Mexican brisket tacos need to balance out their robust, spicy taste.
  • Sauce: Nothing pairs better with this shredded brisket recipe than its leftover juices we reduce at the end. Simply follow the steps in the recipe to make the sauce that takes this recipe to the next level.

How to Make Shredded Brisket for Tacos

Anyone—beginner and master chefs alike—can easily whip up pulled brisket tacos. You can let your slow cooker do the work when following these easy instructions.

A collage of images showing person preparing meat to make pulled brisket in crock pot.
  1. Make the meat rub: In a small bowl, mix the paprika, chili powder, onion powder, garlic powder, and salt.
  2. Prick the meat: Use a sharp knife to puncture both sides of the meat in several places. I recommend pricking the beef about 20-30 times for maximum flavor. Then, use a paper towel to pat dry the meat.
  3. Rub the meat: Rub the spice mixture into both sides of the beef before wrapping it tightly with stretch film or plastic wrap. Let the meat marinate in the fridge for 4-8 hours.
  4. Let the beef rest: On the day of cooking, remove the spice-rubbed beef from the fridge. Let it rest for 30-45 minutes while prepping the remaining ingredients.
A collage of images showing how to make beef brisket in a crock pot for tacos.
  1. Dust the meat with flour: Remove the stretch film from the beef, and sprinkle both sides with flour. Shake off any excess flour.
  2. Whisk the broth: Whisk together the beef broth and tomato paste in a measuring cup and set the mixture aside.
  3. Layer the slow cooker: Place half of the sliced onions, pepper, and minced garlic at the base of the crock pot. Transfer the meat, fat-side-up, on top of the veggies. Then, add the remaining vegetables on top of the beef. Pour the broth mixture atop the brisket, adding the thyme and bay leaves to the liquid.
  4. Cook the brisket: Cover the slow cooker and cook the beef on low for 8-10 hours. By the end, the meat should be fully cooked and easily shreddable.
Person showing how to shred beef brisket.
  1. Shred the beef: Transfer the cooked meat to a cutting board or cookie sheet. Before adding it to your tacos, shred the brisket with two forks. Cover it with aluminum foil until ready to serve.
A collage of photos showing how to reduce the leftover juices.
  1. Prepare the sauce: Place a colander over a saucepan and strain the leftover liquid. Discard the veggies. Then, bring the sauce to a boil over medium-high heat, then reduce it to medium heat. Let the mixture simmer for 15 minutes or until it reduces by half. Taste the sauce and add any extra seasoning, if desired. Just before serving, add the red wine vinegar.

How to Assemble Brisket Tacos

The most fun part about making brisket street tacos is assembling them. Design your tacos using whatever toppings you like, and you’ll have a photo-ready main the entire family will love.

A group of images showing how to make brisket tacos with the toppings.
  1. Prepare the taco station: Place the taco toppings in individual serving bowls, including the shredded brisket and the reduced sauce.
  2. Warm the tortillas: If desired, warm the tortillas in a small pan or microwave.
  3. Assemble shredded beef tacos: Lay out a tortilla, and add a helping of shredded brisket. Drizzle the meat with a tablespoon of the sauce, and then add your favorite toppings on top of the tacos. Repeat this process with the remaining tortillas.
  4. Serve: Garnish the beef brisket tacos with fresh lime and serve.

How to Make Ahead, Store, Freeze, Thaw, and Reheat?

Storing brisket for tacos is one of the easiest meal preps you’ll ever do. Make your brisket ahead or store the meat and juices for simple lunches throughout the month.

  • Make ahead: You can prepare this brisket taco recipe up to 2 days in advance. Not only does this process make meal prep a cinch, but it also lets the flavors develop before serving the brisket for leftover tacos.
  • Storage: To store your slow cooker brisket tacos, shred the leftover meat and let it reach room temperature. Then, portion the brisket leftovers into airtight containers, add a little juice and store them in the refrigerator for up to 2 days.
  • Freezing and thawing: Before you freeze your brisket, shred it and let it cool to room temperature. Portion the meat and leftover sauce into several airtight containers, labeling them with dates so you can keep track of their freshness. Then, place each airtight container in the freezer for up to 2 months. When ready to eat, thaw the brisket in the fridge overnight.
  • Reheat: I recommend reheating the leftovers in a pan with the juices for maximum juiciness. However, you could also place the leftover beef brisket in the oven at 350 degrees F. for 15-20 minutes. Be sure to drizzle them with some of the juices so they won’t dry out in the oven.

What to Serve with Brisket Tacos

You’ll unlock dozens of mouthwatering Mexican sides to serve when you make slow-cooked beef brisket tacos. From creamy street corn to seasoned quinoa, this list has it all!

Expert Tips

You don’t have to be a master chef to learn how to make brisket tacos. These pro tips will ensure your beef is as tender and flavorful as possible.

  • Don’t skip the resting: To get delicious flavor into every bite of brisket, I recommend letting your meat rest for at least 4 hours, preferably overnight. This step ensures that your beef absorbs its savory seasonings before adding it to the slow cooker.
  • Low and slow: A great way to ensure soft, tender meat is to take time with the recipe. Cook the brisket for at least 8-10 hours on low heat, letting the meat relax and absorb its juices. If you want to serve the tacos at night, begin cooking early in the morning. If you plan to serve these tacos during the day, start slow cooking the night before.
  • Skim the fat: Because this beef brisket recipe cooks off much of the meat’s fat in the crock pot, I recommend skimming off the extra fat from the meat mixture with a wooden spoon before serving.
  • Reduce the leftover liquid to use as a sauce: My favorite way to dress my own tacos is by transforming the brisket’s cooking liquid into a mouthwatering sauce. Let the liquid simmer for 15 minutes until it reduces by half. Then, add extra seasonings and serve!
  • Taste for seasoning: There are two times I recommend tasting your tender brisket recipe for seasoning: just after shredding your meat and when you first taste the reduced sauce (i.e., while it’s simmering). Since we are “cooking off” most of the liquid, adding seasonings to the sauce too soon may produce an overly salty sauce.
  • Customize it to your liking: Brisket tacos are one of my favorite foods because of how much fun you can have customizing them! Play with whatever toppings you want, experimenting with new combinations until you find your favorite.
Beef brisket tacos on a plate topped off with guacamole, red onion, and Mexican cheese.

FAQs

Want to know more about how to make brisket in a crock pot for tacos? I’ve answered all your questions here so you can enjoy melt-in-your-mouth eats any day of the week.

Why is my brisket tough?

The meat used for brisket tends to be tougher than other cuts, with lots of connective tissue. Therefore, you must cook your beef at a low temperature for at least 8-10 hours to ensure the meat is as soft and tender as possible.

What are some other ways I can use leftover brisket?

Do you have some leftover brisket from making tacos? There are countless delicious ways to use your meat leftovers, like using it as an enchilada filling, making brisket tacos, or even whipping up a plate of nachos.

Can I use suadero beef instead of brisket in this recipe?

Yes, you can. If you are trying to recreate the suadero tacos you had in Mexico, you can easily use suadero beef (also sold as suadero brisket or suadero meat) instead of brisket in this recipe.

Other Beef Recipes You Might Like:

Can’t get enough of this beef brisket taco recipe? These other beef dishes will satisfy your cravings with hearty, fresh flavors even a pro chef wouldn’t be able to resist.

If you try this recipe, please take a moment to give it a star rating and leave a comment below. It is a great help to others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

Brisket tacos served over corn tortillas and topped off with toppings on a plate.
Print

Slow Cooked Brisket Tacos Recipe

This Slow Cooker Beef Brisket Tacos Recipe requires little hands on time, but every minute is worth the effort. Corn tortillas filled with slow cooked brisket, guacamole, and pickled red onion are out-of-this-world delicious.
Course Meat
Cuisine Mexican Cuisine
Diet Gluten Free
Prep Time 30 minutes
Cook Time 10 hours
Marinading time 8 hours
Total Time 18 hours 30 minutes
Servings 6 servings
Calories 642kcal

Ingredients

For The Seasoning (Meat Rub)

  • 1 tablespoon paprika
  • 1 tablespoon chili powder
  • 2 teaspoons onion powder
  • 1 teaspoon garlic powder
  • 1 ½ teaspoons salt
  • 3 lbs. beef brisket flat cut; trimmed of excess fat and “silver skin”
  • 2 tablespoons of all-purpose flour
  • 1 onion halved and sliced ½ inch thick
  • 1 jalapeno or poblano pepper; seeds removed and roughly chopped
  • 4 garlic cloves minced
  • 3 cups beef broth
  • 1 tablespoon tomato paste
  • 3 sprigs fresh thyme or 1 teaspoon dried thyme
  • 2 bay leaves
  • 1 tablespoon red wine vinegar

For The Tacos:

  • 12 6-inch corn tortillas
  • 1 ½ cups guacamole
  • 1 tomato cut into small pieces
  • 1 jalapeno pepper seeded and sliced
  • 1 cup Mexican cheese such as queso fresco or cotija cheese
  • 1 cup pickled red onions
  • ½ cup fresh cilantro leaves chopped
  • Lime wedges for serving

Instructions

For Slow Cooker Brisket:

  • Prepare the meat rub: Mix the paprika, chili powder, onion powder, garlic powder, and salt in a bowl.
  • Prick both sides of the meat in several places ( about 20-30 “hits”) using the tip of a sharp knife. Then pat dry the meat on both sides using a sheet of paper towel.
  • Rub the spice mixture over both sides of the meat. Wrap it tightly with stretch film or plastic wrap and let it marinate in the fridge for at least 4 hours or preferably overnight (up to 8 hours.)
  • On the day of cooking, remove the meat from the refrigerator and let it rest for 30 minutes while you prepare the rest of the ingredients.
  • Remove the stretch film. Sprinkle it with the flour on both sides, shaking off the excess.
  • Whisk together beef broth and tomato paste in a measuring cup until combined. Set it aside.
  • Place half of the sliced onions, pepper, and minced garlic at the bottom of the slow cooker. Place the meat with the fat side up on top of the mixture.
  • Add the remaining sliced onions, pepper, and minced garlic on top of the meat. Pour the mixture over the meat. Add the thyme and bay leaves to the liquid.
  • Cover and cook on low heat setting for 8-10 hours or until meat is fully cooked and shreds easily.
  • Transfer the now-cooked brisket onto a cutting board (or cookie sheet) and cover it with aluminum foil to keep it warm. Right before serving, shred the meat using two forks. When done, cover it with aluminum foil to keep it warm.

To Make The Sauce:

  • Using a large spoon, skim off the liquid fat layer in the crock pot as much as you can*. Place a colander over a saucepan, strain the leftover liquid, and discard the veggies.
  • Bring the liquid to a boil over medium-high heat. Turn the heat down to medium and let it simmer for 15 minutes or until it is reduced by half and slightly thickened. Taste for seasoning and add more if necessary. Add the red wine vinegar at the last minute to brighten the flavor.

To Assemble the tacos:

  • Set up your taco station by placing the toppings in individual serving bowls, the now-shredded meat, and the reduced sauce.
  • If preferred, warm tortillas.
  • To assemble the brisket tacos, place shredded brisket over a corn tortilla. Drizzle it with a tablespoon (or more) of the reduced sauce, and then add the toppings. Repeat the same process with the rest of the tortillas.
  • Garnish with fresh lime and serve!

Notes

  • Taste for seasoning: There are two times I recommend tasting this recipe for seasoning: First, just after shredding your meat, and then second, when the sauce is fully reduced after the simmering time is fully completed. Since we are “cooking off” most of the liquid, adding seasonings to the sauce too soon may produce an overly salty sauce.
  • Make it your own: I included some topping suggestions, but as with any other taco recipe, the sky is the limit when dressing your tacos. Use this recipe as a place to start and customize it to your liking.
  • Skim the fat: Do not skip removing the liquid fat at the top layer of the liquid. The amount of liquid fat you’ll end up with depends on how fatty your meat is. You can reserve (I usually freeze it) and use it in place of oil or butter in recipes or discard it. Alternatively, if you have it, you can use a fat separator to remove it.
  • Make ahead: You can prepare the slow-cooked brisket recipe up to 2 days in advance. Doing so helps develop flavors and make them rich and even more delicious. When ready to serve, warm up the meat (and the sauce), prep taco toppings, and assemble at the table.
  • Storage: To store your slow cooker brisket tacos, shred the leftover meat and bring it to room temperature. Then, portion the leftovers into airtight containers, add a little juice and store them in the refrigerator for up to 2 days.
  • Freezing and thawing: Before you freeze your brisket, shred it and let it cool to room temperature. Portion the meat and leftover sauce into several airtight containers, labeling them with dates so you can keep track of their freshness. Then, place each airtight container in the freezer for up to 2 months. When ready to eat, thaw the brisket in the fridge overnight.
  • Reheat: I recommend reheating the brisket in a pan with the juices for maximum juiciness. However, you could also place the leftovers in the oven at 350 degrees F. for 15-20 minutes. Be sure to drizzle them with some of the juices so they won’t dry out in the oven.

Nutrition

Calories: 642kcal | Carbohydrates: 36g | Protein: 58g | Fat: 30g | Saturated Fat: 10g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 2g | Monounsaturated Fat: 14g | Cholesterol: 158mg | Sodium: 1394mg | Potassium: 1315mg | Fiber: 8g | Sugar: 3g | Vitamin A: 1502IU | Vitamin C: 14mg | Calcium: 215mg | Iron: 7mg

The post Slow Cooked Beef Brisket Tacos appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/slow-cooked-beef-brisket-tacos-2/feed/ 32
Air Fryer Eggplant Parmesan https://foolproofliving.com/air-fryer-eggplant-parmesan/ https://foolproofliving.com/air-fryer-eggplant-parmesan/#respond Mon, 24 Apr 2023 19:09:19 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=66588 Can’t get enough of air fryer eggplant recipes? Be sure also to check out our Air Fried Eggplant recipe for a more simple preparation of eggplant made without breadcrumbs. How To Air Fry Eggplant Parmesan? Making this air fryer eggplant parmesan recipe is a breeze with our easy-to-follow guide. We start with making my breaded eggplant in the air fryer and then top it off with tomato sauce and mozzarella...

The post Air Fryer Eggplant Parmesan appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
Can’t get enough of air fryer eggplant recipes? Be sure also to check out our Air Fried Eggplant recipe for a more simple preparation of eggplant made without breadcrumbs.

Air fried eggplant parmesan garnished with fresh basil on an oval plate.

Ingredients

The ingredient list for the air fryer eggplant parm recipe is quite simple, yet each component plays a vital role in creating a healthier version of this Italian eggplant recipe. Below is what you’ll need:

Ingredients for the recipe from the top view.
  • Eggplant: Amongst all the different types of eggplants, I find that globe eggplant is the easiest to find, so I tested this recipe using that variety. However, if you can get your hands on Italian eggplants, go for it. There is no need to peel eggplant. The skin is edible.
  • Large eggs: Eggs are the binder in this recipe. If you have egg allergies, a good alternative is using aquafaba instead.
  • Panko breadcrumbs: Similar to my Crispy Breaded Eggplant recipe, I used panko breadcrumbs as I love the crispy texture they provide, but you can use regular breadcrumbs as well. If you are following a gluten-free diet, you can purchase gluten-free panko or use an equal amount of almond flour instead.
  • Cheese: We incorporate shredded parmesan cheese in the breading mixture while reserving mozzarella cheese to create a sumptuous topping when cooking eggplant parmesan in the air fryer. Both shredded mozzarella cheese and sliced fresh mozzarella cheese would work in this recipe.
  • Seasonings: Kosher salt, garlic powder, and Italian seasoning are all you need. Don’t have Italian seasoning? Make your own spice mix by mixing ¼ teaspoon of dried oregano, ¼ teaspoon of dried rosemary, ¼ teaspoon of dried thyme and ¼ teaspoon of dried basil.
  • Tomato Sauce: I used my go-to Basil Tomato Sauce, but you can also use store-bought marinara (such as Rao’s Marinara Sauce (affiliate link) for an even quicker air fryer eggplant parmesan.
  • Fresh Herbs: Fresh basil and oregano are the classic herbs when making eggplant parm. However, you can also use their dried versions.

How To Air Fry Eggplant Parmesan?

Making this air fryer eggplant parmesan recipe is a breeze with our easy-to-follow guide. We start with making my breaded eggplant in the air fryer and then top it off with tomato sauce and mozzarella cheese. Here are the step-by-step instructions:

Person salting and coating eggplant in a collage of images.
  1. Salt & dry the eggplant: Sweating the eggplant step is optional, especially if you make this recipe during the summer months when eggplant is in season. However, if you prefer to salt your eggplant, start by lining your work surface with a few sheets of paper towels. Slice the eggplant into 1/2-inch slices and spread them on the paper towels. Lightly sprinkle them with ½ teaspoon salt on both sides and let them rest for 15 minutes. Gently pat-dry eggplant slices with a sheet of paper towel to remove the excess moisture.
  2. Prepare your dredging station: Whisk eggs in a shallow bowl and set it aside. In a separate bowl, combine panko, grated parmesan cheese, garlic powder, Italian seasoning, and black pepper.
  3. Assemble: Dip each eggplant slice in the beaten egg (letting the excess drip off) and then in the breadcrumb mixture, pressing gently to ensure an even coating. Transfer them onto a baking sheet until you are ready to start air frying.
A collage of images showing how to make air fried eggplant parmesan.
  1. Air Fry: Pre-heat your air fryer to 350 degrees F. Place breaded eggplant slices in the basket of your air fryer on a single layer. Air fry until crispy and golden brown on both sides for about 14 minutes, flipping halfway through.
  2. Add the toppings: Carefully top each slice of air-fried breaded eggplant with two tablespoons of marinara sauce and a tablespoon of shredded mozzarella cheese. Air fry eggplant parm for 1 to 2 minutes or until the cheese melts.
  3. Garnish and serve: Transfer the air-fried eggplant parmigiana onto a plate and garnish with fresh basil before serving.

How To Store and Reheat?

Like any of my other air-fried eggplant recipes, this eggplant parm is best on the day it is made. However, you can easily store leftovers and reheat them to enjoy later. Here is how I do it:

  • Storage: Bring your air-fried eggplant parmesan slices to room temperature and then transfer them into an airtight container. Store them in the fridge for up to 3 days.
  • Reheating leftovers: Preheat your air fryer to 350 degrees F. Place the eggplant parm in the air fryer basket in a single layer. Bake for 3-4 minutes or until warmed thoroughly.
Healthy eggplant parmesan in air fryer right after it is cooked.

Variations

If you are serving this dish to people with special diet requirements, below are a few variations:

  • Air Fryer Eggplant Parmesan without Breading: You can make this recipe without breading. If you choose to do so, simply skip the breading step and make a batch of my Air Fryer Eggplant Recipe with no breadcrumbs instead. Once the eggplant slices are air fried, you can top them off with marinara and cheese and air fry for one to two minutes or until the cheese is melted.
  • Vegan Eggplant Parmesan in the Air Fryer: To make this recipe vegan, I would recommend swapping eggs and dairy with their vegan counterparts.
    • Use aquafaba in place of eggs.
    • Swap parmesan cheese with vegan parmesan cheese.
    • Substitute vegan mozzarella cheese in place of regular mozzarella.

Expert Tips:

While this air fryer eggplant parmesan recipe is pretty straightforward, there are a few things that I’d love to share so that you can achieve great results on your first try:

  • Uniform slices: While cutting the eggplant, do your best to slice them in equal slices to ensure even baking. 
  • Sweating eggplants: During the eggplant season, the globe eggplants that are widely available in US supermarkets do not need to be salted. However, if you make this recipe during the off-season, I recommend salting your eggplant before air frying. If you want to know more about why and when to salt aubergine, be sure to check my article on Salting Eggplants.
  • Prep your dredging station: The most time-consuming part of this recipe is the coating of the eggplant rounds. I recommend getting everything ready before your start. 
  • Press to coat: I think the best part of this recipe is the crispy and crunchy texture of the eggplant. The secret to getting that crunchy texture is to make sure the slices are completely covered with the panko mixture. As you are coating each slice, press it gently so the bread crumbs stick well to the eggplant.
  • Do not overcrowd: For best results, arrange the eggplant slices in a single layer. Depending on the size of your air fryer, you may need to air fry the crispy eggplant in multiple batches. While this is an extra step, it is important to avoid overlapping slices, as doing so can result in soggy eggplant parmesan rather than the addictive crispy texture.
  • Spray: Some versions of this recipe uses an olive oil cooking spray to spray breaded eggplant before air frying. During my recipe testing, I did not think that it was necessary, but if you want, you can lightly spray the breaded eggplant slices.

What To Serve With This Recipe?

I think we can all agree that eggplant parmesan cooked in the air fryer makes the best side dish you can make in less than 30 minutes. Similar to my Chicken Parmesan recipe, this Italian classic pairs beautifully with a variety of dishes to create a well-rounded and satisfying meal. Below are a few serving suggestions:

FAQs:

Can you make eggplant parm in an air fryer?

Yes, you can. Making eggplant parmesan in the air fryer is not only quicker but also healthier (no more greasy eggplant again!) Start with coating the eggplant slices with a breadcrumb-parmesan topping and bake them in the air fryer. At the last minute, spoon some marinara sauce and shredded mozzarella cheese on top of the eggplant slices. Air fry until the cheese is melted, no more than 1 or 2 minutes.

How long to air fry eggplant parmesan?

It takes about 16 minutes to cook eggplant parmesan in a preheated 350-degree air fryer.

Other Eggplant Recipes You Might Like:

Here at Foolproof Living, we love eggplant. Over the years, we have published several eggplant recipes that are made with wholesome ingredients. Below are a few you might also enjoy if you are a fan as well:

If you make this recipe for healthy eggplant parmesan in the air fryer or any of our other Air Fryer Recipes, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It is a great help to others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

Air fryer eggplant parmesan slices placed in an oval plate and garnished with basil.
Print

Air Fryer Eggplant Parmesan Recipe

Air Fryer Eggplant Parmesan is the healthier version of the classic Italian dish we love. Cooking eggplant parm in the air fryer delivers perfectly crispy eggplant made even more delicious with rich marinara sauce and melted cheese.
Course Vegetarian Side Dish
Cuisine Italian
Diet Vegetarian
Prep Time 15 minutes
Cook Time 20 minutes
Resting time 15 minutes
Total Time 50 minutes
Servings 8 servings
Calories 204kcal

Ingredients

  • 2 medium eggplant globe eggplant ~ 1 pound each – washed and dried (no need to peel)
  • ½ teaspoon Kosher salt
  • 2 large eggs
  • 1 ½ cups panko breadcrumbs 3.5 ounces
  • ¾ cup grated Parmesan cheese 3.2 ounces
  • 1 teaspoon garlic powder
  • 1 teaspoon Italian seasoning
  • ¼ teaspoon black pepper
  • 1 ½ cups Homemade Tomato Basil Sauce or your favorite Marinara sauce
  • 1 ½ cups shredded mozzarella cheese or you can use thinly sliced fresh mozzarella
  • Handful of fresh basil leaves as garnish

Instructions

  • Salt eggplant*: Cut the top of the eggplant and eggplant into ½-inch thick slices. Spread them on a paper towel-lined baking sheet. Sprinkle them with ½ teaspoon of salt on both sides (¼ teaspoon salt for each side.) Let them rest for 15 minutes.
  • Pat dry now-rested eggplant slices with a paper towel to remove excess moisture. Set them aside.
  • While the eggplant is resting, prepare your dredging station. In a shallow bowl, whisk eggs. In a second bowl, mix together the panko breadcrumbs, Parmesan cheese, garlic powder, Italian seasoning, and black pepper.
  • Dip each eggplant slice in the beaten egg making sure to let the excess drip off. Then dip it in the panko mixture and gently press to ensure the coating sticks. Continue to follow the same steps with the rest of the eggplant slices. Transfer the now-breaded eggplant slices onto a baking sheet until you are ready to air fry.
  • Pre-heat the air fryer to 350 degrees F.
  • Place panko-coated eggplant rounds in an even layer in the fryer basket, making sure they are not overlapping. It is best to do this in two batches so that they are perfectly crispy with a crunchy exterior.
  • Air fry for 14 minutes, making sure to flip each slice halfway through the baking process. It should be done when they turn lightly golden brown.
  • Carefully remove the air fryer basket and place two tablespoons of tomato sauce and a tablespoon of mozzarella cheese on top of each slice.
  • Air fry* until the cheese melts for about a minute or two. Repeat the same process with the second batch of eggplant slices.
  • Serve while they are still hot.

Video

Notes

  • Salting the eggplant: If I buy the eggplant from a grocery store and if it is in season (May-September), I skip this step as freshly picked eggplant, harvested before it is full of seeds and eaten within a few days, does not need salting. You can learn more about sweating eggplant in this How to Salt Eggplant post.
  • Yields: This recipe yields 14-16 slices of eggplant parmesan, depending on the size of your eggplants. If you are serving a smaller crowd, you can easily halve the recipe.
  • You may have to adjust the amount of dredging ingredients based on the size of your eggplants. This recipe was developed using two medium-sized eggplants that were less than a pound. 
  • Storing & Reheating instructions: The air-fried eggplant parm is best when served immediately. However, if you have leftovers, you can store them in an airtight container for up to 3 days, then reheat them in the air fryer at 350 degrees F for 3-4 minutes or until warmed thoroughly.
  • There is no need to “reheat the air fryer” when putting them back in the air fryer (after topping them off with the tomato sauce and cheese). Your air fryer should still be hot enough to melt the cheese. 
  • Keep a close eye on them: I tested this air fryer eggplant parmesan recipe in my Instant Pot Vortex Air Fryer (affiliate link.) Please know that depending on the air fryer you are using, the cooking time might change slightly. To get the best results, gauge doneness by examining the color. As you flip halfway through the air frying process, you will be able to tell if they are browning too quickly. Once you top them off with the tomato sauce and cheese, they melt quickly, so I recommend keeping a close eye on them.

Nutrition

Calories: 204kcal | Carbohydrates: 19g | Protein: 12g | Fat: 9g | Saturated Fat: 5g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 1g | Monounsaturated Fat: 3g | Trans Fat: 0.004g | Cholesterol: 66mg | Sodium: 759mg | Potassium: 478mg | Fiber: 5g | Sugar: 7g | Vitamin A: 512IU | Vitamin C: 6mg | Calcium: 237mg | Iron: 2mg

The post Air Fryer Eggplant Parmesan appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/air-fryer-eggplant-parmesan/feed/ 0
Breaded Eggplant In Air Fryer https://foolproofliving.com/breaded-eggplant-in-air-fryer/ https://foolproofliving.com/breaded-eggplant-in-air-fryer/#respond Mon, 24 Apr 2023 19:07:19 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=66550 No one can resist this eggplant air fryer recipe’s crispy texture and savory taste. However, there’s no need to miss out on the tastiness if you don’t have an air fryer! You can whip up dozens of fiber and potassium-packed eggplant recipes in the oven, like my easy Roasted Eggplant Slices, hearty Baked Eggplant Parm, and more. Ingredients You’ll Need for Air-Frying Eggplant Air fryer breaded eggplant comes together with...

The post Breaded Eggplant In Air Fryer appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
No one can resist this eggplant air fryer recipe’s crispy texture and savory taste. However, there’s no need to miss out on the tastiness if you don’t have an air fryer! You can whip up dozens of fiber and potassium-packed eggplant recipes in the oven, like my easy Roasted Eggplant Slices, hearty Baked Eggplant Parm, and more.

Air fried breaded eggplant on a plate with marinara sauce and fresh parsley on the side.

Ingredients You’ll Need for Air-Frying Eggplant

Air fryer breaded eggplant comes together with just a few simple ingredients and zero added oil. You won’t need any last-minute runs to the grocery store with this easy side dish.

Ingredients for the recipe from the top view.
  • Eggplant: I recommend using globe eggplants for this dish, as they’re usually the most common among the many different types of eggplant found at American supermarkets.
  • Kosher salt: Salting eggplant is optional—especially if you’re watching your sodium. However, sweating eggplant may help remove excess liquid and unwanted bitterness if you buy your eggplants out of season. I use half a teaspoon of salt for every pound of eggplant. I then pat dry the slices with a paper towel after letting them rest for 15 minutes.
  • Large eggs: Eggs are the key to bonding your panko mixture to your eggplant rounds.
  • Panko breadcrumbs: Panko forms the base of this recipe’s breading mixture and gives the eggplant slices an irresistibly crispy exterior.
  • Parmesan cheese: Rich and nutty, grated parmesan cheese adds calcium and the Italian flavors we love in breaded eggplant.
  • Seasoning: You’ll need one teaspoon of garlic powder, Italian seasoning, and black pepper to season this air-fried breaded eggplant recipe.

Ingredient Substitutions

  • Breadcrumbs: If you’d prefer a diet-friendly alternative to traditional breadcrumbs, you can make keto air fry breaded eggplant using almond flour—a great way to lower your carbohydrates. Or, substitute your breadcrumbs with gluten-free panko breadcrumbs for another low-carb option.
  • Dairy-free option: To make air-fried breaded eggplant without dairy, use vegan parmesan cheese instead of dairy-based options. This simple substitution uses cashews and nutritional yeast to mimic traditional parmesan’s rich, cheesy flavor.
  • Vegan version: Looking for a vegan recipe for air fryer breaded eggplant slices? Use aquafaba instead of eggs and vegan parmesan instead of parmesan cheese, and your eggplant cutlets will satisfy your dietary needs.

How to Make Air Fry Breaded Eggplant

Whether you’re looking for a great snack or a protein-packed main course doesn’t matter. These instructions will transform your kitchen into a five-star Italian restaurant with minimal prep time.

Person seasoning and drying eggplant in a collage of images.
  1. Salt the eggplant: Cut up the eggplant into ½-inch slices, and lay them on a surface lined with paper towels. Sprinkle salt on top of the eggplant (both sides!), and let it rest for 15 minutes. 
  2. Dry the slices: Use a sheet of paper towel to pat dry the eggplant slices, removing any excess moisture.
  3. Prepare the dredging station: Whisk the eggs in a shallow bowl. Then, whisk together the panko breadcrumbs, parmesan cheese, garlic powder, Italian seasoning, and black pepper in a separate shallow bowl.
Person showing how to bread eggplant slices before air frying in a collage of images.
  1. Dip eggplant slices: Dip each piece of eggplant in the egg wash, letting the excess drip off. Then, dip the cuts in the panko mixture, being sure to coat all the sides of the eggplant. I recommend gently pressing the bread crumbs into each slice to ensure complete coating.
  2. Preheat the air fryer: Set the air fryer to 350 degrees F.
A collage of images showing breaded eggplant slices in the air fryer before and after they are cooked.
  1. Arrange the slices in the air fryer: Transfer the eggplant pieces to the air fryer basket in a single, even layer. No slices should overlap, so you may need to air-fry your eggplant in multiple batches.
  2. Air fry eggplant: Cook the breaded eggplant until they turn light brown (approximately 14 minutes), flipping each slice halfway through. You can check for doneness by inserting a knife into one of the pieces. Your eggplant is ready to eat if the blade easily enters and exits the slice.
  3. Serve: If desired, top your air fry breaded eggplant slices with fresh parsley and serve alongside your favorite dipping sauce.

How to Store and Reheat

As it is with any breaded vegetable or meat recipe, this breaded eggplant recipe is best on the day it is made. However, you can easily store leftovers with the storage tips below:

  • Store: Store your leftover breaded eggplant slices by letting them first reach room temperature. Then, transfer them to an airtight container and place them in the refrigerator. Though the pieces may lose their crispiness during storage, they will stay fresh for up to 2 days.
  • Reheat: To reheat your eggplant, place them in the air fryer at 350 degrees F. for 2 minutes on each side.
  • Freeze: When freezing your air fryer breaded eggplant, let it first reach room temperature. Line a baking sheet with parchment paper, then place your eggplant slices on top in a single layer. Place the tray in the freezer until the pieces are frozen, then transfer them to an airtight container or freezer bag. There is no need to thaw, simply place them in a 350-degree preheated air fryer and cook for 5-7 minutes or until they are warmed through.

How to Serve Air Fryer Roasted Eggplant

When you roast breaded eggplant in the air fryer, you’ll unlock dozens of tasty menu ideas. These Instagram-ready recipes will disappear in seconds, from easy snacks to effortless appetizers.

  • Serve it with a dip or a sauce on the side: Crispy breaded eggplant slices make the ultimate appetizer when served alongside a tasty sauce. Dip them into your favorite marinara sauce or tomato sauce for an Italian-themed side bursting with robust tomato flavors. Or, try out a tangy, Mediterranean menu by serving them alongside my Yogurt Tahini Sauce or Tzatziki Recipe. You can even try them with my fan-favorite Blue Cheese Dip for the perfect game-day snack.
  • Enjoy it as a side dish with your favorite main dishes: I cannot think of a better side dish to serve with dinner dishes like Goat Cheese Stuffed Chicken, Chicken Fricassee, or Spaghetti Bolognese.

Expert Tips

You don’t have to be a master chef to make delicious air fryer eggplant with breading. These pro tips will give you perfectly golden brown slices every time.

  • Slice evenly: If you want your slices to cook evenly, cutting eggplant into evenly sized pieces is essential. I recommend cutting your veggies into ½-inch slices for this recipe, but if you’d prefer thinner slices, keep in mind that your cook time will decrease. No matter what size you slice your eggplant, keep an eye on your rounds to avoid burning.
  • Salting eggplant: It’s technically not necessary to salt eggplant before cooking, especially if you are buying it from the grocery store when eggplant is in season (May-September.) However, pre-salting your veggies may help remove unwanted liquid and bitterness—especially if you purchase your eggplant out of season.
  • Set up your dredging station before you start: No one likes cooking in a messy kitchen. Avoid the extra hassle by setting up your dredging station before you begin coating your eggplant rounds.
  • Gently push the breadcrumbs: The best part about this simple air fryer recipe is the eggplant slices’ tender, moist insides and crisp exteriors. To get these best results, gently press your breadcrumb mixture into your eggplant slices before placing them in the air fryer basket.
  • Olive oil spray: Though unnecessary, you may lightly coat your breaded eggplant slices with olive oil cooking spray before putting them in the air fryer. This step may help enhance your slices’ crispiness and prevent burning.
  • Avoid overcrowding: The key to getting perfectly crispy eggplant slices is to avoid overcrowding them in the air fryer basket. Proper air circulation is necessary for thorough cooking. Therefore, you may find it helpful to cook your eggplant in batches, depending on the size of your air fryer. 
  • Flip halfway through: I highly recommend flipping or shaking your eggplant slices halfway through cooking. Doing so ensures even browning and crisping on both sides of the veggies.
  • Adjusting dredging ingredients: You may have to change how much of your dredging ingredients you include based on the size of your eggplants. Larger eggplants tend to need more dredging ingredients than specified.
  • Monitor closely: Cooking times may vary depending on your specific air fryer model, the thickness of the sliced eggplant, and the diameter of your slices. Watch your eggplant to keep them from burning or coming out unfinished. Flipping them halfway through the cooking time is a great way to gauge their doneness. This step will allow you to check their texture and color and see whether they need more cooking time.

FAQs

Want to know more about this breaded, crispy air fryer eggplant recipe? I’ve answered all your biggest recipe questions below, from vegan substitutions to ideal cooking time.

Can you make breaded eggplant in the air fryer?

Yes! Quick and easy, cooking breaded eggplant in the air fryer takes half the time as Crispy Oven-Baked Eggplant—while still having all the same savory Italian flavor.

What can I use instead of egg in breading eggplant?

If you want a vegan version of this breaded air fryer eggplant, use aquafaba instead of eggs.

How long to air fry breaded eggplant?

I recommend air-frying breaded eggplant for a total time of 14 minutes, flipping halfway through. However, you may find that your eggplant needs more or less time depending on your air fryer model and the thickness of your slices, so use this estimate as a starting time and watch your eggplant closely.

Other Air Fryer Recipes You Might Also Like

Can’t get enough of this easy air fryer eggplant recipe? Do you love hassle-free air fryer dishes? Simple and fast, these other mouthwatering air fryer recipes are just what you need.

If you try this Air Fryer Breaded Eggplant recipe or any other recipe on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It is a great help to others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

Air fry breaded eggplant slices on a plate with marinara sauce for dippigng on the side.
Print

Breaded Eggplant In Air Fryer Recipe

Making Breaded eggplant in air fryer is not only healthier but also quicker. Indulge in this easy recipe to create irresistibly addictive breaded eggplant, featuring a crispy outer layer and a lusciously soft, tender inside.
Course Vegetarian Side Dish
Cuisine American Vegetarian
Diet Vegetarian
Prep Time 10 minutes
Cook Time 14 minutes
Total Time 24 minutes
Servings 8 servings
Calories 130kcal

Equipment

Ingredients

  • 2 medium-sized globe eggplants ~ 1 pound each; washed and dried
  • ½ teaspoon Kosher salt
  • 2 large eggs
  • 1 ½ cups panko breadcrumbs 3.5 ounces
  • ¾ cup grated Parmesan cheese 3.2 ounces
  • 1 teaspoon garlic powder
  • 1 teaspoon Italian seasoning
  • ¼ teaspoon black pepper
  • 1 ½ cups Tomato Basil Sauce optional

Instructions

  • Salt eggplant*: Slice eggplant into ½-inch thick slices. Spread them on a paper towel-lined surface. Sprinkle with ½ teaspoon of kosher salt on both sides (you are using ½ teaspoon in total for both sides.) Let it rest for 15 minutes.
  • Pat dry the eggplant slices with a sheet of paper towel to remove the excess moisture.
  • Set up your dredging station: Whisk eggs in a shallow bowl. In a separate shallow bowl, whisk together the panko breadcrumbs, Parmesan cheese, garlic powder, Italian seasoning, and black pepper.
  • Dip each eggplant slice in the eggs (let the excess drip off) then into the panko mixture, making sure that it is coated on all sides. You may have to gently press it down to ensure that it is fully coated.
  • Pre-heat the air fryer to 350 degrees F.
  • Place eggplant rounds in an even layer in the fryer basket making sure they are not overlapping. You may have to do it in two batches.
  • Cook until crispy and golden on both sides for approximately 14 minutes making sure to flip each slice halfway through the air-frying process. It should be done when they turn lightly golden brown. You can also check doneness by inserting a sharp knife into one of the eggplant slices. If it goes in and out easily, it should be done.
  • Serve it right away with tomato sauce (or your favorite marinara sauce) on the side, if preffered!

Notes

  • Yields: A globe eggplant that is approximately 1 pound will yield 6-8 slices. With 2 globe eggplants, this recipe will yield 12-16 slices of breaded eggplant.
  • Salting the eggplant: If I am making this recipe during the eggplant season (May-September), I skip the salting as freshly picked storebought globe eggplants do not require to be salted. However, salting would not hurt, especially if you are making this recipe during the winter months.
  • Dredging ingredients may have to be adjusted more or less based on how big the eggplant is.
  • Storage & Reheating: These air fryer breaded eggplant slices are best when served immediately. However, if you have leftovers, you can store them in an airtight container for up to 2 days, then reheat them in the air fryer at 350 degrees F for 2 minutes per side.

Nutrition

Calories: 130kcal | Carbohydrates: 17g | Protein: 7g | Fat: 4g | Saturated Fat: 2g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 1g | Monounsaturated Fat: 1g | Trans Fat: 0.004g | Cholesterol: 49mg | Sodium: 410mg | Potassium: 325mg | Fiber: 4g | Sugar: 5g | Vitamin A: 171IU | Vitamin C: 3mg | Calcium: 125mg | Iron: 1mg

The post Breaded Eggplant In Air Fryer appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/breaded-eggplant-in-air-fryer/feed/ 0
Air Fryer Eggplant https://foolproofliving.com/air-fryer-eggplant/ https://foolproofliving.com/air-fryer-eggplant/#comments Mon, 24 Apr 2023 19:05:39 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=66508 If you don’t have an air fryer, I have dozens of other eggplant recipes to satisfy your cravings. With my simple recipe for Roasted Eggplant Slices, you’ll have tender, savory veggies you’ll want to eat straight from the oven. Add a layer of panko breadcrumbs and mozzarella cheese, and you’ll have an irresistible appetizer of Crispy Oven-Baked Eggplant. Or, transform your tasty side into a rich, Healthy Baked Eggplant Parm...

The post Air Fryer Eggplant appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
If you don’t have an air fryer, I have dozens of other eggplant recipes to satisfy your cravings. With my simple recipe for Roasted Eggplant Slices, you’ll have tender, savory veggies you’ll want to eat straight from the oven. Add a layer of panko breadcrumbs and mozzarella cheese, and you’ll have an irresistible appetizer of Crispy Oven-Baked Eggplant. Or, transform your tasty side into a rich, Healthy Baked Eggplant Parm that will disappear in minutes.

Air fried eggplant cubes placed in a bowl with a spoon on the side.

Ingredients You’ll Need for Air-Frying Eggplant

You only need a handful of pantry-ready ingredients to make eggplant in the air fryer. Healthy, fresh, and natural, this air-fried eggplant recipe won’t require any extra trip to the grocery store.

Ingredients for the recipe are laid out on a marble backdrop.
  • Eggplant: I use globe eggplant in this crispy air fryer eggplant recipe, as it’s the most common type of eggplant found in grocery stores. However, many different types of eggplants would also work. Other types, such as Japanese eggplant, Japanese eggplant, and even Chinese eggplant, would all work in this recipe.
  • Kosher salt: Though salting eggplant is optional, this step helps remove excess liquid and gives this easy recipe its exquisitely crisp texture. It may also be helpful if you’re buying eggplant out of season. You can learn more about this process in my simple guide to sweating eggplant.
  • Oil: I recommend using high smoke point oils, like avocado oil or olive oil, when making eggplant in the air fryer.
  • Seasonings: You can use countless delicious seasoning mixes when you air-fry eggplant. However, I recommend a robust, savory mixture of Italian seasoning, garlic powder, and paprika. Don’t have Italian seasoning at home? Make your own spice blend by mixing together ¼ teaspoon of dried oregano, ¼ teaspoon of dried rosemary, ¼ teaspoon of dried thyme, and ¼ teaspoon of dried basil.
  • Optional toppings: If preferred, you can sprinkle them with fresh parsley (or any other fresh herbs you like) and a squeeze of fresh lemon juice right before serving. 

How to Cook Eggplant in Air Fryer?

Air frying eggplant is easier than you think. And the best part, you ask? No messy oil or waiting in front of the stove for it to cook.  With these easy instructions, your air fryer-fried eggplant will come out irresistibly tender in no time. Whether you like to air-fry sliced eggplant or cubed eggplant, simply follow the instructions below for my foolproof method:

Person showing how to cut eggplant into slices and cubes.
  1. Cut the eggplant: Cut your eggplant into either ½-inch air fryer eggplant slices or into 1-inch cubes to make cubed eggplant. If you are new to slicing eggplant, check out my handy guide to cutting eggplant.
Person showing how to season aubergine in a collage of images.
  1. Salt the slices of eggplant: If you want to salt the eggplant before cooking, line a sheet pan with a few sheets of paper towels, then layer the baking sheet with a single layer of your sliced eggplant. Sprinkle the veggies with ½ teaspoon of salt, covering all sides with equal seasoning. Let the salted eggplant rest for 15 minutes.
  2. Dry the eggplant: Use either paper towels or a clean kitchen towel to pat dry the surface of the eggplant. Try to remove any excess moisture.
Person showing how to prepare and season eggplant in a collage of images.
  1. Season the eggplant: For sliced eggplant, brush both sides of the slices with oil. Then, sprinkle the top of the eggplant with Italian seasoning, garlic powder, paprika, and salt, being sure to coat each side evenly. For cubed eggplant, place the vegetables in a large bowl, drizzle them with oil, and toss the mixture until thoroughly combined. Then, sprinkle the oiled veggies with Italian seasoning, garlic powder, paprika, and salt.
  2. Preheat the air fryer: Set the air fryer to 400 degrees F.
Person showing how to cook eggplant slices and eggplant cubes in the air fryer.
  1. Transfer the seasoned slices: Place the eggplant in a single even layer in the air fryer, being sure not to overlap or overcrowd the basket. If necessary, roast eggplant in the air fryer in two batches to ensure even cooking.
  2. Cook eggplant in the air fryer: Air fry the pieces for 12 minutes, flipping them halfway through. Check for doneness by inserting a paring knife in one cube/slice. Remove the eggplant if the knife easily enters and exits its flesh. However, if there is resistance on the blade, continue to air fry the pieces in one-minute increments until tender.
  3. Serve: Transfer the air-fried eggplant slices or air fry eggplant cubes to a plate and serve while warm.

How to Store, Reheat, and Freeze This Recipe?

Once you make this vegan and gluten-free recipe for eggplant in the air fryer, you’ll want it every night of the week. With these simple storage tips, you’ll have toasty, savory eggplant whenever the craving strikes.

  • Store: To store your air-fried eggplant cubes or slices, first let the veggies reach room temperature. Then, transfer the pieces to an airtight container and place them in the refrigerator for up to three days. To reheat, place your eggplant in the air fryer for two minutes (or until heated thoroughly) at 400 degrees F. or in the oven for 5-8 minutes at 300 degrees F. I recommend draining excess liquid before serving, as your veggie pieces will likely become watery during storage.
  • Freeze: After roasting the eggplant in the air fryer, place the room-temperature pieces in a freezer bag or airtight container. I recommend separating each layer with wax paper to prevent fusing during storage. Once you place the sealed container inside the freezer, your eggplant will stay fresh for up to 2 months.
  • Thaw: Thaw your air fryer roasted eggplant by placing it in the fridge overnight. Remove the wax paper between slices/cubes, and reheat them in the air fryer at 400 degrees F. for two minutes or in the oven at 300 degrees F. for 5-8 minutes.
Air fried eggplant slices on a plate from the top view.

How to Serve Air Fryer Roasted Eggplant?

You can serve this healthy eggplant recipe in the air fryer in dozens of mouthwatering ways. From a great snack to a final dish, these tasty ideas will fill your menu with maximum flavor.

  • Serve it as a vegetable side dish: Crispy eggplant slices make a delectable appetizer when served with a dip, such as your favorite marinara sauce, Basil Tomato Sauce, or creamy Tzatziki. These simple eggplant rounds are also a great way to complement a protein-packed main course. Serve them alongside Mediterranean dishes, like my Greek Yogurt Chicken and Mediterranean Lemon Chicken, or balance a hearty main, like my Classic Pot Roast, with light and healthy flavors.
  • Incorporate it into cooked grains: This delicious air fryer eggplant recipe is just the thing to add to your favorite quinoa salad or other cooked grains. Savory air-fried eggplant makes a great addition to Cooked Bulgur or even pasta recipes, like my Eggplant Pomodoro Pasta—especially when topped with rich parmesan cheese, ground black pepper, and fresh parsley.

Expert Tips

If you want to make air fryer roast eggplant that will have the whole family asking for seconds, these pro tips are just what you need. This guide has everything from slicing to seasoning and cooking pointers.

  • Select good eggplants: The first step in air frying eggplant is to choose the right produce. I recommend using eggplants that are firm to the touch and have smooth, glossy skin. Though eggplants have a bad rap for bitterness, these riper veggies tend to have fewer seeds, a sweeter taste, and a less bitter flavor.
  • Cut evenly: The key to this recipe is to cut your eggplants into evenly sized pieces (½-inch slices or 1-inch cubes). Similarly sized eggplants will cook more evenly, whether you slice them or cut them into cubes.
  • A word about salting: Sweating eggplant isn’t necessary for this recipe, especially if you are using eggplant during its peak season (May through September.) However, if you’re making this dish out of season, you may want to remove extra liquid or unwanted bitterness from your slices by salting your eggplant before putting it in the air fryer.
  • Don’t overcrowd the basket: When you layer your eggplant pieces into the air fryer basket, don’t overcrowd or layer them on top of one another. More space between slices will allow for better air circulation and limit the possibility of undercooked or unevenly cooked eggplant. Depending on the size of your air fryer, you may find that air frying your eggplant in batches helps avoid partially cooked or soggy eggplant.
  • Flip halfway through: The best thing about this vegan air fryer eggplant is its crisp-tender texture and golden brown exterior. Flipping your eggplant batches halfway through their air frying time will help give you these best results.
  • Watch closely: Many factors contribute to how long it will take to make eggplant cooked in the air fryer, including your specific air fryer, the thickness of your slices, and how densely you pack the basket. Therefore, I recommend watching your pieces after the 10-minute mark to see whether they need more or less time.

FAQs

Cooking eggplant is an easy recipe anyone can prepare (and post on Instagram!). With these helpful tips, this eggplant air fryer recipe will come out exquisitely crisp every time.

Can you air-fry eggplant?

Yes! Not only is air frying the quickest method of cooking eggplant, but it’s also effortless. Cut your eggplant into ½-inch slices or 1-inch cubes, and your eggplant will only need about 12 minutes in the air fryer at 400 degrees F.

What is the ideal cook time and temperature for cooking eggplant in an air fryer?

You’ll likely need 12 minutes in the air fryer set to 400 degrees F. to cook your eggplant pieces.

How long do you air fry eggplant?

The ideal eggplant air fryer time is about 12 minutes at 400 degrees F. However, this cooking time depends on your specific air fryer and eggplant thickness, so keep an eye on your pieces to ensure they don’t come out over- or undercooked.

Can I air-fry eggplant without oil?

Yes, you can air-fry eggplant without any added oil. However, these eggplant pieces often come out drier than those cooked with oil. You can combat this dryness by making no-oil Breaded Eggplant in the Air Fryer, which uses an egg and flour and breadcrumb mixture to give your eggplant a rich tenderness instead of oil.

Other Air Fryer Recipes You Might Also Like

If you can’t get enough tasty eggplant recipes like this, you’ll fall head over heels for these other effortless air fryer dishes. Feel free to check out the recipes below and never be at a loss for a delicious recipe to complete your menu again!

If you try this Air Fryer Eggplant with no breadcrumbs recipe or any other recipe on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It is a great help to others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

A bowl of air fried eggplant served by a person from the top view.
Print

Air Fryer Eggplant Recipe

If you are in need of a recipe for Air Fryer Eggplant with no breadcrumbs, you have come to the right place! Follow this straightforward recipe to create a nicely seasoned air-fried eggplant dish (sliced or cubed) that you can serve as a side or incorporate into salads, casseroles, stews, and more.
Course Vegetarian Side Dish
Cuisine American
Diet Vegan
Prep Time 10 minutes
Resting Time 15 minutes
Total Time 25 minutes
Servings 4 people
Calories 96kcal

Equipment

Ingredients

  • 1 large globe eggplant ~1 pound
  • 3/4 teaspoon Kosher salt divided
  • 2 tablespoons avocado oil or vegetable oil
  • 1 teaspoon Italian seasoning
  • 1 teaspoon garlic powder
  • 1 teaspoon paprika

Optional Garnish

  • 1 teaspoon fresh parsley chopped finely
  • A squeeze of lemon juice

Instructions

  • Cut the eggplant into your desired shape, either ½ inch slices or 1-inch cubes. You do not need to peel the eggplant as the skin is edible.
  • Line a sheet pan with a few sheets of paper towels. Place the eggplant on top and sprinkle with ½ teaspoon of salt, ensuring that all sides of the eggplant slices (or cubes) are evenly seasoned. Let rest for 15 minutes.
  • Using a sheet of paper towel (or a clean kitchen towel), pat the surface of the eggplant dry to absorb moisture.
  • Season the eggplant:
    For sliced eggplant: Brush eggplant slices with the oil on both sides and sprinkle each slice with Italian seasoning, garlic powder, paprika, and ¼ teaspoon of salt.
    For cubed eggplant: Place eggplant cubes in a large bowl. Drizzle with oil and toss until well combined. Sprinkle them with Italian seasoning, garlic powder, paprika, and ¼ teaspoon of salt.
  • Preheat the air fryer to 400 degrees F.
  • Place the eggplant in an even layer in the air fryer. Be sure not to overcrowd the air fryer basket. If needed, it is best to air fry it in two batches to ensure even frying.
  • Air fry for approximately 12 minutes flipping the eggplant halfway through the air frying process. To check doneness, insert a pairing knife in one of the eggplant cubes/slices, if it goes in and out easily, it should be done. If not, let it continue to air fry in one-minute increments until tender.
  • Transfer to a plate. If preferred, sprinkle it with chopped parsley and a light squeeze of lemon juice. Serve while it is still warm.

Notes

  • Yields: Depending on the size of your eggplant, this recipe yields 7-9 slices of eggplant or about 2 cups of cubed eggplant. This recipe can be multiplied as many times as you want.
  • Evenly cut eggplant: The key to this recipe is to cut your eggplants into evenly sized pieces (½-inch slices or 1-inch cubes). Similarly sized eggplants will cook more evenly, whether you slice them or cut them into cubes.
  • Storage: You can store leftovers in an airtight container (after they come to room temperature) for up to 3 days. To reheat, place your eggplant in the air fryer for two minutes (or until heated thoroughly) at 400 degrees F.

Nutrition

Calories: 96kcal | Carbohydrates: 8g | Protein: 1g | Fat: 7g | Saturated Fat: 1g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 1g | Monounsaturated Fat: 5g | Sodium: 439mg | Potassium: 289mg | Fiber: 4g | Sugar: 4g | Vitamin A: 283IU | Vitamin C: 3mg | Calcium: 20mg | Iron: 1mg

The post Air Fryer Eggplant appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/air-fryer-eggplant/feed/ 4
Air Fryer Beets https://foolproofliving.com/air-fryer-beets/ https://foolproofliving.com/air-fryer-beets/#respond Tue, 07 Feb 2023 17:57:36 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=64487 It’s no wonder why air fryer vegetables are so popular. From these beets cooked in air fryer to Air Fryer Corn, Air Fryer Asparagus, and even Air Fryer Green Beans, air-fried veggies are an easy way to pack major nutrition with few calories and exquisite taste. Plus, unlike veggies roasted in the oven, these recipes take less than 15 minutes to make—with five ingredients or fewer! Learning how to air...

The post Air Fryer Beets appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
It’s no wonder why air fryer vegetables are so popular. From these beets cooked in air fryer to Air Fryer Corn, Air Fryer Asparagus, and even Air Fryer Green Beans, air-fried veggies are an easy way to pack major nutrition with few calories and exquisite taste. Plus, unlike veggies roasted in the oven, these recipes take less than 15 minutes to make—with five ingredients or fewer!

Roasted beetroot in air fryer served in a bowl shown from the top view.

Learning how to air fry beets is a simple skill any chef can benefit from. This guide has what you need, from how to cook whole beets in an air fryer to peeling tips.

Ingredients

You only need four basic ingredients to whip up this air fryer beets recipe. Fast, tasty, and gluten-free, this delectable recipe won’t require any last-minute trips to the grocery store.

  • Beets: Many different beet varieties will work for this air fryer recipe. Red beets, golden beets, and Chioggia beets (AKA candy cane beets) are just a few of my favorites. Whichever type you choose, just be sure to peel and cut them into small, 1-inch chunks before cooking them in your air fryer. With that being said, you can roast beets as a whole or with other root vegetables (i.e., sweet potatoes and carrots.)
  • Oil: You can use either olive oil or avocado oil when cooking beets in an air fryer.
  • Salt and black pepper: These two simple seasonings are the key to bringing out your air fryer beets’ earthy flavor and natural sweetness.
Ingredients for air fried root vegetables in bowls from the top view.

Optional Add-Ins

  • Other root vegetables: Take this easy side dish to the next level by air frying your beets alongside another nutritious vegetable. Air fryer beets and carrots make a tender, filling combination, while air fryer beets and sweet potatoes will tantalize your tastebuds with a mildly sweet flavor. Or, roast all three together for a colorful veggie mix!
  • Seasonings: Herby and light, fresh herbs like mint or parsley make a fantastic addition to your air fryer roasted beets. Or, top your beets with Italian seasoning for an extra earthy flavor.
  • Toppings: If you’re a fan of rich, creamy flavor, you’ll love topping your roasted beets with goat cheese or feta cheese. Add a drizzle of olive oil, and your whole table will ask for seconds.

How to Cook Beets in Air Fryer?

Anyone can prepare roasted beets in an air fryer in minutes. In just five steps, these simple instructions will have even novice chefs making this great healthy side dish.

  1. Prepare the beets: Preheat the air fryer to 400 degrees F. Peel and cut beets into 1-inch pieces.
A person adding olive oil and salt to sliced beets in a bowl.
  1. Toss the ingredients: Transfer the beet pieces to a mixing bowl. Drizzle them with olive oil, sprinkle them with salt and black pepper, and toss the ingredients until thoroughly combined.
Roasting beets in air fryer from the top view.
  1. Add beets to the basket: Arrange the seasoned beets in a single layer in the air fryer basket.
  2. Cook beets in the air fryer: Place beets in the air fryer and cook for 15 minutes, flipping them halfway through the frying process.
  3. Serve: Transfer the air-fried beets to a serving platter and add additional seasoning if necessary.

Can I Cook Whole Beets in Air Fryer?

Yes! You can easily make roasted whole beets in the air fryer and eliminate the extra prep time that comes with chopping. 

With that being said, there’s a direct correlation between size and air frying time, so choosing similarly-sized veggies is essential to ensure even cooking. Therefore, when roasting whole beets in an air fryer, I recommend selecting beets that are small and close to the same size. 

Roasted whole beets air fryer method shown from the top view.

The process and the air frying temperature do not change when roasting whole beets in an air fryer. Simply air fry your whole beets at 400 degrees F. and test for doneness after 15 minutes, flipping the veggies halfway through. Keep in mind, however, that it can take up to 20-25 minutes to roast whole beets in an air fryer, depending on the size of your beets.

You will also need to peel your veggies before placing the whole beets in the air fryer, as peeling them afterward will be more difficult. Using a vegetable peeler will make this step particularly easy.

How to Store, Reheat, and Freeze?

Air-fried beetroot is fantastic when it comes to easy storage. Whether you freeze your air fry beets for months or save your leftovers for the next day, these storage tips are a meal prep must.

  • Store: Once you cook your beets in the air fryer, let them cool completely. Then, store them in an airtight container for up to four days.
  • Reheat: I love to eat my leftover beets cold. However, you can also reheat your beetroot in the air fryer should you prefer to eat them warm. Place your leftovers in the air fryer for 3-4 minutes at 350 degrees F.
  • Freeze: To ensure your air-fried beets maintain their tender, roasted texture, you’ll need to flash-freeze them. Spread the cooled beets on a baking sheet lined with parchment paper and freeze them solid. Then, transfer the pieces to a freezer-safe bag, remove as much air as possible, and freeze for up to three months.

How to Serve Air Fried Beets?

When you roast beets in an air fryer, you can design your menu in countless different ways. These menu ideas guarantee a five-star meal, from crisp salads to hearty mains.

  • Top off a salad: Tender and flavorful, roasted beets from an air fryer make an excellent salad topper. Roasted Beet Salad is one of my favorite beet recipes to prepare during busy weekdays.
  • Serve it as a side with meat: If you want a meal to impress, you’ll adore this sophisticated pair. After cooking beetroot in the air fryer, sprinkle it with feta or goat cheese and fresh herbs, such as fresh mint or parsley, and serve it alongside a hearty protein. Air-fried beets go exceptionally well with elevated meat dishes, such as Instant Pot Lamb Shanks or Reverse Sear Chateaubriand.
  • On top of hummus: Out of all the great combinations, easy roasted air fryer beets and savory hummus are among the greatest. Add your cooked beets to tasty hummus recipes, like my Mediterranean Hummus or Carrot Hummus, and you won’t believe how much variation you can achieve in your snacks.

Expert Tips

There’s no secret to this mouthwatering air fryer beet recipe. Following these pro cooking tips, your beets will be perfectly tender and exquisitely crisp every time.

  • Oil: One tablespoon is the ideal amount of oil for 1 pound of fresh beets that are medium-sized. We initially tried making this recipe using a teaspoon of oil as we wanted to use the least amount of oil possible. However, we quickly found out that an adequate amount of oil is an important factor when it comes to ensuring that your beets don’t dry up or lose their tender texture during the air frying process.
  • Peeling and cutting: For the best results, I recommend peeling and cutting your raw beets into 1-inch chunks before air frying them. This is not to say you can not do it later, but we found it much easier to do it beforehand.
Air fryer beets and sweet potatoes in a bowl from the top view.
  • Roast with other root vegetables: If you can’t get enough vegetarian recipes, you’ll love air frying your beets alongside another nutritious root vegetable. Carrots and sweet potatoes are two of my favorite air-fried pairs, and they take the same amount of time in the air fryer to cook properly.
  • Don’t overcrowd the basket: When air frying beets, it’s essential that you don’t overcrowd the air fryer basket, as too many beets will result in uneven cooking. I also recommend tossing your beets halfway through the roasting process to give each side equal roasting time.

FAQs

How long does it take to cook beets in an air fryer?

The total time it takes to make air fryer roasted beets is 15 minutes at 400 degrees F. However, there is a direct correlation between the size of the beets and air frying time. For best results, we recommend cutting beets in equal sizes before roasting them in the air fryer.

Is it better to peel beets before or after roasting them in the air fryer?

I highly recommend peeling your beets before cooking them in your air fryer. Unlike boiled beets, air-fried beet skin is much more difficult to remove after cooking.

Can you air fry canned beets?

If necessary, you can roast canned beets in an air fryer. Just be sure to dry each piece as much as possible with a clean paper towel before mixing it with the oil and seasonings.

Can you roast golden beets in the air fryer?

Yes! If you want a zesty, mellow alternative to red beets, air fryer golden beets are an excellent choice. The process and air frying time do not change. Simply follow the air fryer beets recipe below as written.

How to check the doneness of air-fried beets?

To see if your air fryer beets don’t need more cooking, insert a knife into their center. If the blade enters easily, your beets are ready to serve. If the knife finds resistance, you may add a few minutes of cooking time.

Other Air Fryer Vegetable Recipes You Might Like

I think we can all agree that air fryer veggies are healthy and easy to make. Not to mention, they make a great side dish. Here are a few more easy recipes to help you satisfy your cravings and get your fill of healthy nutrients:

If you try this Air Fryer Beets recipe or any other recipe on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It helps others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

Roasted carrots and beets in a bowl from the top view.
Print

Air Fryer Beets Recipe

These Air Fryer Beets are a colorful, nutritious, and easy side dish that's suitable for any occasion. Thanks to the speedy air fryer, these veggies are ready in under 30 minutes! Serve them as an elegant accompaniment to a dinner entree, as a topping for your favorite salad, or even for a quick and satisfying snack.
Course Side Dish
Cuisine American
Diet Vegan
Prep Time 10 minutes
Cook Time 15 minutes
Total Time 25 minutes
Servings 2 cups
Calories 160kcal

Ingredients

  • 1 pound beets red, gold or Chioggia beets would all work
  • 1 tablespoon olive oil
  • ½ teaspoon Kosher salt plus more to taste
  • ¼ teaspoon black pepper

Instructions

  • Preheat the air fryer and prep the beets: Preheat the air fryer to 400 degrees F. Peel and cut beets into 1-inch pieces.
  • Season the beets: Transfer to a large bowl, drizzle with olive oil, and sprinkle with salt and pepper. Toss to combine.
  • Transfer to the air fryer: Transfer the beets into the now-preheated air fryer basket and make sure they are in a single layer.
  • Air fry: Air fry for 15 minutes or until they are fork tender. Be sure to turn once halfway through the air frying process.
  • Serve: Carefully transfer them to a serving platter, taste for seasoning, and add more if necessary.

Notes

  • Store: Once you cook your beets in the air fryer, let them cool completely. Then, store them in an airtight container for up to four days.
  • Reheat: I love to eat my leftover beets cold. However, you can also reheat your beets in the air fryer should you prefer to eat them warm. Place your leftovers in the air fryer for 3-4 minutes at 350 degrees F.
  • Freeze: To ensure your air-fried beets maintain their tender, roasted texture, you’ll need to flash-freeze them. Spread the cooled beets on a baking sheet lined with parchment paper and freeze them solid. Then, transfer the pieces to a freezer-safe bag, remove as much air as possible, and freeze for up to three months.
  • Roasting whole beets: You can roast whole beets in the air fryer. However, please remember that there’s a direct correlation between size and air frying time, so choosing similarly-sized veggies is essential to ensure even cooking. Therefore, when shopping for beets, purchase beets that are small and equal in size. The ones you see in the photos took about 15-20 minutes, but larger ones would take more time to fry.
  • Using other root vegetables: Thanks to similar air frying times, you can roast sweet potatoes and carrots along with beets.

Nutrition

Calories: 160kcal | Carbohydrates: 22g | Protein: 4g | Fat: 7g | Saturated Fat: 1g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 1g | Monounsaturated Fat: 5g | Sodium: 758mg | Potassium: 741mg | Fiber: 6g | Sugar: 15g | Vitamin A: 76IU | Vitamin C: 11mg | Calcium: 38mg | Iron: 2mg

The post Air Fryer Beets appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/air-fryer-beets/feed/ 0
Air Fryer Kale Chips https://foolproofliving.com/air-fryer-kale-chips/ https://foolproofliving.com/air-fryer-kale-chips/#respond Thu, 02 Feb 2023 20:55:07 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=64342 It’s no secret that we love kale here at Foolproof Living. Made from my favorite superfood, kale chips in the air fryer are one of my go-to snacks. That’s why I have countless other tasty kale recipes in my recipe book!  For a light lunch or nutritious side, Avocado Kale Salad and Kale Quinoa Salad are the perfect recipes for busy weekdays. Or, if you want your kale on the...

The post Air Fryer Kale Chips appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
It’s no secret that we love kale here at Foolproof Living. Made from my favorite superfood, kale chips in the air fryer are one of my go-to snacks. That’s why I have countless other tasty kale recipes in my recipe book! 

For a light lunch or nutritious side, Avocado Kale Salad and Kale Quinoa Salad are the perfect recipes for busy weekdays. Or, if you want your kale on the go, my Pineapple Kale Smoothie uses only five ingredients to start your morning with a sweet energy boost.

Crispy pieces of air-fried kale in a bowl from the top view.

Ingredients You’ll Need

To make kale in the air fryer, you only need three simple ingredients:

Ingredients for air frying kale in bowls from the top view.
  • Kale: When selecting among types of kale for this recipe, I recommend choosing either curly kale or lacinato kale. Curly kale is available in most grocery stores, making it a go-to for crispy kale chips. Lacinato kale—also known as dinosaur kale—is more delicate, so it will cook more quickly.
  • Oil: Olive oil, coconut oil, or avocado oil will work in this air fryer kale chips recipe. If you want less oil, you can spray the leaves lightly with oil spray. You may also use well-stirred tahini to give your healthy kale chips an earthy, savory flavor.
  • Salt: To bring out the snackable flavor of your air fry kale chips, I recommend using sea salt, kosher salt, or garlic salt.

Kale Chips Seasoning Ideas

  • Ranch seasoning: You don’t need to run to the grocery store to make ranch kale chips in the air fryer. You can easily make it at home. This Homemade Ranch Seasoning calls for ¼ teaspoon each of dried dill, dried parsley (or chives), garlic powder, onion powder, salt, and black pepper.
  • Cheese: Give your air fry kale a rich, gooey flavor by sprinkling it with your favorite cheese. For vegan cheese, use two teaspoons of nutritional yeast. Or, top your kale with one tablespoon of parmesan cheese for savory, nutty undertones.
  • BBQ seasoning: If you count barbecue sauce as one of your favorite seasonings, try this Homemade Barbeque Seasoning. Simply mix ¼ teaspoon of brown sugar, paprika, chili powder, garlic powder, onion powder, salt, and black pepper. You can even add a kick of spice by adding a pinch of cayenne pepper or red pepper flakes on top of the kale.
  • Everything But the Bagel seasoning: Robust and garlicky, Everything But the Bagel seasoning (affiliate link) makes an excellent addition to seasoned kale. However, if you don’t have this seasoning on hand, toasted sesame seeds make a great substitute—especially if you massage your kale with tahini!

How to Prepare Kale for Chips?

Following these simple steps, you don’t need to stress about kale prep time. From cutting kale to cleaning and storing kale, you’ll make kale chips in the air fryer in no time.

  • Wash and dry kale: Wash your raw kale leaves under cold water. To dry, line a baking sheet with paper towels, place the wet leaves on top, and pat them dry with more paper towels. You can also use a salad spinner to dry your kale if you want to avoid using extra towels.
  • Remove stems: Using a cutting board and a sharp paring knife, remove the stems of your kale. Fold the kale leaves in half, so the stem lies at one end, and then slice along the stem to separate the leaves. Or, pull the stem through one closed fist to detach the leaves without using a knife.
  • Tear the kale: Once de-stemmed, tear your leaves into bite-sized pieces. Try to keep your pieces of kale as equal as possible to ensure even cooking.

How to Make Kale Chips in Air Fryer?

If you like healthy eating and have an air fryer, this easy kale recipe is just what you need. Follow these hassle-free steps, and you can prepare kale in the air fryer in just ten minutes.

  1. Prepare the air fryer: Preheat your air fryer to 375 degrees F.
A person showing how to make kale chips in the air fryer from the top view.
  1. Mix the ingredients: Add the fresh kale leaves, olive oil, and salt to a large mixing bowl.
  2. Massage the kale: Using your hands, lightly massage the kale such that you evenly coat each leaf with olive oil. For more detailed instructions on this step, check out my guide on how to massage kale
  3. Arrange in the air fryer basket: Transfer the massaged kale pieces to the air fryer basket. Spread the leaves in a single layer, being sure not to overcrowd them. I recommend frying your kale leaves in batches to make crispy kale in the air fryer.
  4. Air fry the kale: Air fry the arranged kale leaves for 3-5 minutes, flipping them halfway during the process.

How to Make Ahead and Store Leftovers?

You won’t be able to get enough of these air fried kale chips once you give it a go. Here is how I make it ahead and store leftovers to have this flavorful afternoon snack ready whenever a craving strikes:

  • Make ahead: For the crunchiest, best results, I recommend putting your kale in the air fryer on the day you want to enjoy it. However, you can prepare your kale leaves (the part of this recipe that takes the most amount of time) in advance by following my tips on how to store kale. First, wash your kale in cold water, remove the stem, and dry the leaves. Once dry, lay 2-3 kale leaves per paper towel and roll them into a sort of towel-kale cannoli. Place the rolled kale in a plastic storage bag and store it in the fridge. When ready to use, remove the kale from the refrigerator, massage the leaves, and air fry as usual. I recommend using stored kale within 2-3 days.
  • Store: For maximum crunchiness, I prefer to eat homemade kale chips on the day I cook them. However, storing kale chips is an easy way to fit healthy vitamins into your diet throughout the week. Simply place your kale chips in a paper bag or a paper towel-lined airtight container large enough so that the crispy leaves will not break. Your chips will stay fresh for up to two days.
A person holding an air-fried kale chip from the top view.

Expert Tips

It doesn’t matter whether you’re a master chef or new to the air fryer game. This air fryer kale recipe will come out perfectly crisp every time with these foolproof suggestions.

  • Dry kale leaves thoroughly: Drying your kale leaves is the key to getting crispy air fryer chips. I recommend using a salad spinner or laying your washed kale on a paper towel-lined sheet pan for complete dryness. Just don’t let your kale sit out for too long, as the leaves will lose their firmness.
  • Lightly massage kale to coat them with oil: A light, even oil coating is necessary to give your kale chips sufficient crunch. For this reason, it’s essential that you gently massage your leaves in the oil for 30-40 seconds before adding them to the air fryer.
  • Arrange leaves in a single layer: For proper cooking, it’s crucial to arrange your kale leaves in a single layer in your air fryer basket. Overcrowding will prevent the chips from crisping up evenly. Remember that you’ll likely have to cook your kale in batches to avoid overcrowding.
A person placing a rack over pieces of kale in an air fryer.
  • Cover chips with another rack while cooking: Due to hot air circulation, kale tends to fly around in the air fryer during the cooking process. Covering each batch with an air fryer rack or another basket will keep your kale chips in place.
  • Check after three minutes: It doesn’t take long to air fry kale, so you must keep a close eye on it to avoid overcooked chips. After three minutes of cook time, checking each batch will help keep your kale from burning.
  • Play with seasoning ideas: One of the best parts about these easy air fryer kale chips is how simple it is to try different flavor combinations. It doesn’t matter if you’re looking for a savory, herby, or cheesy flavor. Experimenting with kale chip seasonings is a great way to add creativity to your kitchen.

FAQs

There’s no need to stress out about air frying kale. Whether you want to know about air fryer kale chips’ nutrition information or how to make crispy kale in the air fryer, this FAQ has all you need.

Can you air fry kale chips?

Definitely! Making kale chips in an air fryer is one of the easiest snacks in my recipe book. Good for weight loss, dietary restrictions, and cost-effectiveness, air-fried kale chips come together in less than ten minutes using any air fryer brand. (We tested this recipe in a Ninja Air Fryer and Instant Vortex Air Fryer, but any kind should work!)

Are kale chips better in the oven or air fryer?

Kale chips are a delicious snack whether you make them in an oven or an air fryer. The only difference is that cooking them in the air fryer is quicker, though you’ll have to cook them in several batches. By contrast, the oven will require a longer cook time, but you can make your kale chips in a single batch.

How do you keep kale chips so crunchy?

To get your air fryer kale chips as crunchy as possible, dry them thoroughly before massaging them with oil. Then, keep a close eye on them during the air frying process to ensure they crisp up without burning.

Are kale chips healthy?

Yes! Kale chips are one of my favorite healthy snack recipes because they contain a fraction of the fat of regular potato chips and retain their nutritional value during the air frying process. Kale is high in vitamins A, B, and C and has tons of fiber and antioxidants. As an added bonus, these air fryer kale chips are keto, vegan, gluten-free, Whole30, low-carb, and low-calorie!

Can you air fry frozen kale?

Yes, you can air fry frozen kale by frying the frozen pieces for 7-8 minutes at 375 degrees F. When using this method, I recommend placing smaller pieces of kale in your basket to avoid overcrowding, as frozen kale will expand in the hot air. Also, remember that fresh kale tends to result in crunchier chips.

Other Air Fryer Vegetable Recipes You Might Like

Kale chips from the air fryer are a healthy, crunchy snack that’s as satisfying as it is tasty. After trying out these other delicious recipes, your air fryer will be your new favorite appliance.

If you try this Air Fryer Kale Chips recipe or any other recipe on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It helps others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

A bowl of baked kale leaves shown from the top view.
Print

Air Fryer Kale Chips Recipe

These Air Fryer Kale Chips are a fun, crispy, and nutritious snack that's ready in about 10 minutes. They're vegan, gluten-free, keto, and low-calorie, too, so you can munch on them guilt-free. Sprinkle these crunchy chips with your favorite seasoning as a great way to get in your veggies for the day!
Course Snack
Cuisine American
Diet Vegan
Prep Time 7 minutes
Cook Time 3 minutes
Total Time 10 minutes
Servings 2 cups
Calories 121kcal

Equipment

Ingredients

  • 5 cups kale (1 bunch of kale) rinsed, spin-dried, torn into smaller pieces
  • 1 tablespoon olive oil
  • ¼ teaspoon kosher salt

Instructions

  • Preheat the air fryer: Preheat air fryer to 375 degrees F.
  • Add the ingredients to a bowl: Place kale leaves, olive oil, and salt in a large mixing bowl.
  • Massage the kale: Lightly massage the kale, ensuring all leaves are coated with the oil.
  • Place in the air fryer: Transfer the kale to the air fryer basket and spread them in a single layer, making sure not to overcrowd them. It is best to air-fry kale leaves in batches for optimum crispiness.
  • Air fry the kale: Air fry for 3-4 minutes, turning them halfway through the air frying process. Keep a close eye on them around the 3-minute mark to prevent over cooking.

Notes

  • Can I air fry frozen kale? Yes, you can. Frozen kale takes about 7-8 minutes. Keep in mind, though, that kale expands as it air fries, so it’s important not to overcrowd the air fryer basket. Additionally, during our recipe testing, we found that kale chips made with fresh kale were crispier than its version made with frozen kale.
  • You may need to cover kale with another rack while cooking: Due to hot air circulation, the fragile and light kale leaves tend to fly around in the air fryer during the cooking process. Covering each batch with an air fryer rack or another heat-proof basket will keep your kale chips in place.
  • Seasoning ideas: Seasoning is the fun part of making kale chips at home! While you can sprinkle them with parmesan cheese (or nutritional yeast for a vegan option), you can also season them with ranch seasoning, bbq seasoning, or even everything but the bagel seasoning.
  • Make ahead: The part that takes the most time in this recipe is preparing the kale chips (rinse, dry, and cut the leaves into small pieces) for frying. The good news is that you can prepare kale and store it in the fridge a few days in advance.
  • Storage: For maximum crunchiness, we recommend air frying kale chips on the day you plan to consume them. However, if you have some leftovers, you can store them in a paper bag or a paper towel-lined airtight container large enough so that the crispy leaves will not break. Make sure that they are at room temperature before you store them. Your chips will stay fresh for up to two days.

Nutrition

Calories: 121kcal | Carbohydrates: 7g | Protein: 5g | Fat: 9g | Saturated Fat: 1g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 2g | Monounsaturated Fat: 5g | Sodium: 380mg | Potassium: 583mg | Fiber: 7g | Sugar: 1g | Vitamin A: 16733IU | Vitamin C: 156mg | Calcium: 426mg | Iron: 3mg

The post Air Fryer Kale Chips appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/air-fryer-kale-chips/feed/ 0
Air Fryer Frozen Mozzarella Sticks https://foolproofliving.com/air-fryer-frozen-mozzarella-sticks/ https://foolproofliving.com/air-fryer-frozen-mozzarella-sticks/#respond Tue, 27 Dec 2022 17:00:09 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=63453 A party wouldn’t be a party without at least one easy appetizer, and here on the blog, we love to share recipes for party foods that are just as fun to eat as they are delicious. If you’re gearing up to host a party and are in need of some recipe inspiration, look no further than my collection of recipes for New Year’s Appetizers and Game Day Recipes.  Ingredients As...

The post Air Fryer Frozen Mozzarella Sticks appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
A party wouldn’t be a party without at least one easy appetizer, and here on the blog, we love to share recipes for party foods that are just as fun to eat as they are delicious. If you’re gearing up to host a party and are in need of some recipe inspiration, look no further than my collection of recipes for New Year’s Appetizers and Game Day Recipes

Crispy cheese sticks served on a plate with tomato sauce from the top view.

Ingredients

As the name suggests, the only ingredient you need for this air fryer frozen cheese sticks recipe is a box of your favorite frozen mozzarella sticks! If you love to dunk your mozzarella sticks, feel free to also include your favorite dipping sauce on your shopping list.

Frozen breaded cheese sticks on a plate from the top view.

If you’ve purchased frozen mozzarella sticks before, you’ve probably noticed that stores often carry various brands in the frozen foods section. I personally love the Trader Joe’s mozzarella sticks, but many store brands also make this frozen snack, such as Kroger, Costco, Publix, Member’s Mark (Sam’s Club’s brand), and Market Pantry (Target’s brand). Other popular brands you might find at your local grocery store include Morning Star, Snapps, Feel Good Foods, Nathan’s, Crav’n, Petite Cuisine, and Farm Rich mozzarella sticks. 

I have tried many of these brands in the past and have gotten similar results, so as long as you get the basic mozzarella cheese sticks, they are pretty much the same.

Another well-known brand that makes frozen, cheesy snacks is Bosco Sticks. However, it’s important to note that Bosco Sticks are actually breadsticks, not battered or bread crumb mozzarella sticks. If you purchased Bosco Sticks, I recommend following the package instructions for cooking rather than following these air fryer instructions for mozzarella sticks. 

How to Air Fry Frozen Cheese Sticks

It only takes 10 minutes and an air fryer to transform frozen, store-bought mozzarella sticks into a classic, delicious snack that no one can resist. If you’re wondering how to cook frozen mozzarella sticks in the air fryer, I have all the answers right here.

So, to cook frozen mozzarella sticks in the air fryer, simply:

  1. Preheat the air fryer: Set your air fryer to 360 degrees F (183 degrees C).
Two images showing how to make frozen mozzarella sticks in air fryer.
  1. Place frozen mozzarella sticks in the air fryer: Arrange the mozzarella sticks in the preheated air fryer basket (be careful, it’s hot!), making sure they remain in a single layer. 
  2. Air fry frozen mozzarella sticks: Air fry the cheese sticks for 4 minutes. Carefully flip them over and cook for another 1-2 minutes or until they are crispy golden brown and still holding their shape. A few may open up slightly. 
  3. Remove from the air fryer and serve: Remove the mozz sticks from the air fryer and arrange them on a serving plate. Serve with your dipping sauce of choice, if desired. 

Serving Suggestions

If you’re a sauce fanatic, these air fried cheese sticks are the ideal tasty snack to dunk into a variety of dipping sauces. From your favorite marinara sauce to zesty BBQ sauce and ranch, you’ll find that they pair beautifully with whatever tasty dips you choose. If you’re not a sauce lover, or if your kids prefer them plain, you can rest assured that they taste great as-is. 

If you’re in need of a sauce recipe to pair as a side dish with your frozen mozzarella sticks recipe, try my Basil and Tomato Sauce or this yummy and easy Greek Yogurt Ranch Dressing

How to Store and Reheat Leftovers

If your air fryer cheese sticks need to be revived a little bit, you can easily pop them back in the air fryer to reheat them. You can also store your leftovers to enjoy the next day. Here are a few tips:

  • Store: Store your fried mozzarella sticks in an airtight container with a lid in the fridge for up to two days. 
  • Reheat: To reheat mozzarella sticks in the air fryer, set your air fryer to 360 degrees F and cook the mozzarella sticks for 3-4 minutes, turning them halfway through. Keep a close eye on them as they reheat, as they may split open as the cheese melts if you heat them for too long. 

Expert Tips

While this is a pretty straightforward recipe, I’ve put together a few additional tips to help you achieve a crispy, perfectly gooey texture without much trial and error.

  • No need to thaw: The best part of cooking frozen mozzarella sticks in the air fryer is that you can cook them straight from the freezer without needing to thaw them first. Just make sure to watch carefully as they fry because the cook time might differ slightly based on the air fryer brand you are using. Mine is the Instant Pot brand (affiliate link), which is a large air fryer (5.7 Q), and I find that 6-8 minutes of cook time is the sweet spot. The best way to know is to use this recipe as a starting point, test it with a few frozen cheese sticks, and adjust the time accordingly.
  • Make sure to flip them while cooking: Flipping your frozen air fryer mozzarella sticks halfway through ensures that they cook evenly, and it will also help you gauge their doneness. If they’re starting to split open or leak melty cheese during the halfway-through mark, they might be done. Use your judgment- they’ll taste great either way! 
  • No need to spray the basket with cooking spray: The gooey mozzarella sticks likely won’t stick to your air fryer, even without oil, so don’t feel like you need to spray the basket with oil spray or brush with olive oil. 
  • Air fry mozzarella sticks right before serving: Breaded mozzarella sticks in air fryer are fantastic when piping hot but not so great when cold. For best results, make sure to cook them right before you intend to serve them. 
  • Don’t overcrowd the basket: When arranging them in the basket, make sure they remain in an even layer so they cook evenly. My air fryer basket fits 12 sticks in a single layer, but if you have a smaller air fryer basket, you may need to cook them in smaller batches.

FAQs

Can I cook frozen mozzarella sticks in an air fryer?

Yes, you can. I find that the best way to cook frozen mozzarella sticks is in the air fryer because it’s much quicker than cooking them in a conventional oven. However, since they cook so quickly, check your mozzarella sticks for doneness halfway through the cooking process (the air fryer time for frozen mozzarella sticks is 6-8 minutes).

How long and what temperature do you cook mozzarella sticks in the air fryer?

I’ve found that the best temperature for cooking frozen mozzarella sticks in the air fryer is 360 degrees F, as a hotter air fryer temp for mozzarella sticks may make the sticks split open. Twelve frozen mozzarella sticks should cook in a 360-degree air fryer for a total time of 6-8 mins.

How to make sure cheese doesn’t ooze out of the mozzarella sticks?

One way to prevent your mozzarella sticks from splitting open and oozing gooey cheese during the cooking process is to cook them at a lower temperature, such as 360 degrees F. Since they cook so quickly, it also helps to keep an eye on them. I recommend flipping them halfway through cooking (after around 4 minutes) to gauge their doneness.

Other Air Fryer Recipes You Might Also Like

Show that trusty air fryer some love and learn a few new air fryer recipes! This little appliance can do everything from party snacks like air fryer pizza rolls to healthier options like air-fried veggies. If you loved this simple, 10-minute Frozen Cheese Sticks in Air Fryer recipe, you’re sure to enjoy these other quick and easy air fryer recipes:

If you try this Frozen Mozzarella Cheese Sticks in Air Fryer recipe, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It helps others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

A person pulling apart an air fried cheese stick from the top view.
Print

Air Fryer Frozen Mozzarella Sticks Recipe

These Air Fryer Frozen Mozzarella Sticks are a no-fuss, 10-minute appetizer that's the perfect party finger food. Serve these cheesy, crispy mozzarella sticks with your favorite dipping sauce for a Game Day party, a New Year's Eve celebration, or anytime you need a quick, crowd-favorite snack.
Course Appetizer
Cuisine American
Diet Vegetarian
Prep Time 2 minutes
Cook Time 7 minutes
Total Time 9 minutes
Servings 12 cheese sticks
Calories 80kcal

Ingredients

  • 12 frozen mozzarella sticks

Optional:

  • Dipping sauce

Instructions

  • Preheat the air fryer: Preheat the air fryer to 360 degrees F. (183 C).
  • Place cheese sticks in the air fryer: Carefully place frozen mozzarella sticks in the preheated air fryer basket in a single layer.
  • Cook: Air fry frozen cheese sticks for 4 minutes. Flip them, and air fry them for another 2-3 minutes or until they are golden brown and crispy. Ideally, you want to ensure they hold their shape, but a few might open up.
  • Remove and serve: Carefully remove them from the air fryer onto a plate and serve with your choice of dipping sauce on the side.

Notes

  • Optional dipping sauce: If you’re in need of a sauce recipe to pair as a side dish with your frozen mozzarella sticks recipe, try my Basil and Tomato Sauce or this yummy and easy Greek Yogurt Ranch Dressing. Alternatively, you can serve it with your favorite store-bought marinara sauce.
  • Gauging doneness: Do not skip the step where you flip them halfway through, as this step is important to gauge doneness. At that stage, if you see them opening up too fast, you might have to shorten the timing. 
  • Cook time: The results may differ depending on the air fryer you are using. For best results, use this recipe as a starting point, test it with a few frozen mozzarella sticks, and adjust the time accordingly.
  • Store: Store the leftovers in an airtight container in the fridge for up to two days. 
  • Reheat: To reheat mozzarella sticks in the air fryer, set it to 360 degrees F and cook the cheese sticks for 3-4 minutes, turning them halfway through. Keep a close eye on them as they reheat, as they may split open if you heat them for too long.
  • The calorie information below is for one cheese stick, and it is intended as a general reference. The calorie and nutrition information may differ based on the brand of mozzarella sticks you are using.

Nutrition

Calories: 80kcal | Carbohydrates: 1g | Protein: 6g | Fat: 6g | Saturated Fat: 4g | Cholesterol: 15mg | Sodium: 220mg | Vitamin A: 4IU | Calcium: 20mg

The post Air Fryer Frozen Mozzarella Sticks appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/air-fryer-frozen-mozzarella-sticks/feed/ 0
Cornish Hen in Air Fryer https://foolproofliving.com/cornish-hen-in-air-fryer/ https://foolproofliving.com/cornish-hen-in-air-fryer/#comments Fri, 16 Dec 2022 13:14:24 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=63149 Cooking a cornish hen in an air fryer is one of the easiest main dishes in our recipe book. Perfectly crisp and exquisitely seasoned, these mini rotisserie chickens will have you planning air-fried menus every night of the week. If you love this hassle-free protein and want more ways to use your air fryer, you’ll adore making my crispy chicken legs in the air fryer and turkey legs in the...

The post Cornish Hen in Air Fryer appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>

Cooking a cornish hen in an air fryer is one of the easiest main dishes in our recipe book. Perfectly crisp and exquisitely seasoned, these mini rotisserie chickens will have you planning air-fried menus every night of the week. If you love this hassle-free protein and want more ways to use your air fryer, you’ll adore making my crispy chicken legs in the air fryer and turkey legs in the air fryer.

Usually available in the freezer section of grocery stores during the winter months, these little birds cook faster than regular chicken. Thanks to their small size, they are an ideal entree for any special occasion (including any holiday dinner) or a humble but delicious weeknight meal.

A roasted small chicken on a serving plate from the top view.

Ingredients You’ll Need

To make this air fryer cornish hens recipe, gather two cornish hens, onion powder, garlic powder, paprika, Kosher salt, black pepper, olive oil, and chopped fresh parsley.

Ingredients for an air fried poultry dish from the top view.

Substitutions & Other Seasonings

From garden-fresh herbs to zesty seasonings, there are dozens of ways to give this air fryer cornish hen recipe irresistible flavor. Become a five-star chef with these simple substitutions.

  • Oil: Melted butter is a decadent and easy substitute for olive oil in this air fryer hen dish.
  • Use any of your favorite seasonings: We used simple seasoning in the recipe card below. However, you can use poultry seasoning to give them a classic, peppery flavor. Or, bring out your chicken’s tender, earthy taste by sprinkling it with Italian seasoning. You can also top your chicken with lemon zest to give it a simple yet sophisticated brightness.
  • Fresh herbs: Nothing balances the succulent savoriness of air-fried cornish hen like a dusting of fresh herbs. Rosemary, thyme, and sage are my favorite additions to this recipe.

How to Thaw Cornish Hens?

To give your dish maximum tenderness, I recommend thawing cornish hens before cooking them in the air fryer. Here are two easy methods that will have your birds ready to roast in no time:

  1. Overnight in the fridge: For hassle-free thawing, transfer each frozen game bird to the refrigerator and let them naturally defrost overnight.
  2. Submerged in cold water: I recommend thawing your cornish hens in a cold water bath to speed up the thawing process. Change the water every 30 minutes to keep it at a cool temperature.

I do not recommend thawing game hens at room temperature, as this process may result in the growth of harmful bacteria.

How to Air Fry Cornish Hens?

You won’t believe how effortless it is to cook cornish hens in an air fryer. With only eight steps, these foolproof instructions will have even beginner chefs preparing mouthwatering chicken.

A person showing how to make a Cornish hen instant pot air fryer recipe.
  1. Dry the hens: Remove the game hens from the fridge and use a few sheets of paper towels to pat dry them on all sides. Let the poultry rest while preparing the rub.
  2. Mix the seasoning: In a small bowl, combine the onion powder, garlic powder, paprika, salt, and pepper.
  3. Oil the meat: Rub olive oil evenly over all sides of the cornish hens, including inside their cavities. You should use about one tablespoon of oil total for both hens.
  4. Season the birds: Sprinkle the hens with the rub mixture, evenly distributing the seasoning over all their sides and in their cavity areas.
  5. Prepare the air fryer: Preheat the air fryer to 350 degrees F.
Images showing how to cook Cornish hen in air fryer from the top view.
  1. Place cornish hens in the air fryer: Place the 2 cornish hens in the air fryer basket in a single layer with their breast sides facing down.
  2. Air fry the hens: Cook the game hens in the air fryer for 20 minutes. Then, flip the chicken and air fry them until the thickest part of the bird registers 165 degrees F. with a meat thermometer (15-17 minutes). When done cooking, the chicken’s skin should also turn golden brown and crispy.
  3. Serve: Remove the air-fried cornish game hens from the air fryer. Let the birds rest for 10 minutes, then serve.

Ideal Temperature and Cook Time

If you’ve wondered, “How long do I cook cornish hen in an air fryer?” these foolproof tips on temperature and time will give you crisp, succulent meat every time.

I recommend cooking air fryer cornish game hens at 350 degrees F. It takes about 35-37 minutes to cook two 1¼-pound hens at this temperature.

However, please be aware that how long you cook the meat depends on the size of the birds. It may take up to 40 minutes to air fry a 2-pound game hen, and you may have to cook larger birds one at a time if the entire hen doesn’t fit in the air fryer basket. I suggest you check the meat’s temperature at the 35-minute mark to avoid overcooking. 

No matter what, the thickest part of your bird should reach 165 degrees F. before serving.

How to Store Leftovers & Reheat?

Once you learn how to cook a cornish hen in the air fryer, you won’t want a single bite to go to waste. 

Storing Leftovers:

Be sure to bring cooked cornish game hens to room temperature and store them in an airtight container in the fridge for up to three days.

How to Reheat Cornish Hen?

The best part about cooking cornish game hens in the air fryer is that you can easily reheat them with one of the two easy methods listed below. So, try one of the methods below and say goodbye to food waste and hello to easy meal prep!

  • In the air fryer: To reheat cornish game hens in an air fryer, preheat the fryer to 400 degrees and cook the hens for 4-5 minutes. Keep an eye on the meat to avoid overcooking, and flip the birds halfway through the reheating process.
  • In the oven: If you don’t want to reheat them in the air fryer, you can reheat them in the oven instead. Set the oven to 350 degrees F., place the chicken in a baking dish, and add a few tablespoons of water to keep the meat moist. It should take about 10 minutes in the oven for the hen to warm up.

Expert Tips

If you love juicy, crisp, and tender meat, these pro pointers will transform your kitchen into a five-star restaurant. Air frying cornish hens is a breeze with these handy suggestions.

  • Thoroughly dry the cornish chicken: Be sure to thoroughly dry the skin of your hens before putting them in the air fryer. Removing as much liquid as possible will ensure that your chickens come out with perfectly crispy skin.
  • Fully thaw the chicken: I highly recommend thoroughly thawing the cornish hens before placing them in the air fryer. Fully thawing the meat will ensure that it cooks evenly in the air fryer, giving you a succulent interior and a crisp exterior.
  • Breast side down: When you add your meat to the air fryer, position the cornish hens breast side down in the basket. The space within air fryers tends to be small, so this breast-down position will protect your chickens’ breast meat from overcooking.
  • Tie the legs: Tying the legs of your miniature chickens is an optional step. However, trussing your hens with kitchen twine will give your meal an Instagram-worthy presentation and allow easy serving.
  • Let them rest: Be sure to let the meat rest for ten minutes before serving. This resting time allows the meat to reabsorb its juices, resulting in succulent, flavorful chicken.

Side Dishes to Serve With This Recipe:

We love and cook cornish hens so much that I created several menu ideas around it and shared a post to find the best sides to serve with cornish hens. However, if you need quick inspiration, below are a few suggestions:

How to Cook Frozen Cornish Hen in Air Fryer

Though you can technically use frozen meat in this recipe, we don’t recommend cooking a frozen cornish hen in an air fryer. If you cook the meat before thawing it, the frozen hen will likely come out with undercooked insides, and the outside of the hen will be burnt. 

However, if you still want to cook them frozen, we recommend keeping a close eye on them as they air fry. To air fry a frozen cornish hen:

  1. Set your air fryer to 350 degrees F. and cook your bird for 30 minutes. At this point, the outer skin should be fully thawed. 
  2. Remove them from the air fryer and coat them with olive oil and seasoning.
  3. Put them back in the air fryer and continue to cook until the thickest part of the chicken registers 165 degrees F. when inserted with a digital thermometer.

The timing depends on the size of your birds. We recommend that you check on them every 15 minutes and rotate them to ensure even air frying.

FAQs

Even beginner chefs can cook a cornish game hen in an air fryer oven. From air fryer cornish hen cook time to cornish hen air fryer temperature, you’ll find all your answers right here.

Should cornish hens be thawed before cooking?

Yes. For the best results, I recommend thawing your mini rotisserie chickens before cooking them. Thawing will ensure your hens cook evenly and come out tender, with juicy meat and crispy skin.

How do you defrost cornish hens quickly?

The quickest way to defrost cornish game hens is to place them in a cold water bath for 3-4 hours. Be sure to change the water every half hour to maintain the bath’s cool temperature.

Can you cook a frozen cornish hen in an air fryer?

You can technically cook your frozen hens in the air fryer at 350 degrees F. for one hour (though the timing might change based on the size), oiling and seasoning them after 30 minutes of cooking. However, I don’t recommend this method, as it often results in undercooked insides and burnt chicken skin.

How long to cook two cornish hens in an air fryer?

When cooking two 1¼-pound birds at once, your cornish hen air fryer cook time will be 35-40 minutes at 350 degrees F. Be sure to flip your chickens halfway through and check their internal temperature. The thickest part of the meat should reach 165 degrees F. before it is ready to eat.

How many cornish hens per person?

Cornish hens generally range from 1-2 pounds and can feed 1-2 people. You can serve smaller chickens (between 1- and 1¼-pound cornish hens), one per person. However, if your hens are larger (closer to 2 pounds each), they’re the perfect size to split between 2 people. You can easily halve a 2-pound hen by cutting it down the middle with kitchen shears, snipping down its breast bone and along the backbone.

Other Air Fryer Recipes You Might Also Like

If you love this recipe for roasted cornish hen in an air fryer, your tastebuds will go wild for these other air fryer recipes. Fast, easy, and flavorful, these dishes will complete any menu.

If you try this recipe for Cornish Hens in the Air Fryer, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It is a great help to others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

Roasted Cornish hens in an air fryer from the top view.
Print

Cornish Hen in Air Fryer Recipe

Learn how to cook Cornish Hen in an Air Fryer with this easy recipe. The air fryer is the perfect tool for cooking these little birds because it yields a crisp, golden-brown skin and a tender, juicy middle. This elegant dish is perfect to serve for a special occasion or dinner party, but it also makes for a delicious, easy weeknight meal.
Course Main Course
Cuisine American
Diet Gluten Free
Prep Time 10 minutes
Cook Time 30 minutes
Resting Time 10 minutes
Total Time 50 minutes
Servings 2
Calories 975kcal

Ingredients

  • 2 cornish hens 1 to 1 ½ pounds each – fully thawed
  • 1 teaspoon onion powder
  • 1 teaspoon garlic powder
  • 1 teaspoon paprika or smoked paprika
  • 1 teaspoon Kosher salt
  • ½ teaspoon black pepper
  • 1 tablespoon olive oil
  • 1 tablespoon fresh parsley chopped

Instructions

  • Dry the hens: Take cornish hens out of the fridge and pat dry on all sides using a few sheets of paper towels. Let them rest while you are making the rub.
  • Mix the seasoning: Mix the onion powder, garlic powder, paprika, salt, and pepper in a small bowl.
  • Oil the meat: Rub the cornish hens with olive oil on all sides and inside the cavity.
  • Season the hens: Sprinkle with the seasoning on the skin and in the cavity area, ensuring that it is equally distributed.
  • Preheat the air fryer: Preheat the air fryer to 350 degrees F. (176 degrees C).
  • Place hens in the air fryer: Carefully remove the basket and place seasoned cornish hens breast side down in a single layer.
  • Air fry: Air fry for 20 minutes, flip, and continue to air fry until the thickest part of the bird registers 165 degrees when inserted with a thermometer for 15-17 minutes. The skin should be golden brown and crispy as well.
  • Rest and serve: Carefully remove the cornish hens from the air fryer and let them rest for 10 minutes before serving.

Notes

  • Prep: Be sure to thoroughly dry the skin of your hens before putting them in the air fryer. Removing as much liquid as possible will ensure that your chickens come out with perfectly crispy skin.
  • Cook time: This recipe was tested with cornish hens that were about 1 ¼ to 1 ½ pounds. There is a direct correlation between the size of the bird and air frying time. If your birds are larger, I would recommend adding 5-10 minutes of additional cooking time, depending on their size.
  • Thaw: I highly recommend thoroughly thawing the cornish hens before placing them in the air fryer. Fully thawing the meat will ensure that it cooks evenly in the air fryer, giving you an evenly cooked chicken with a crisp exterior.
  • Breast side down: When you add your meat to the air fryer, position the cornish hens breast side down in the basket. This is an important step to prevent the breasts from cooking before the rest of the birds.
  • Tie the legs: Tying the legs is an optional step. However, it helps with ensuring that they hold their shape and still look good after they are air fried.
  • Resting time: Be sure to let the meat rest for ten minutes before serving. This resting time allows the meat to reabsorb its juices, resulting in a flavorful poultry meal.
  • Serving suggestions: What to serve them with? Here are a few of our favorite side dishes to serve with this recipe.
  • Store: Be sure to bring air-fried cornish hens to room temperature and store them in an airtight container in the fridge for up to three days.
  • Reheat: To reheat the leftovers, you have two options:
    • In the air fryer: To reheat cornish game hens in the air fryer, preheat the fryer to 400 degrees and cook the hens for 4-5 minutes. Keep an eye on the meat to avoid overcooking, and flip the birds halfway through the reheating process.
    • In the oven: Set the oven to 350 degrees F. Place the chicken in a baking dish and add a few tablespoons of water to keep the meat moist. It should take about 10 minutes in the oven for the hen to warm up.

Nutrition

Calories: 975kcal | Carbohydrates: 3g | Protein: 78g | Fat: 70g | Saturated Fat: 19g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 13g | Monounsaturated Fat: 33g | Cholesterol: 455mg | Sodium: 1441mg | Potassium: 1131mg | Fiber: 1g | Sugar: 0.2g | Vitamin A: 1150IU | Vitamin C: 5mg | Calcium: 63mg | Iron: 4mg

The post Cornish Hen in Air Fryer appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/cornish-hen-in-air-fryer/feed/ 2
Crock Pot Chicken Stew https://foolproofliving.com/slow-cooker-chicken-stew/ https://foolproofliving.com/slow-cooker-chicken-stew/#comments Sun, 27 Nov 2022 16:49:23 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=3272 Nothing warms the soul more on a cold winter evening than a steaming bowl of soup. I love making soup for my family because it’s easy, healthy, hearty, and delicious. If you love heartwarming meals as much as I do, you’ll also love this Crock Pot Butter Chicken, Chicken Tomatillo Soup, Healthy Chicken Wild Rice Soup, and Chicken Noodle Soup recipe. Ingredients This easy crockpot chicken stew recipe is chock-full...

The post Crock Pot Chicken Stew appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
Nothing warms the soul more on a cold winter evening than a steaming bowl of soup. I love making soup for my family because it’s easy, healthy, hearty, and delicious. If you love heartwarming meals as much as I do, you’ll also love this Crock Pot Butter Chicken, Chicken Tomatillo Soup, Healthy Chicken Wild Rice Soup, and Chicken Noodle Soup recipe.

Crockpot chicken and potatoes and carrots in a bowl from the top view.

Ingredients

This easy crockpot chicken stew recipe is chock-full of colorful, nutrient-rich vegetables, flavorful herbs, and healthy protein. The best part about a slow cooker meal is that you can throw in all the ingredients and let the appliance do the work for you.

Ingredients for slow cooker creamy chicken casserole on a white marble backdrop.

To make this recipe, you’ll need 2 pounds of boneless skinless chicken thighs, kosher salt, black pepper, olive oil, onions, celery, carrots, frozen peas (I like to use frozen blanched peas), fresh garlic, Yukon Gold potatoes, fresh thyme, fresh rosemary, fresh parsley, paprika, chicken stock, and cornstarch. 

Substitutions and Optional Add-Ins

When it comes to adding additional ingredients to a stew, you really can’t go wrong. Feel free to throw in any extra vegetables or seasonings you have on hand. If you’re missing a few ingredients, you can also make substitutions (it’ll still turn out delicious). Here are a few suggestions:

  • Chicken: I love to use chicken thighs in this healthy chicken stew with vegetables because they are more juicy and flavorful than other cuts of chicken. If you can’t find chicken thighs at your local grocery store, you can easily substitute boneless skinless chicken breasts for a low-calorie chicken breast stew. You can also make a bone in a chicken stew, but make sure to remove the bones when shredding the chicken. 
  • Potatoes: I personally like Yukon Gold potatoes for their rich, buttery flavor, but fingerling potatoes or baby potatoes (also called new potatoes) are an excellent choice for a similar flavor profile. Feel free to use russet potatoes or red potatoes if these aren’t available. 
  • Seasoning: We kept it pretty simple with the chicken stew seasoning by using a few fresh herbs. Don’t sweat if you don’t have fresh herbs, as you can use their dried versions instead. If you’re swapping dried for fresh, use only about half of what the recipe calls for. To give the chicken a bit more flavor, you can season it with spices for chicken stew, such as poultry seasoning or ground cumin and coriander, or add in some Italian seasoning or bay leaves with the vegetables. 
  • Milk: The “creaminess” in this chicken vegetable stew actually comes from cornstarch, a thickening agent, but you can also add some milk for a creamy chicken stew. To add milk to this chicken stew recipe, substitute one cup of the chicken stock with milk (you’ll still need the other two cups of chicken stock). Also, if you are using milk, be sure to cook the creamy chicken soup extra “low and slow,” or else the milk may curdle. 
  • Vegetables: For an extra veggie-packed chicken crock pot stew recipe, you can add a half cup to a cup of frozen green beans or frozen corn.
  • Make it Irish: If you are a fan of Irish Chicken Stew, also add 4 slices of bacon (cut into strips) and 1 cup of sliced cabbage into the slow cooker.

How to Make Chicken Stew in Crock Pot?

This chicken crockpot stew is the perfect cure for those cold evenings that call for snuggling up on the couch rather than laboring in the kitchen. Simply throw all the ingredients in the crock pot in the morning and come home to a warm, cozy meal. Here’s how to slow cook chicken stew:

A collage of images showing how to make creamy chicken crock pot soup.
  1. Prep the chicken: Use paper towels to pat dry the chicken on all sides. Season with salt and pepper. 
  2. Sear the chicken: Add oil to a large skillet set over medium heat. Heat the oil, then add the chicken and cook on each side for about 4-5 minutes. Don’t worry about fully cooking the chicken, as we’re aiming only to brown it.
  3. Add vegetables to the slow cooker: While the chicken is browning, add the onion, celery, carrots, garlic, potatoes, thyme, rosemary, paprika, salt, and pepper to the crock pot. 
  4. Add the chicken: Place the browned chicken thighs on top of the veggies. 
A collage of photos showing how to make crockpot chicken vegetable stew.
  1. Add the chicken stock: Pour the chicken broth on top of the chicken and vegetables and stir.  
  2. Cook: Set your slow cooker to a low-heat setting and cook for 5-6 hours (or 3-4 hours of slow cooking time for a high-heat setting) or until potatoes are tender. 
  3. Shred the chicken: Thirty minutes before the stew is done, remove the chicken and shred (or cut) it into small pieces. Place chicken back in the crock pot. 
A collage of two photos showing how to add cornstarch and lemon juice into the soup.
  1. Make the slurry: Add the cornstarch to a bowl. To make the cornstarch slurry, remove 2-3 tablespoons of liquid from the stew and place it in the bowl with the cornstarch. Whisk the mixture until it forms a paste, and stir it into the stew. 
  2. Add the peas: Add the frozen peas, stir, and continue cooking for about 30 minutes in high heat setting or until thickened to your liking. Finish it off with a squeeze of lemon juice.
  3. Season and serve: Taste for seasoning and adjust if necessary. Garnish with fresh parsley and serve. 

How to Make Ahead, Store, Freeze, & Thaw?

Not only is this slow-cooked chicken stew super make-ahead friendly and easy to store, but it actually becomes more flavorful as it sits and allows the ingredients to continue to mingle together and break down. It literally gets better by the minute! See below for a few make-ahead and storage tips. 

  • Make-ahead: This healthy crockpot chicken and vegetable stew is the perfect go-to recipe for hectic schedules. To make it ahead of a busy week, simply saute the chicken the day before and store it in an airtight container in the fridge. Prep your veggies to have them ready to go in the crock pot. Either at the end of the day or the morning of, place all ingredients in the crock pot and follow the instructions above for cooking. 
  • Store: Bring leftover chicken stew with vegetables to room temperature and store in an airtight container in the refrigerator for up to 5 days. 
  • Freeze: To make this recipe a freezer meal, bring the leftover stew to room temperature and store it in airtight, freezer-safe containers in the freezer for up to 2-3 months. 
  • Thaw: Thaw frozen chicken potato stew overnight in the fridge. Reheat in the microwave or on the stove. 

What to Serve It With?

All this easy slow-cooker chicken stew needs is a side of warm, crusty bread for the ultimate cold-weather meal. You can also enjoy this stewed chicken with potatoes and carrots by itself for an easy, no-fuss dinner or pair it with your favorite salad for a balanced meal. Here are some recipes and pairing suggestions: 

Other Cooking Methods 

Cooking chicken stew in the crock pot is easy and convenient, but what if you don’t have one? Don’t sweat it! Here are two more methods you can follow to have this hearty stew on the table in no time. 

How to Make It on the Stove Top?

If you don’t have a countertop cooking appliance, you can easily go back to basics and cook this chicken stew on the stove top. Just follow these easy instructions:

  1. Prep the chicken: Use paper towels to pat dry the chicken on all sides. Season with salt and pepper. 
  2. Sear the chicken: Add oil to a large pot (such as a Dutch oven) set over medium heat. Heat the oil, then add the chicken and cook on each side for about 4-5 minutes. Don’t worry about fully cooking the chicken, as we’re aiming only to brown it. Remove and set aside. 
  3. Saute vegetables: Add the onion, celery, and carrots into the now-empty pot. Saute until vegetables are softened, 6-7 minutes. Add the garlic and cook for another minute or so.
  4. Add the rest: Add potatoes, thyme, rosemary, paprika, salt, and pepper to the same pot.
  5. Return the chicken to the pot and cook: Place the browned chicken thighs back in the pot with the veggies and add in the chicken stock. Bring it to a boil and let it simmer for about 30-40 minutes, making sure to stir it a few times.
  6. Prep the cornstarch: Add the cornstarch to a small bowl and set it aside. 
  7. Shred the chicken: 10 minutes before the stew is done, remove the chicken and shred (or cut) it into small pieces. Place the chicken pieces back in the pot. 
  8. Make the slurry: To make the cornstarch slurry, remove 2-3 tablespoons of liquid from the stew and place it in the bowl with the cornstarch. Whisk until it forms a paste, and stir it into the stew. 
  9. Add the peas: Add the frozen peas, stir, and continue cooking on medium-high heat for about 10 more minutes or until the stewed chicken thickens to your liking. 
  10. Season and serve: Taste for seasoning and adjust if necessary. Garnish with fresh herbs, if desired.

How to Make It in an Instant Pot?

Use your Instant Pot for an ultra-quick way to make this stew. The instructions are similar to the method above but with a few tweaks. Here’s how to do it:

  1. Saute the chicken: Set your Instant Pot to “saute” mode and brown the chicken on all sides. Remove from the pressure cooker and set it on a plate.
  2. Add the veggies: Add the onion, celery, carrots, and garlic into the now empty Instant pot insert. Cook, stirring frequently, until vegetables are softened, 4-5 minutes. Add the rest of the vegetables; potatoes, thyme, rosemary, paprika, salt, and pepper to the pot. Add in the semi-cooked chicken thighs and chicken stock. 
  3. Cover and Cook: Secure the lid and pressure release valve to sealing position. Press the cancel button to reset the cooking program, then select the Soup setting and set the cooking time for 12 minutes at high pressure.
  4. Let it release naturally: When the cooking time is complete, let the pressure release naturally.  
  5. Shred the chicken: Carefully open the lid and remove the chicken. Shred (or cut) it into small pieces. Place it back in the pot. Select the saute setting.
  6. Make the slurry: To make the cornstarch slurry, remove 2-3 tablespoons of liquid from the shredded chicken stew and place it in the bowl with the cornstarch. Whisk until it forms a paste, and stir it into the stew. 
  7. Thicken: Add the frozen peas, stir, bring it to a boil, and simmer on “saute” mode until it’s thickened to your liking. Garnish and serve.
Person mixing slow cooker stewed chicken from the top view.

Expert Tips

To get the best results on your first try, follow these simple tips that make all the difference when it comes to flavor and texture:

  • Cook on low heat: There’s a reason why they say stews should be cooked “low and slow.” This allows the meat and the veggies to break down slowly, allowing them to release all those yummy flavors. Cooking on a high heat setting also results in dry, rubbery chicken (and no one wants that). 
  • Take advantage of searing the chicken: While you don’t have to sear the chicken before adding it to your slow cooker, the searing really pays off in terms of flavor. I find that taking the time to do so also removes the gamey flavors of the chicken.
  • Sear the veggies: If you have the time, I also recommend searing your veggies before letting your chicken thigh soup cook. Again, this helps immensely in terms of flavor. 
  • Rotisserie chicken option: If you’d rather not handle raw chicken, you can use rotisserie chicken in this recipe. Simply shred the chicken and add it in 30 minutes before the stew is done (right before adding in the cornstarch slurry). 
  • Skip the cornstarch for a thinner consistency: If you prefer more of a thin, soup-like consistency rather than a thick chicken stew, you can omit the cornstarch slurry.

FAQs

Can raw chicken go in slow cooker?

Yes, it can. You don’t have to cook raw chicken before adding it to your crock pot. However, lightly searing the chicken for 4-5 minutes on each side before adding it to the pot will help the meat become more flavorful as it cooks.

How to make chicken stew thick?

Use cornstarch slurry (equal parts cornstarch and soup liquid) and mix it into the stew in the last 30 minutes. Give it a stir to make sure it is equally distributed.

Can you slow cook chicken for too long?

Cooking chicken for a long time isn’t recommended. Overcooked crock pot stewed chicken is often dry, flavorless, and rubbery, so I don’t recommend slow-cooking chicken for longer than 8 hours.

Do you have to cook meat before putting in slow cooker?

You don’t have to cook meat before putting it in your slow cooker, but lightly browning the meat beforehand intensifies its flavor.

Other Healthy Winter Soups You Might Also Like

If you love the ease and comfort of cooking up a warm meal on a cold winter’s night, then you definitely need lots of soup recipes in your recipe book. Thankfully, I have lots for you to try here on the blog that are perfect for a healthy dinner. Browse the links below for inspiration:

If you try this recipe for Chicken Stew in a Crock Pot or any other recipe on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It helps others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

A bowl of chicken crockpot stew from the top view.
Print

Crock Pot Chicken Stew Recipe

This Crock pot chicken stew recipe is packed with potatoes, carrots, and fresh herbs. It's a heartwarming, healthy, & easy dinner recipe that you will make over and over again.
Course Soup, Stew
Cuisine American
Diet Gluten Free
Prep Time 20 minutes
Cook Time 6 hours
Total Time 6 hours 20 minutes
Servings 6 servings
Calories 503kcal

Equipment

Ingredients

  • 2 lbs boneless skinless chicken thighs or chicken breasts
  • ½ teaspoon kosher salt
  • ¼ teaspoon black pepper
  • 2 tablespoon olive oil
  • 2 medium-sized onions chopped (~ 2 cups)
  • 3 stalks celery chopped (~1 ½ cups)
  • 4 carrots peeled and chopped
  • 4 cloves garlic minced
  • 4 medium size Yukon Gold potatoes peeled and cut into 1-inch cubes
  • 3 sprigs fresh thyme chopped (or 1 teaspoon dried thyme)
  • 2 sprigs fresh rosemary chopped (or 1 teaspoon dried rosemary)
  • 1 teaspoon paprika
  • 1 teaspoon kosher salt
  • ½ teaspoon black pepper
  • 3 cups chicken stock or store bought low sodium chicken stock
  • 2 tablespoons cornstarch
  • 1 cup frozen peas
  • 2 tablespoons lemon juice
  • ½ cup fresh parsley chopped

Instructions

  • Pat dry chicken with paper towels. Season with salt and pepper.
  • Heat oil in a large skillet over medium heat. Add chicken and cook for 4-5 minutes on each side. We are not fully cooking the chicken here. Rather, browning it a bit to build flavor. *
  • Meanwhile, place onion, celery, carrots, garlic, potatoes, thyme, rosemary, paprika, salt, and pepper into the crock pot.
  • Add the now-semi-cooked chicken thighs on top.
  • Pour the chicken stock and give it a stir.
  • Cook on low-heat setting for 5-6 hours or high-heat setting for 3-4 hours.
  • Place cornstarch in a small bowl and set it aside.
  • Thirty minutes before the end of cooking time, remove the chicken from the slow cooker and cut (or shred) into small pieces. Return it back to the crock pot.
  • Next, make the cornstarch slurry. Whisk cornstarch with 2-3 tablespoons of the liquid from the stew until it forms a paste. Stir it into the chicken stew.
  • Add the frozen peas, give it a big stir and continue to cook on HIGH until it is thickened to your liking. In my case, it took about 30 minutes.
  • Finish it off with lemon juice. Taste for seasoning and add more if necessary. Garnish with fresh parsley and serve.

Notes

  • You can make this recipe without searing the chicken if you are short on time. However, I find that it tastes better if you take the time to sear.
  • Make-ahead: To make it ahead, simply saute the chicken the day before and store it in an airtight container in the fridge. Prep your veggies to have them ready to go in the slow cooker. Either at the end of the day or the morning of, place all ingredients in the crock pot and follow the instructions above for cooking. 
  • Store: Bring leftovers to room temperature and store them in an airtight container in the refrigerator for up to 5 days. 
  • Freeze: To make it a freezer meal, bring the leftover stew to room temperature and store it in airtight, freezer-safe containers in the freezer for up to 2-3 months. 
  • Thaw: Thaw frozen chicken stew overnight in the fridge. Reheat in the microwave or on the stove. 

Nutrition

Calories: 503kcal | Carbohydrates: 23g | Protein: 29g | Fat: 32g | Saturated Fat: 12g | Cholesterol: 142mg | Sodium: 192mg | Potassium: 825mg | Fiber: 4g | Sugar: 5g | Vitamin A: 5717IU | Vitamin C: 26mg | Calcium: 55mg | Iron: 3mg

The post Crock Pot Chicken Stew appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/slow-cooker-chicken-stew/feed/ 6
Air Fryer Turkey Legs https://foolproofliving.com/air-fryer-turkey-legs/ https://foolproofliving.com/air-fryer-turkey-legs/#respond Tue, 08 Nov 2022 17:58:34 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=61546 When you’re tired of your usual chicken recipes, why not try one of our turkey recipes instead? While it’s popular during the holidays, turkey is a delicious protein source that you can enjoy all year round. Grab your favorite cut of turkey from the store and try my Turkey Tenderloin recipe. Ingredients The magic of the air fryer is that it provides that crispy, mouthwatering outer layer- without having to...

The post Air Fryer Turkey Legs appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>

When you’re tired of your usual chicken recipes, why not try one of our turkey recipes instead? While it’s popular during the holidays, turkey is a delicious protein source that you can enjoy all year round. Grab your favorite cut of turkey from the store and try my Turkey Tenderloin recipe.

Crispy roasted turkey legs on a plate with rosemary from the top view.

Ingredients

The magic of the air fryer is that it provides that crispy, mouthwatering outer layer- without having to use much oil. The rest of the simple ingredients in this delicious recipe parallel my Turkey Drumstick Recipe, but we’ve cut back on the oil. Here’s what you’ll need:

Ingredients for turkey drumsticks in air fryer from the top view.
  • For the turkey drumsticks, I used two 12-ounce drumsticks. Drumsticks tend to be more widely available around the holidays, so you can purchase some and freeze them for later if your local grocery store or local butcher doesn’t carry them year-round (just make sure to thaw frozen drumsticks before cooking). You can buy smaller drumsticks or even larger ones, but keep in mind that larger turkey legs may not fit in your air fryer (it depends on the size of your air fryer, too). We used giant turkey legs when first testing this recipe, which ended up burning in the air fryer because they were so large that they touched the top of the basket. 
  • To make the air fryer turkey rub, gather unsalted butter (or olive oil), garlic powder, onion powder, paprika (or smoked paprika), kosher salt, and black pepper. 

Substitutions and Seasoning Ideas

The seasonings in this recipe are a classic, foolproof combination of spices, but feel free to get creative or swap ingredients to create your variations if needed. For instance, if you’re a fan of fair food, you can make your own spice combination to recreate a turkey leg you had at your local fair or amusement park. To get you started, here are a few substitutions and seasoning combos to try: 

  • Oil: We used a little bit of butter in this recipe to achieve extra crispy skin, but you can also substitute olive oil if desired. If you’d like to skip the oil/butter altogether, feel free to do so. Just keep in mind that the best way to get that super crispy skin is with the help of some fat. 
  • Roasted garlic butter: If you’re a fan of garlic, you’ll absolutely love my Roasted Garlic Butter recipe for a great alternative to the butter in this recipe. Substitute roasted garlic butter for extra caramelized, roasted garlic flavor. You’ll need about a tablespoon of garlic butter for two turkey legs. You can still combine it with other spices, but you’ll probably need to omit the garlic and salt since those are already included in the garlic butter recipe. 
  • Turkey seasoning mix: For an alternative seasoning, try my delicious Turkey Rub Recipe. This dry rub combines a number of yummy seasonings that perfectly complement the flavors of turkey. 
  • Paprika: You can change up the flavor profile of this easy air fryer turkey legs recipe by using smoked paprika instead of sweet paprika. Use whichever you prefer or have on hand, as it’s bound to be delicious either way! You can also add in some chili powder for an extra kick of spice. 
  • Poultry Seasoning: If you are short on time and just want to get to air frying, you can also use your favorite poultry seasoning as a substitute for the spices that I used in this recipe.

How to Cook Turkey Legs in Air Fryer

It’s amazing how easy it is to achieve fair-style, crispy air fryer turkey legs- right from the comfort of your own home! With your handy air fryer, they are ready in no time. Here’s how to cook turkey drumsticks in an air fryer:

A person coating turkey drumsticks with a butter rub from the top view.
  1. Pat dry the drumsticks: Remove your turkey legs from the packaging and pat them dry with paper towels. Set aside. 
  2. Make the rub: In a small bowl, combine the butter, garlic powder, onion powder, smoked paprika, salt, and pepper. 
  3. Apply the rub: Apply the seasoned butter rub to the turkey meat, making sure to coat the entire leg evenly. 
  4. Preheat the air fryer: Set your air fryer temperature to 400 degrees F. 
A person air frying turkey legs from the top view.
  1. Add the turkey legs: Place turkey legs in the air fryer basket, making sure they don’t hit the top of the air fryer (or they may burn).  
  2. Cook: Air fry the turkey legs for 20 minutes, flip and rotate, and continue cooking for another 10-15 minutes, or until one air fried turkey leg registers 165 degrees F. 
  3. Rest and serve: Carefully remove them from the air fryer, cover them with foil, and let them rest for about 10-15 minutes. Serve. 

How to Store and Reheat Leftovers?

Whether you plan to make this recipe ahead of time in anticipation of a big holiday feast or simply have leftovers you’d like to enjoy the next day, you can rest assured that it’s easy to store and reheat these air fried turkey legs. Here are some tips:

  • Store: After air frying your turkey legs, let them cool to room temperature. Once they have cooled, place leftover turkey legs in an airtight container and store them in the fridge for up to 2 days. 
  • Reheat: Preheat your air fryer to 350 degrees F and lightly spray the basket with oil spray or brush with a little oil. Place turkey drumsticks in air fryer and cook for about 5-7 minutes until heated through. 

How to Cook Smoked Turkey Legs in Air Fryer?

Have you ever wondered how to make air fried smoked turkey legs? This method works for pre-cooked, pre-smoked turkey legs only, so ensure that your turkey is pre-cooked before proceeding. 

Here’s how to cook pre-smoked turkey legs in an air fryer in only 10 minutes:

  1. Preheat the air fryer: Set your air fryer to 375 degrees F.
  2. Place the smoked turkey legs in air fryer: Lightly spray or coat each turkey leg with oil, using about 1 teaspoon of oil for every two legs. Arrange them in the air fryer basket, making sure they don’t hit the top of the air fryer (or they may burn). 
  3. Cook smoked turkey legs in air fryer: Air fry smoked turkey legs for about 10 minutes, rotating halfway through to ensure even cooking. You may need more or less time, depending on the size of your turkey legs. To check for doneness, insert a quick read thermometer into the thickest part of the air fryer smoked turkey legs and ensure they register 165 degrees F. 

What to Serve Them With?

This easy recipe is incredibly versatile, takes minimal effort, and is sure to be a crowd favorite for any occasion. Make them for a fun handheld treat for a Game Day party, a sophisticated recipe to serve as the main dish for a small Thanksgiving gathering, or a family-favorite weeknight dinner. Here are some suggestions to get you started:

Expert Tips

Whether you’re an air fryer newbie or a seasoned pro, these helpful tips and tricks will help you achieve that crispy skin and juicy meat you’re aiming to achieve. Here’s what you need to know: 

  • Remove from the fridge in advance: We tested this recipe both ways, but if you do have the time, take your turkey legs out of the fridge about 15 minutes before you plan to cook them. This will allow them to warm up a little, making your job easier when applying the butter rub. If you forgot to take them out of the fridge in advance, you can use olive oil instead of butter, which will be easier to spread. Either way works, but we found that it is easier to spread the seasoned butter on a not-so-cold turkey leg.
  • Size matters: There is a direct correlation between the size of the turkey legs and cooking time. Smaller drumsticks, also called lean turkey legs, will have a shorter cook time than large turkey legs. Avoid purchasing really large drumsticks, as they may not fit in your air fryer basket. When we first tried air frying turkey legs, we ended up burning them because they were so large that they were touching the top of the air fryer. So, check to make sure that your turkey legs fit inside the basket properly before cooking. 
  • Don’t overcrowd the basket: As with all air fryer recipes, it’s important never to overcrowd your basket, as this prolongs the cooking time and results in unevenly cooked food. For best results, depending on the size of your turkey legs, you may need to air fry them in batches. 
  • Pat dry: Make sure to pat dry each drumstick thoroughly before applying the rub. This will ensure you’ll get that sought-after, crispy, golden brown skin. 
  • Check internal temperature: Take the guesswork out of cooking these air fryer turkey drumsticks by using an instant-read thermometer to check the internal temperature after cooking. I use and love this one (affiliate link.) After cooking, check that the thickest part of the turkey leg registers 165 degrees F. 
  • Let them rest: Don’t skip this step! Once the turkey legs are cooked, cover them loosely with foil and let them rest for 10-15 minutes. This will give them time to reabsorb any lost liquid, resulting in a juicy turkey leg instead of dry turkey legs.

FAQs

Can you air fry frozen turkey legs?

Yes, you can cook frozen turkey legs in air fryer. Simply follow this recipe but add 5-6 additional minutes of cook time, checking to make sure the internal temperature of each air fry turkey leg registers 165 degrees F.

How long does it take to cook turkey legs in air fryer?

It doesn’t take long to air fry turkey legs. To air fry turkey legs at 400 degrees F, it can take anywhere from 20-40 minutes. Larger drumsticks need more time, while smaller ones need less time.

How to reheat turkey leg in air fryer?

To reheat a turkey leg in air fryer, set your air fryer to 350 degrees F and lightly spray or coat the basket with oil. Cook for 5-7 minutes or until heated through.

Other Air Fryer Recipes You Might Like

The air fryer is such a handy tool for quickly cooking all of your favorite meats, veggies, and more without having to turn on your oven. If you’d like to get more use out of your air fryer, be sure to try one of my tried-and-true air fryer recipes below:

If you try this Air Fryer Turkey Leg recipe or any other recipe on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It helps others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

Baked turkey legs on a serving plate with rosemary from the top view.
Print

Air Fryer Turkey Legs Recipe

These Air Fryer Turkey Legs are seasoned with a butter rub for a beautifully crisp skin and a juicy middle. Serve this festive, easy dish as a crowd-pleasing main course for a small holiday gathering, a fun handheld snack for Game Day, or even for a quick weeknight dinner.
Course Main Course
Cuisine American
Diet Gluten Free
Prep Time 15 minutes
Cook Time 40 minutes
Resting Time 10 minutes
Total Time 1 hour 5 minutes
Servings 4
Calories 516kcal

Equipment

Ingredients

  • 2 Turkey Drumsticks approximately 12 ounces each
  • 1 tablespoon unsalted butter softened or olive oil
  • ½ teaspoon garlic powder
  • ½ teaspoon onion powder
  • ½ teaspoon smoked paprika
  • ½ teaspoon Kosher salt
  • ¼ teaspoon black pepper

Instructions

  • Prep the turkey legs: Remove turkey legs from their packaging onto a plate and pat dry with paper towels as much as you can. Set them aside.
  • Make the rub: Mix together the softened butter, garlic powder, onion powder, smoked paprika, salt, and pepper in a bowl until well combined.
  • Apply the rub: Spread each turkey drumstick with the butter mixture on all sides and under the skin while being careful to not tear the skin.
  • Preheat the air fryer: Preheat your air fryer to 400 degrees Fahrenheit. Carefully remove the air fryer basket and place the turkey legs.
  • Air fry: Air fry the drumsticks for 20 minutes, rotate and flip, and then air fry for another 10-15 minutes* or until the internal temperature of one of the turkey legs registers 165 degrees Fahrenheit when inserted with a meat thermometer.
  • Rest and serve: Remove the turkey legs from the air fryer, cover them loosely with foil, and let them rest for 10-15 minutes before serving.

Notes

  • Cook time: There’s a direct correlation between the size of the turkey leg and its cook time. Keep an eye on your turkey legs while cooking, especially the smaller ones because they cook faster. They’re done when the internal temperature of the turkey legs reaches 165 degrees F. 
  • Turkey legs and thighs: You can air fry turkey legs and thighs together using this recipe. The cooking temperature would still be the same. The timing would depend on the size of your turkey thighs and drumsticks. However, as long as they are similar (approximately 12 ounces) in size, it should be around 35 to 40 minutes of air frying time. Be sure to flip them halfway through and air fry them until the internal temp reaches 165 degrees F.
  • Store: After air frying your turkey legs, let them cool to room temperature. Once they have cooled, place leftover turkey legs in an airtight container and store them in the fridge for up to 2 days. 
  • Reheat: To reheat them in the air fryer, set your air fryer to 350 degrees F and lightly spray or coat the basket with oil. Cook for 5-7 minutes or until heated through.

Nutrition

Calories: 516kcal | Carbohydrates: 1g | Protein: 66g | Fat: 26g | Saturated Fat: 9g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 6g | Monounsaturated Fat: 8g | Trans Fat: 0.1g | Cholesterol: 248mg | Sodium: 542mg | Potassium: 940mg | Fiber: 0.2g | Sugar: 0.1g | Vitamin A: 221IU | Vitamin C: 0.1mg | Calcium: 61mg | Iron: 6mg

The post Air Fryer Turkey Legs appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/air-fryer-turkey-legs/feed/ 0
Roast Garlic in Air Fryer https://foolproofliving.com/roast-garlic-in-air-fryer/ https://foolproofliving.com/roast-garlic-in-air-fryer/#respond Thu, 08 Sep 2022 21:23:20 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=59479 Can’t get enough of roasted garlic? Be sure to check out our other popular garlic-related articles, including How To Roast Garlic Without Foil and Roasted Garlic Butter. Ingredients You are on your way to creating a culinary delicacy with a few simple ingredients. Garlic is the star of the show for this Air Fryer Roasted Garlic recipe, so it’s essential to use the freshest garlic you can find at the...

The post Roast Garlic in Air Fryer appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
Can’t get enough of roasted garlic? Be sure to check out our other popular garlic-related articles, including How To Roast Garlic Without Foil and Roasted Garlic Butter.

Cloves of roasted garlic on a cutting board with a knife from the top view.

Ingredients

You are on your way to creating a culinary delicacy with a few simple ingredients. Garlic is the star of the show for this Air Fryer Roasted Garlic recipe, so it’s essential to use the freshest garlic you can find at the grocery store. 

Ingredients for air fryer roasted garlic in bowls from the top view.

Gather your fresh garlic, extra virgin olive oil (you can also use avocado oil), kosher salt, and black pepper. Salt and pepper are optional, so feel free to omit them if you like.

How To Roast Garlic In The Air Fryer

Roasting garlic in an air fryer is not only delicious but it’s also quick and easy. The best part is that you can air fry the whole head of garlic or just the cloves using your air fryer. Below are step-by-step instructions for each method:

Using Whole Cloves

I usually air fry garlic as a whole as I use a lot of it in my cooking and save whatever is left to use later. You can air fry one head of garlic or as many as you can fit in the air fryer basket following the method below:

  1. Preheat your air fryer to 400 F degrees.
A person showing how to prepare a head of garlic for roasting in the air fryer.
  1. Prepare garlic bulbs for air frying: Use a sharp knife to slice off the top of the garlic bulb, just enough to expose the cloves inside. Place the garlic head on the center of a piece of aluminum foil. Save the top to use for making chicken stock later, or discard it.
  2. Season: Drizzle the garlic with olive oil. It is optional, but if you want, you can lightly season with salt and pepper.
  3. Form a pouch: Wrap the head of the garlic tightly with foil forming a small pouch. Repeat the same process with the rest of the garlic bulbs, if you want to air fry more than one bulb.
A person roasting garlic in an air fryer and checking for doneness.
  1. Air Fry: Arrange the pouch in the air fryer basket. If you are roasting multiple heads of garlic, be sure not to overcrowd the basket. Cook for 18 minutes. 
  2. Check for doneness: Remove the pouch from the air fryer basket and carefully open it to allow the steam to escape. Using a paring knife (or cake tester), check if the garlic cloves are soft and creamy. If they are not yet ready, re-wrap the foil and place it back in the air fryer cooking at 2-minute increments (watch closely to prevent overcooking) until your cloves have reached the desired consistency.
A person squeezing out roasted garlic on a cutting board from the top view.
  1. Allow to cool: Let rest for 10 minutes before removing and venting the pouch. With the roasted garlic cooled to a manageable temperature, you can use your hands to squeeze the garlic from the whole head, or you can use a small spoon to scoop out the garlic from each individual clove.

Air Frying Garlic Cloves

Alternatively, you can roast individual garlic cloves in your air fryer. The good thing about air frying them individually is that they cook even faster. Here’s how I do it:

  1. Preheat the air fryer to 370° F
  2. Separate cloves: You can separate cloves from the whole head of garlic or use individual garlic cloves you already have on hand. You may peel the papery skin from the raw garlic cloves at this time, but I find it easier to peel them after they are roasted.
  3. Prepare garlic cloves for air frying: Arrange individual cloves of garlic in a ramekin (or an oven-proof small baking dish). If you do not have one, you can place garlic cloves on a sheet of aluminum foil instead.
A person preparing and roasting individual air fried garlic cloves.
  1. Season cloves: Drizzle with olive oil and lightly season with salt and pepper. Give it a toss to ensure each clove is evenly coated with oil and seasoning.
  2. Cover tightly to trap steam: Cover ramekin with foil or wrap foil tightly to create a pouch, depending on your chosen method.
  3. Air fry garlic cloves: Place pouch into the air fryer basket and air fry for 15 minutes.
  4. Check for doneness: Carefully open the tin foil allowing the steam to escape, and check a clove by gently squeezing it between your fingers. They should be soft and creamy. If they need more time, you can close the foil back up and cook at 1-minute increments (keep a close eye on cooking time to keep from burning the cloves).
  5. Peel the garlic: Once cloves are soft, remove and allow to cool for a few minutes before venting the pouch. Once you can handle the cloves, you can use your fingers to gently squeeze the garlic from its peel.

How To Store And Freeze

If you have leftover roasted garlic cloves or prefer to make a few batches to keep some air-fried garlic on hand, I have a few methods you can use to ensure lasting freshness for future meal preps.

Air Fried Garlic Cloves – Whole

  • To Store: If you prefer your cloves whole, remove the outer layer of each clove and place them in an airtight container. Air fryer roasted garlic cloves can be kept in the refrigerator for up to 5 days. You can also store your individual cloves in oil. Peel whole cloves, place them in a small glass jar (or mason jar), and cover with olive oil for up to 5 days. As an added bonus, use the roasted garlic-infused oil to incorporate garlic flavor into your recipes.
  • To Freeze: If you want to freeze the garlic cloves as a whole, wait until they reach room temperature, remove the papery skin from each clove and place them in a single layer on a cooking sheet. Place in the freezer overnight. Once frozen, they can be transferred to a freezer bag or airtight container and stored for up to 1 month.

Air Fried Garlic – Mashed

A person mashing roasted garlic cloves to prepare them for freezing.
  • To Store: If you prefer garlic mashed, take your already peeled roasted cloves and mash with a fork in a small bowl. Transfer it to an airtight container and store it in the fridge for up to 5 days.
  • To Freeze: If you want to extend the life of your mashed garlic, you can store mashed garlic in an ice cube tray, cover it tightly, and freeze it in the fridge overnight. Once frozen, pop out the garlic cubes and store them in a freezer bag or airtight container for up to 2 months.

How To Use Air Fried Garlic

Air fryer garlic is the perfect substitute in any recipe calling for fresh garlic, especially if you are not a fan of the strong flavors of raw garlic. Not to mention, the creamy texture and the unique caramelized mellow garlic flavor are a great way to add a layer of complexity to any of your recipes.

Here are a few ways I use air fryer roasted garlic in my cooking:

Soups

Soups are practically begging for the addition of roasted garlic. The creamy texture melts into soups impeccably, and the delicious taste is hard to beat. Here are a few blended soup recipes you can try:

Sauces, Dressings, & Marinades

Soups don’t get all the fun around here, though. Air fryer roasted garlic is also a wonderful addition to sauces, salad dressings, and marinades. It mixes easily and lends a sweet, roasted, and garlicky flavor when added to your favorite condiments and marinades. Below are a few fan favorites:

Spread on Toast

For an addictive and delicious snack idea, you can mix your mashed roasted garlic puree with ricotta cheese or cream cheese. Load up your butter knife and spread it all over toasted Olive Bread.

Roasted garlic cloves in the air fryer also make a great addition to compound butter. Get my recipe for Roasted Garlic Butter made by mixing roasted garlic with herbs and spices to create a spread for meats, vegetables or just to spread on a slice of freshly baked crusty bread.

A person holding a jar of roasted garlic cloves from the side view.

Expert Tips

  • Size, type, and age of the garlic matter: When it comes to cooking time, the type, age, and size of your garlic bulbs (or cloves) matter. Small heads of garlic (and small garlic cloves) will require less cooking time than larger ones. For this reason, I recommend keeping a close watch on your cooking times and only increasing time in 1 to 2-minute increments.
  • Use the freshest garlic: This easy air fryer recipe is all about the garlic, so it stands to reason that you want to use the absolute best garlic you can find. When buying garlic for roasting, look for fresh bulbs that are heavy for their size, and avoid bulbs that have soft spots or mold.
  • Be careful as you open the pouch: Hot steam will vent from the pouch as soon as you open it. To prevent burns, allow the pouch to cool for a few moments and then only open a small section to allow the steam to escape.
  • Peeled garlic cooks faster: If you chose to air fryer peeled garlic cloves, be aware that they fry a few minutes quicker than garlic cloves with the skin on.
  • If you have questions about tin foil and air fryers, be sure to check out this post on how to use aluminum foil in an air fryer?

FAQs

How to roast garlic in an air fryer without foil?

There are two ways you could attempt to roast garlic in an air fryer without foil, and they both involve parchment paper and baker’s twine. You can wrap the bulbs (or cloves) in parchment paper, fold the sides, form a pouch or envelope, and tie them with twine.
Another option is placing the bulbs (or cloves) in a ramekin and wrapping that with parchment and twine. Either option will be successful if you ensure it is tightly wrapped. The creation of steam is essential in roasting garlic in the air fryer.

When roasting garlic, do you peel it first?

It is a personal choice. Either way would work but keep in mind that peeled garlic cooks faster in the air fryer.

How long to roast garlic in an air fryer?

Whole bulbs of garlic will need to be roasted for about 20 minutes, whereas individual cloves require around 10 minutes of cooking time. Still, the air frying time might slightly differ based on the type, age, and size of the garlic you are using.

Other Tasty Air Fryer Recipes You Might Like:

Can’t get enough? Check out all our Air Fryer recipes.

If you find this guide on Roast Garlic in Air Fryer or any one of our other How-To Guides on Foolproof Living helpful, please take a minute to leave a rating and a review. Doing so helps others who are planning to follow the processes outlined in this post. Thank you!

Air fryer roasted garlic cloves wrapped in foil from the top view.
Print

Roasted Garlic in Air Fryer Recipe

This recipe for roasted garlic in the air fryer is a super quick and easy way to transform raw garlic into a smooth, creamy, and caramelized addition to a variety of savory recipes. This method is faster than oven-roasting and takes only 25 minutes!
Course How To
Cuisine American
Diet Vegetarian
Prep Time 5 minutes
Cook Time 18 minutes
Total Time 23 minutes
Servings 1 garlic bulb
Calories 23kcal

Ingredients

  • 1 whole head of garlic
  • 1/2 teaspoon extra virgin olive oil or avocado oil
  • ¼ teaspoon kosher salt optional
  • ¼ teaspoon black pepper optional

Instructions

If roasting a whole head of garlic:

  • Preheat: Preheat the air fryer to 400 degrees F.
  • Prep the garlic: Slice the top off the head of the garlic (1/3rd from the top) and place it on a piece of aluminum foil.
  • Drizzle with oil: Pour olive oil over the garlic bulbs. If preferred, season with salt and black pepper.
  • Wrap: Wrap it tightly. It should look like a small pouch.
  • Roast: Place in the air fryer basket and air fry until garlic cloves are soft and creamy for 18 minutes. To check doneness, remove the pouch from the air fryer and carefully open it to let the steam out. Check the see if the garlic is fully roasted and soft. If not, wrap it tightly and let it air fry for 2 more minutes, keeping a close eye on it to prevent it from burning.
  • Cool and remove: Let it cool for 10 minutes, and remove the now-roasted garlic either by squeezing the whole head with your hands or removing each garlic clove with a small spoon.

If roasting garlic cloves:

  • Preheat: Preheat the air fryer to 370 degrees F.
  • Prep the garlic: Remove the outer layer of the garlic bulb and break it into cloves. If you want to peel them, you can go ahead and do that at this point, but I find it easier to skip peeling as it is easier to remove the outer skin after they are roasted.
  • Use foil: Place garlic cloves onto a square sheet of aluminum foil.
  • Drizzle with oil: Drizzle with oil and sprinkle with salt and pepper. Toss to make sure all the garlic cloves are equally coated with the oil and seasonings.
  • Wrap: Wrap it tightly to make it a pouch.
  • Roast: Place in the air fryer basket. Air fry for 10 minutes. To check doneness, open the pouch carefully and lightly squeeze one of the cloves. It should be soft. If not, wrap it tightly and air fry in 1-minute increments until fully softened.
  • Let cool: When done, take the pouch out and let it cool for a few minutes. Carefully open and let the steam out.
  • Squeeze out the garlic: Squeeze the now-roasted garlic out of each garlic clove by gently squeezing the garlic and removing it from its shell.

Notes

  • Using more than one bulb? This recipe can be made with as many garlic bulbs as you air fryer can accommodate.
  • Storing & Freezing Air Fried Garlic Cloves as a Whole:
    • To Store: If you need the roasted garlic cloves to remain whole, carefully remove the outer layer of each clove and store them in an airtight container. It should keep fresh for up to 5 days. Alternatively, you can drizzle it with olive oil and use the “garlic-infused oil” in your recipes, but again it is best to use it within 5 days.
    • To Freeze: If you prefer to freeze whole cloves, spread them out onto a sheet pan and place them in the freezer overnight. Once frozen, store them in a freezer bag or an airtight container.
  • Storing & Freezing Air Fried Garlic – Mashed:
    • To Store: If you prefer mashed garlic, then squeeze out the garlic from the roasted cloves and mash them in a small bowl. Place in a small airtight container and store in the fridge for upto 5 days.
    • To Freeze: Place mashed garlic in an ice cube tray and freeze it overnight. The next day, pop out the cubes and place them in a freezer bag or an airtight container. Store for up to a month.

Nutrition

Calories: 23kcal | Carbohydrates: 1g | Protein: 0.2g | Fat: 2g | Saturated Fat: 0.3g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 0.2g | Monounsaturated Fat: 1g | Sodium: 582mg | Potassium: 19mg | Fiber: 0.2g | Sugar: 0.03g | Vitamin A: 3IU | Vitamin C: 1mg | Calcium: 8mg | Iron: 0.1mg

The post Roast Garlic in Air Fryer appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/roast-garlic-in-air-fryer/feed/ 0
Air Fryer Elotes https://foolproofliving.com/air-fryer-elotes/ https://foolproofliving.com/air-fryer-elotes/#respond Sun, 31 Jul 2022 13:26:24 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=57299 Are you looking for more quick corn recipes? Try my Air Fryer Corn on the Cob, lightly seasoned with fantastic, charred corn flavor; it will be ready and on the table in 15 minutes.  Why Should You Make This Recipe? This elote recipe is the air fryer version of my fan favorite Mexican Street Corn, one of my most popular recipes. It is the perfect side dish or a quick...

The post Air Fryer Elotes appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
Are you looking for more quick corn recipes? Try my Air Fryer Corn on the Cob, lightly seasoned with fantastic, charred corn flavor; it will be ready and on the table in 15 minutes. 

air fryer Mexican street corn on a plate from the top view

Why Should You Make This Recipe?

This elote recipe is the air fryer version of my fan favorite Mexican Street Corn, one of my most popular recipes. It is the perfect side dish or a quick snack to make when you are short on time. If that’s not reason enough, I have listed a few more below:

  • A great alternative to grilling: Mexican street corn in the air fryer is perfect for you if you don’t have a grill. You still get that excellent, charred corn taste without all the mess of grilling.  And since you can fire up the air fryer no matter the weather, every day can be Cinco de Mayo. 
  • Ready in 20 minutes: You will be stunned at how fast you can whip together this authentic Mexican corn on the cob in the air fryer. 20 minutes is all you need from start to finish.

Ingredients

Using the freshest corn on the cob and a few simple ingredients are all you need to make this melt-in-your-mouth air fryer street corn.

air fryer Mexican corn ingredients

Let’s start by gathering your fresh sweet corn (fully husked) and vegetable oil for cooking. For your elote sauce, you will need mayonnaise, sour cream, lime juice, and chili powder. And lastly, Mexican cotija cheese and fresh cilantro for your garnish.

Substitutions & Variations

If you are missing some ingredients or want to experiment a little, no worries; I’ve listed a few of the most common substitutions and variations below. Feel free to make this recipe your own.

  • Mexican Crema: If you are lucky enough to get your hands on some authentic Mexican crema, you are in for a treat. A cross between American sour cream and French crème fraiche, Mexican crema is thick and tangy, the perfect addition to Mexican fare, and a great alternative to air fryer corn on the cob with mayo and sour cream-based elote sauce. Simply omit mayo and sour cream and use ½ cup Mexican crema instead.
  • Cheese: Have everything you need but the cotija cheese, don’t panic; you can substitute parmesan cheese and even feta cheese (though I would recommend using low sodium feta) and still end up with excellent results.
  • Elote Seasoning: If you have access to Trader Joe’s, their elote seasoning is worth trying in this recipe.
  • Lemon juice:  If you don’t have any lime juice and are in a pinch, feel free to use some lemon juice in its place.
  • Spice it up: If you enjoy spicy flavors, you can increase the heat by adding more chili powder or cayenne pepper.
  • Frozen corn on the cob: You can use frozen corn to make Mexican fried corn on the cob when fresh is no longer available. You can find the instructions to use frozen corn in the recipe card below.
  • Not a fan of cilantro: You either love it or hate it. If you don’t care for it, omit the cilantro. 

How To Make Air Fryer Street Corn

If you find yourself with an abundance of fresh sweet corn and a craving for Mexican food, this air fryer Mexican street corn recipe is exactly what you need. Follow my step-by-step instructions below for quick and delicious elotes.

Be sure to preheat your air fryer to 380° F.

person making street corn in air fryer
  1. Prep corn: While you wait for your air fryer to preheat, brush each ear of corn with vegetable oil (or olive oil). 
  2. Air Fry corn: Once your fryer is ready, place ears of corn in a single layer in the air fryer basket and cook for 5-6 minutes.
  3. Make your elote sauce: While your corn is cooking, assemble your sauce by gently mixing your mayonnaise, sour cream, lime juice, and chili powder in a small bowl. 
  4. Rotate corn: Check your corn and rotate the ears to ensure even cooking. Fry for another 7-8 minutes (a total of 12-15 min of air frying time). 
person adding toppings to Mexican corn
  1. Apply sauce and serve: Carefully remove hot ears of corn from the fryer basket and allow to cool. After a few moments, cover each air fried corn generously with Mexican street corn sauce. Sprinkle all sides with Mexican cotija cheese, extra chili powder (if you wish), freshly chopped cilantro, and garnish with lime wedges. Enjoy!

How To Serve

On the cob or off the cob? That is the question. Fortunately, this recipe is a hit either way; I have listed some options for you to try below, let me know your favorite form of serving it.

  • As a snack by itself: My favorite way of eating air fryer Mexican corn on the cob is right from the air fryer and smothered in tangy Mexican flavored sauce; the mixture of hot charred corn and the kick of creamy sauce is pure perfection.
  • Elote in a cup: This is an excellent alternative to eating it on the cob. For elote in a cup, you will slice the charred kernels from the corn cobs and gently mix them in a small bowl with the prepared street corn sauce. For an elegant touch, spoon the corn mixture into glass cups, top with cheese and seasonings, and garnish with lime wedges for a perfect dinner party appetizer.

How To Store

This Mexican street corn air fryer recipe is so scrumptious that it will be hard not to eat it all at once; if you find yourself with some leftovers, below are some instructions for storage.

  • Storage: You can store your delicious corn leftovers in an airtight container. If your street corn is already assembled, it will be good for up to one day in the refrigerator.
  • Freezing: I would not recommend freezing this dish.
air fryer street corn with toppings from the side view

Expert Tips

Is this your first time making air fryer elote? Here are some helpful tips that will guarantee perfect results on your first try:

  • Cut the ears of corn in half: If you own a small air fryer or want to fry a lot of corn at the same time, you can cut each corn on the cobb in half. This way, you can fit more corn in your air fryer basket.
  • Do not overcrowd your fryer basket: To get the best possible char on each ear of corn, you want to be sure to place corn in a single layer.
  • You can use frozen corn: If you don’t have fresh corn on hand, you can make frozen corn elote. My method requires only 5 minutes of additional (hands off time) and requires no thawing. Instructions and cooking time are included in the recipe card below.
  • Use a flat platter for prep: Mixing your sauce ingredients on a flat platter or a large plate and then rolling your ears of corn through the mayonnaise mixture may help you get a more even sauce coverage. Finish each ear with a sprinkle of chili powder, cheese, and cilantro.
  • Extra Salt: Be sure to taste your Cotija cheese before adding salt to the elote sauce, as some Cotija cheese brands can be very salty.
  • Want to make it dairy free? Here is a recipe for Dairy-Free Mexican Street Corn Sauce you can use should you prefer it to have no dairy.

Other Air Fryer Recipes You Might Also Like:

If you try this Air Fryer Mexican Corn recipe or any other Mexican recipes on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It is a great help to others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

air fryer elotes on a plate with toppings from the top view
Print

Air Fryer Elotes Recipe

These Air Fryer Elotes are perfectly seasoned, roasted to perfection, and topped with a creamy homemade elote sauce and plenty of cheese and cilantro. Serve this take on Mexican Street Corn as a quick appetizer or side dish for a weeknight dinner or your next fiesta. With only a few ingredients, you can throw these together in 20 minutes!
Course Side Dish
Cuisine Mexican
Diet Gluten Free, Vegetarian
Prep Time 5 minutes
Cook Time 15 minutes
Total Time 20 minutes
Servings 5
Calories 213kcal

Ingredients

For The Corn On The Cob

  • 5 ears of corn on the cob husks fully removed
  • 1 teaspoon vegetable oil like avocado oil or melted butter

For The Street Corn Sauce

  • ¼ cup mayonnaise
  • ¼ cup sour cream
  • 1 tablespoon lime juice plus wedges of lime for serving
  • ½ teaspoon chili powder plus more to sprinkle over at the end
  • ½ cup crumbled cotija cheese*
  • 3 tablespoons fresh cilantro chopped

Instructions

  • Preheat the air fryer to 380 degrees F.
  • While it is heating, brush each ear of corn with vegetable oil.
  • Place in the air fryer basket in a single layer and air fry for 12-15 minutes, rotating them halfway through the air frying process. Let it cool for a few minutes before spreading it with the sauce.
  • Meanwhile, make the sauce by mixing together mayonnaise, sour cream, lime juice, and chili powder in a bowl.
  • When ready to serve, brush each corn on the cob with a generous amount of the mayo mixture. Sprinkle each corn with cotija cheese and chopped fresh cilantro on all sides. Serve with lime wedges on the side.

Notes

  • Additional Salt: Be sure to taste the cotija cheese you are using before adding salt to the salt. Some cotija cheese is very salty. If it is not, then you can add in ½ teaspoon salt and adjust it accordingly after giving it a taste.
  • Cut the ears of corn in half: If you own a small air fryer or want to fry a lot of corn at the same time, you can cut each corn on the cobb in half. This way, you can fit more corn in your air fryer basket. However, be sure not to overcrowd the basket to get proper charring.
  • Times may vary: It is a known fact that air fryer cooking times may vary. Take the cooking time here as a place to start and adjust accordingly. One easy way to gauge the process is to check halfway through the frying process. If it is getting too charred, then shorten the cooking time. Or visa versa.
  • Storage: Store leftover corn in an airtight container in the refrigerator for up to one day. 
  • Freezing: I would not recommend freezing this dish.

Nutrition

Calories: 213kcal | Carbohydrates: 19g | Protein: 5g | Fat: 14g | Saturated Fat: 4g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 1g | Monounsaturated Fat: 2g | Trans Fat: 0.01g | Cholesterol: 20mg | Sodium: 255mg | Potassium: 275mg | Fiber: 2g | Sugar: 6g | Vitamin A: 380IU | Vitamin C: 7mg | Calcium: 89mg | Iron: 1mg

The post Air Fryer Elotes appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/air-fryer-elotes/feed/ 0
Air Fryer Corn On The Cob https://foolproofliving.com/air-fryer-corn-on-the-cob/ https://foolproofliving.com/air-fryer-corn-on-the-cob/#respond Fri, 29 Jul 2022 19:16:01 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=57261 Can’t get enough? Once you master cooking sweet corn in air fryer, be sure to also try my Air Fryer Mexican Street Corn recipe.    Ingredients Crispy, sweet, and juicy corn on the cob is the star of the show in this delicious air fryer recipe, so take advantage of your local farmers’ market to find the freshest, sweetest corn possible.  Get started by gathering your ears of sweet corn...

The post Air Fryer Corn On The Cob appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
Can’t get enough? Once you master cooking sweet corn in air fryer, be sure to also try my Air Fryer Mexican Street Corn recipe.   

A plate of corn on the cob in air fryer recipe from side view

Ingredients

Crispy, sweet, and juicy corn on the cob is the star of the show in this delicious air fryer recipe, so take advantage of your local farmers’ market to find the freshest, sweetest corn possible. 

Air fryer sweet corn ingredients from the top view

Get started by gathering your ears of sweet corn (make sure you husk them first), some vegetable oil, kosher salt, and black pepper.

Substitutions & Optional Seasonings

  • Vegetable oil: I used avocado oil, but you can also use olive oil. If it is easier, you can also use cooking spray.
  • Unsalted butter: If you want to be decadent, you can use 1 tsp of unsalted butter in place of the vegetable oil. The butter helps crisp the corn and adds a creamy taste to the roasted corn kernels.
  • A sprinkle of parmesan cheese: If you are serving your air-fried corn as a side dish and want to elevate it to the next level, sprinkle it with grated parmesan cheese. The juicy kernels of corn mixed with crispy fried parmesan cheese bits are amazing, addicting, and a must-try.
  • Seasoning ideas: For additional flavors, get creative with your favorite seasoning blends. Try smoked paprika and/or chili powder for a splash of color and a little heat. Garlic powder sprinkled on each ear is also fantastic.
  • Frozen corn: If fresh corn is not in season, you can use this recipe with frozen corn. When using frozen corn, you do not need to thaw it first; it can go straight from the freezer to the air fryer; check the modification to cooking times described below.

How to Cook Corn On The Cob In Air Fryer 

You can make this air fryer corn on the cob at the height of summer or in the middle of winter. Whether you use fresh or frozen corn, the only thing that will be different is how you cook them.

I am giving you both options below to ensure you experience the most incredibly flavorful, crispy air fryer sweet corn imaginable. 

For both methods, preheat your air fryer to 380° F

If using fresh corn:

Person brushing oil on corn and adding salt and pepper from the top view
  1. Oil and season: Lightly brush each ear of corn with a thin layer of oil and sprinkle with salt and pepper (you can also add the optional seasonings at this time).
Roasting corn in the air fryer from the top view
  1. Fill fryer basket: Once your air fryer reaches 380° F, arrange your ears of corn in a single layer. Do not overcrowd your fryer basket.
  2. Air fry for 12-15 minutes: Rotate each ear of corn halfway through (around 6-7 minutes) for even cooking. If you want crispier corn, you can apply a layer of melted butter to each ear before rotating.
  3. Add butter and serve: Carefully remove the corn from the basket and smother it with butter or take it to the next level and try topping it off with my roasted garlic herb butter or drizzling it with Buttery Garlic Sauce. That being said, butter is optional but highly recommended. 

If using frozen corn:

Cooking frozen corn on the cob in an air fryer is not much different. It is only 5 minutes longer and there is no need to thaw the corn.

  1. Fill fryer basket: Once your fryer has reached 380° F, arrange the frozen corn on the cob (no need to thaw first) in a single layer and fry for 5 minutes.
  2. Brush with oil: Carefully remove the hot ears of corn and lightly brush with oil, sprinkle with salt and pepper (additional seasonings can be added now) and place corn back into the fryer basket.
  3. Air fry for 10-12 minutes: You will want to check on the corn after cooking for 5-6 minutes. Rotate and cook for the remaining time.
  4. Add butter and serve: Carefully remove the hot ears and layer on the butter. Again, the butter is optional, though it is highly suggested you give it a try.

What to Serve it With

The amazing thing about this recipe is its versatility. Air fryer roasted corn on the cob makes a perfect side dish all on its own, or you can remove those crispy kernels and add them to any recipe calling for corn. 

Below are a few recipe ideas to serve it with:

  • Seafood: Corn and seafood are a classic combination. Nothing screams coastal vibes more than fried corn and Grilled Shrimp Skewers, except perhaps pairing this corn with my delicious Grilled Mahi Mahi
  • Chicken: If seafood isn’t your thing, I’ve got you covered; corn on the cob makes a fantastic pairing with chicken. Give it a try with my Yogurt Marinated Chicken or alongside Mediterranean Lemon Chicken; either one makes for a delicious combo.
  • Salads: While I am a big fan of eating corn on the cob, I also like to husk it and throw it into my summer salad recipes, such as my Mexican Street Corn Pasta Salad and Esquites. I find that this is especially a good use of the leftover corn.

How to Store Leftovers and Reheat

Whether you include your air-fried corn on the cob as a part of your weekly meal prep or have some leftovers, below are the instructions to store and reheat:

  • Storage: A perfect make-ahead dish, this corn stores so well that you can keep it in an airtight container in the refrigerator for up to 5 days without losing flavor.
  • Reheat: To reheat the corn, pop it back into the air fryer basket and cook for 5 minutes at 320 F degrees to crisp it up.
Air fryer frozen corn on the cob with butter on it from the top view

Expert Tips

New to air frying? Here are some great tips for the best air-fried corn on the cob (even on your first try!).

  • Choose corn that is equal in size: For the best results, you want to choose corn that is similar in size, as mixing thin corn cobs with thick corn cobs could cause excess browning or undercooked corn.
  • Cut them in half: If you have a small fryer basket, you can cut the cobs in half for a better fit. Cutting them into smaller pieces is also great if you have a crowd of people or to make it easier for children to grab onto.
  • Do not overcrowd the air fryer basket: Keep the corn in a single layer so that the hot circulating air can reach every corn kernel and ensure even cooking.
  • Be sure to rotate the ears halfway through: To keep the corn from being cooked unevenly, you should turn them halfway through cooking.
  • Quick cooking: Air frying corn on the cob takes a fraction of the time necessary for other methods, so while it’s a good idea to get your fryer preheated, you will want to put off cooking the corn until the last thing, when the rest of your meal is close to being ready. Cooking the corn at the end ensures your piping hot meal is ready all at once. If you misjudged the time, it’s no big deal; cover the hot corn with aluminum foil to keep the heat in.
  • Cook time might slightly change based on your air fryer: Pay attention to the color and doneness while you are rotating the corn on the cob in the air fryer halfway through the cooking process. It is a known fact that there might be slight differences in cooking times with different brands of air fryers.

FAQs

How long to air fry corn on the cob?

Air fry corn on the cob for 12-15 minutes in an air fryer preheated to 380° F.

Do I have to cut corn on the cob in half to air fry them?

Cutting the ears of corn is optional. For air fryers with smaller baskets, it may be necessary to cut the corn so it will fit. Cutting the corn also makes it easier for kids to handle.

Can I cook frozen corn ears in the air fryer?

Absolutely! You can pull your frozen corn straight from the freezer and add it to your air fryer; no need to thaw it first. Cooking times and procedures may vary. See the instructions above to make perfect air fryer corn on the cob from frozen corn.

Can corn on the cob pop like popcorn in the air fryer?

Not unless it is a cob of popcorn variety corn. There is a difference between sweet corn and popcorn. The perfect corn for this recipe is sweet corn. So, no worries about it popping in your air fryer.

Can I air fry corn on the cob in husk?

You can air fry corn in its husk, but it will take a much longer time, and you will lose the crispy roasted flavor air-fried corn is famous for. For best results, I suggest husking the corn fully (don’t forget those little corn silks).

Other Easy Air Fryer Recipes You Might Also Like:

Here are a few other side dishes you can make using your air fryer:

If you try this Air Fryer Corn on the Cob recipe or any other recipe on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It helps others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

Air fryer corn on the cob on a plate from the top view
Print

Air Fryer Corn On The Cob Recipe

This easy air fryer corn on the cob recipe produces crisp, perfectly tender corn with a hint of sweetness and a buttery finish- without a grill! This versatile, 15-minute recipe makes for an easy side dish to accompany a weeknight dinner or can be served as a crowd-favorite addition to your BBQ or outdoor gathering.
Course Side Dish
Cuisine American
Diet Vegetarian
Cook Time 15 minutes
Total Time 15 minutes
Servings 4
Calories 128kcal

Ingredients

  • 4 ears of corn on the cob husks fully removed
  • 1 teaspoon vegetable oil like avocado oil
  • ½ teaspoon kosher salt
  • ¼ teaspoon black pepper
  • 2 tablespoons unsalted butter optional

Instructions

  • Preheat air fryer to 380 degrees F.
  • While it is heating, brush each ear of corn with vegetable oil and season with salt and pepper.
  • Place in the air fryer basket in a single layer and air fry for 12-15 minutes, rotating them halfway through the air frying process.
  • Remove from the air fryer and top it off with butter*, if preferred.

Notes

  • Instructions for making this recipe with frozen corn: If using frozen corn, there is no need to thaw it before air frying them.
    Simply place frozen corn on the cob in the air fryer basket and the air fryer for 5 minutes. Carefully remove them from the basket, lightly brush with oil and season them with salt and pepper. Air fry for another 10-12 minutes making sure to rotate halfway through the air frying process. Carefully remove them from the basket onto a plate and top it off with butter if using.
  • Storage: Store leftover corn in the refrigerator in an airtight container for up to 5 days. 
  • Reheat: Reheat the corn in the air fryer at 320 F degrees for about 5 minutes, or until crisp. 
  • Butter: Use our Roasted Garlic Butter or Melted Garlic Butter Sauce to drizzle them in the end.

Nutrition

Calories: 128kcal | Carbohydrates: 17g | Protein: 3g | Fat: 7g | Saturated Fat: 4g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 1g | Monounsaturated Fat: 2g | Trans Fat: 0.2g | Cholesterol: 15mg | Sodium: 305mg | Potassium: 246mg | Fiber: 2g | Sugar: 6g | Vitamin A: 344IU | Vitamin C: 6mg | Calcium: 4mg | Iron: 0.5mg

The post Air Fryer Corn On The Cob appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/air-fryer-corn-on-the-cob/feed/ 0
Air Fryer Chicken Legs https://foolproofliving.com/air-fryer-chicken-legs/ https://foolproofliving.com/air-fryer-chicken-legs/#respond Wed, 20 Apr 2022 18:55:12 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=50573 Can’t get enough of air fryer recipes? Be sure also to check out our perfectly crisp Air Fried Turkey Legs, Air Fryer Cornish Hens, and Air Fried Turkey Bacon recipe. What Do You Need to Make this Recipe? For this air fryer chicken legs recipe, you’ll need chicken drumsticks, vegetable oil (olive oil or avocado oil are my favorites), paprika, garlic powder, onion powder, brown sugar (or coconut sugar), kosher...

The post Air Fryer Chicken Legs appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>

Can’t get enough of air fryer recipes? Be sure also to check out our perfectly crisp Air Fried Turkey Legs, Air Fryer Cornish Hens, and Air Fried Turkey Bacon recipe.

Air fried chicken legs on a plate served with sauce

What Do You Need to Make this Recipe?

For this air fryer chicken legs recipe, you’ll need chicken drumsticks, vegetable oil (olive oil or avocado oil are my favorites), paprika, garlic powder, onion powder, brown sugar (or coconut sugar), kosher salt, black pepper, and baking powder.

Ingredients for the recipe from top view

Seasoning Ideas for Drumsticks

There are countless delectable combinations to choose from when deciding how to season chicken drumsticks, from smoky and hot to herby and light.

Just a few tasty options include ground cumin, ground coriander, cayenne pepper, curry powder, Italian seasoning, dried oregano, thyme, and chili powder.

Baking Powder for Extra Crispy Drumsticks

Cooking air fryer chicken drumsticks in baking powder is the key to getting extra crispy chicken legs in the air fryer—every time! Baking powder helps dry out the chicken’s skin without breaking its proteins and assists the browning process.

Therefore, to get crispy drumsticks in the air fryer, I suggest adding some baking powder to your seasoning mixture. I learned this ‘secret ingredient/technique” from the folks over at Cook’s Illustrated when I made their Slow Baked Chicken Wings recipe.

How to Cook Chicken Drumsticks in Air Fryer

This air fryer drumstick recipe will astound you with how easy it is. Minimal preparation, little time, and very little oil are necessary to make these irresistibly crisp chicken legs.

Person preparing drum sticks for air frying them
  1. Prepare the drumsticks: Remove the raw chicken drumsticks from their packaging and set them on a plate. Use a paper towel to pat them as dry as possible, then rub each drumstick with oil. Set them aside.
Person seasoning chicken legs and cooking them in air fryer
  1. Mix the seasonings: In a large bowl or Ziploc bag, mix the paprika, garlic powder, onion powder, brown sugar, salt, black pepper, and baking powder.
  2. Season the chicken legs: Place the drumsticks in the bowl/bag of seasoning. Toss them around until each chicken leg has an even spice mixture coating.
  3. Preheat: Preheat the air fryer to 400 degrees F.
  4. Cook the drumsticks: Arrange the chicken legs in a single layer in the air fryer basket. Make sure you evenly space each drumstick and alternate their ends. Next, air fry the chicken for 10 minutes. Once the 10 minutes are up, flip and rotate the drumsticks, and cook them for another 7-9 minutes or until a meat thermometer reads 165 degrees F. when inserted into one of the chicken legs.
  5. Rest: Transfer the air fried drumsticks to a serving platter and cover them loosely with aluminum foil. Let them rest for 5 minutes before serving or cutting.

Variations

You can make air fry chicken drumsticks in dozens of delicious ways. Whether you add flavorful breading or cook them straight from the freezer, you can’t go wrong with this versatile dish.

  • Skinless Chicken Legs in Air Fryer: Do you want to cook your drumsticks without the skin? Though your chicken may not come out as crispy, this is the best way to cook chicken legs in an air fryer to eliminate extra fat and calories.
  • Air Fryer Frozen Chicken Drumsticks: Though I don’t recommend this method, you can air fry frozen drumsticks to eliminate defrosting time. Simply cook them at 400 degrees F. for 45-50 minutes or until their internal temperature reaches 165 degrees F.
  • Air Fryer Shake and Bake Chicken Drumsticks: To simplify your seasoning method, try what most people call “the shake-and-bake” method! To do so, place your drumsticks and vegetable oil into a Ziploc bag, seal it, and mix until the chicken is fully coated. Then, add the seasoning mixture to the bag, seal it again, and repeat the shaking process until each drumstick has an even layer of spice. Cook your chicken as usual.

Expert Tips

Cooking drumsticks in an air fryer is a cinch when you have these pro tips to guide you. Use my foolproof method, and you’ll get perfectly crispy, evenly cooked, and tender chicken every time.

  • Air fry in batches: To ensure proper, even cooking, make sure you don’t overcrowd your chicken legs when arranging them in the air fryer. If you have a smaller air fryer or want to make more drumsticks, I suggest cooking this air fryer chicken leg recipe in batches.
  • Remove the meat from the fridge: Take your drumsticks out of the refrigerator 30 minutes before cooking them. This step gives the meat time to loosen up and release extra moisture.
  • Pat dry: Take the time to pat dry each of your chicken legs before coating them with the oil and drumstick seasoning. Drying out your chicken legs will give them crispy skin.
  • Use a digital thermometer: When checking whether your airfryer drumsticks are done, I suggest using a digital meat thermometer. To Food Safety Guidelines, your chicken should reach 165 degrees F. before they’re safe to eat.
  • Let the drumsticks rest: After you cook your chicken drumsticks in the air fryer, loosely cover them with aluminum foil. Then, let them rest for 4-5 minutes before cutting. This resting period will result in juicy chicken drumsticks by giving the meat time to reabsorb its liquid.
  • Timing may vary depending on the brand or type of air fryer you are using. The best way to check doneness is to use a thermometer and check them halfway through the air frying process.

What to Serve it With

If you’ve ever wondered, “What can you make with chicken drumsticks?” wonder no more! These mouthwatering meal ideas will satisfy everyone at your dinner table.

fried chicken drumsticks in air fryer right after they are cooked

How to Make Ahead & Store

Make this delectable dish ahead of time for easy meal prep, or save it in the fridge for savory seconds. Once you make these air fryer fried chicken legs, you won’t let a single bite go to waste.

  • To Make Ahead: When preparing this drumstick recipe in advance, dry off your chicken legs before evenly coating them with oil and seasoning. Then, store the seasoned drumsticks in a Ziploc bag in the fridge a day before. Transfer them to a plate and let them rest for a few minutes before air frying them.
  • Storage: Bring your air fryer fried chicken drumsticks to room temperature, then store them in an airtight container in the fridge. Your chicken will stay fresh for up to 2 days. To reheat your drumsticks, place them in your air fryer at 400 degrees Fahrenheit for 4-5 minutes.

FAQs

Do you want to know how many calories are in one air fried chicken drumstick or the perfect air fryer drumstick cooking time? Find everything you need to know about this simple recipe right here.

How to cook crispy chicken legs?

To make air fryer crispy fried chicken legs, pat dry your raw drumsticks as much as possible before coating them in oil and seasoning. Furthermore, don’t overcrowd them in the air fryer basket. I also recommend coating your drumsticks with baking powder before cooking for best results.

What temp to cook drumsticks in air fryer?

When cooking chicken drumsticks in the air fryer, I recommend setting your temperature at 400 degrees F. and cooking them for 18-20 minutes. However, you can also cook your chicken for 20-22 minutes at 380 degrees F.

How long to air fry chicken legs at 400?

At 400 degrees Fahrenheit, your chicken legs should cook for 18-20 minutes.

How long to air fry chicken legs at 380?

At 380 degrees Fahrenheit, your chicken legs will take 20-22 minutes to cook fully.

How many calories in an air fryer chicken leg?

One seasoned air fried chicken drumstick is about 129 calories.

Other Chicken Recipes You Might Also Like:

If you try this Air Fried Chicken Legs recipe or any other air fryer recipes on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It helps others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

Air Fryer Chicken Legs on a plate served with tomato sauce on the side
Print

Air Fryer Chicken Legs Recipe

Cooking chicken legs (aka drumsticks) in the air fryer is easier than you think. It takes about 20 minutes and delivers the most crispy and delicious chicken. Follow the recipe for a perfectly seasoned chicken or read the notes for more seasoning ideas to make it your own.
Course Weeknight Dinner
Cuisine American
Diet Gluten Free
Prep Time 5 minutes
Cook Time 20 minutes
Resting time 5 minutes
Total Time 30 minutes
Servings 5 drumsticks
Calories 129kcal

Equipment

Ingredients

  • 5 chicken drumsticks ~ 1 1/2 pounds
  • 1 1/2 teaspoons vegetable oil (olive oil or avocado oil are my favorites)
  • 2 teaspoons paprika
  • 1 teaspoon garlic powder
  • 1 teaspoon onion powder optional
  • 1 teaspoon brown sugar (or coconut sugar)
  • 1 teaspoon baking powder
  • ½ teaspoon kosher salt
  • ¼ teaspoon black pepper
  • 3 tablespoons chopped fresh parsley optional

Instructions

  • Remove chicken legs from their packaging onto a plate and pat dry with paper towels as much as you can. Rub each drumstick with oil and set them aside.
  • In a large bowl (or in a Ziploc bag), mix together paprika, garlic powder, onion powder, brown sugar, kosher salt, black pepper, and baking powder.
  • Place the chicken legs in the bowl (or in the Ziploc bag) and make sure that they are coated with the spice mixture on all sides.
  • Preheat the air fryer to 400 degrees F.
  • When ready, arrange drumsticks in the air fryer basket, spaced evenly apart, alternating ends. Air fry for 10 minutes, flip and rotate and then air fry for another 7-9 minutes or until a meat thermometer inserted into one of the drumsticks registers 165 degrees F.
  • Transfer chicken to a serving platter, cover loosely with aluminum foil and let rest for 5 minutes before serving.

Notes

  • Seasoning Ideas: A few other tasty seasoning options include ground cumin, ground coriander, cayenne pepper, curry powder, Italian seasoning, dried oregano, thyme, and chili powder.
  • To Make Ahead: If you want to make it a day in advance, simply dry off your chicken legs before evenly coating them with oil and seasoning. Then, store the seasoned drumsticks in a Ziploc bag in the fridge. Transfer them to a plate and let them rest for a few minutes before air frying them.
  • Storage: Bring the drumsticks to room temperature, then store them in an airtight container in the fridge. It should stay fresh for up to 2 days. To reheat your drumsticks, place them in your air fryer at 400 degrees Fahrenheit for 4-5 minutes.

Nutrition

Calories: 129kcal | Carbohydrates: 2g | Protein: 14g | Fat: 7g | Saturated Fat: 2g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 2g | Monounsaturated Fat: 3g | Trans Fat: 1g | Cholesterol: 70mg | Sodium: 398mg | Potassium: 200mg | Fiber: 1g | Sugar: 1g | Vitamin A: 299IU | Vitamin C: 6mg | Calcium: 61mg | Iron: 1mg

The post Air Fryer Chicken Legs appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/air-fryer-chicken-legs/feed/ 0
Turkey Bacon in Air Fryer https://foolproofliving.com/turkey-bacon-air-fryer/ https://foolproofliving.com/turkey-bacon-air-fryer/#respond Tue, 05 Apr 2022 19:37:06 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=49688 Why Should You Try This Recipe? Perfect for busy mornings, this air fryer turkey bacon recipe will soon become a favorite to serve along with your favorite breakfast, sandwich, and snack recipes. Ready in just 10 minutes, this method is quick and easy with minimal prep time. Plus, the end result is deliciously crispy turkey bacon that everyone will love. Less mess and easy cleanup thanks to the convenience of...

The post Turkey Bacon in Air Fryer appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>

Why Should You Try This Recipe?

Perfect for busy mornings, this air fryer turkey bacon recipe will soon become a favorite to serve along with your favorite breakfast, sandwich, and snack recipes.

  • Ready in just 10 minutes, this method is quick and easy with minimal prep time. Plus, the end result is deliciously crispy turkey bacon that everyone will love.
  • Less mess and easy cleanup thanks to the convenience of air fryer technology.
  • It’s a hands-off recipe with a simple cooking process. Just pop the bacon in the hot air fryer basket and wait for it to crisp up!
  • It is a healthier choice and a great alternative to traditional bacon fried in a pan.
  • It works perfectly in recipes like omelets, skillets, and quick breakfast sandwiches, or as a side with pancakes or French toast. And it’s not just for breakfast: try using it in soups and salads for lunch or dinner.
Crispy turkey bacon cooked in air fryer is held by a woman

Ingredients Notes

For this recipe, you’ll need a 12-oz package of turkey bacon. 

uncured Turkey bacon brands from a local grocery store

I prefer uncured turkey bacon because the cured options use harsh chemical preservatives, such as sodium nitrates. If you are in need of suggestions for the best turkey bacon options in US grocery stores, I recommend checking out Trader Joe’s, Wellshire, and Applegate turkey bacon brands.

With that being said, I think you can find the best brand of turkey bacon by buying a few different ones from your local grocery store and trying them out. 

How to Make

Below is my step by step instructions on how to make turkey bacon in air fryer:

Steps showing how to make turkey bacon in the air fryer
  1. Preheat your air fryer to 360 degrees F (182 C)
  2. Place the slices of turkey bacon in the preheated air fryer basket, making sure they do not overlap. If they don’t fit in a single layer, it is best to cook them in multiple batches.
  3. Cook for 5 minutes, flip each one of the turkey bacon strips one by one and cook for another 5 minutes. Please note that cook time might change slightly based on the air fryer you are using. The best way to gauge doneness is by checking it after the cooking time is complete and adjusting the timing as necessary.
  4. Serve immediately.

How to Store

Since turkey bacon is easy to make and tastes best hot from the air fryer tray, I suggest eating it right away. If you have leftovers, let them reach room temperature and then store them in an airtight container for up to 3 days.

Ways to Serve

Expert Tips

  • Do not overcrowd the air fryer basket. If the pieces overlap or stack, the bacon won’t cook evenly. If necessary, cook any extra bacon in a second batch.
  • Make turkey bacon fresh. While this dish keeps for up to 3 days in the fridge, it tastes best straight out of the air fryer. 
  • If the bacon isn’t crispy enough after the 10 minute mark, continue to cook in 1-minute increments until it reaches your desired texture. In my recipe tests, 10 minutes was the perfect cooking time, but different air fryers cook differently so make sure the texture of the final product fits your personal preference.
Air fried turkey bacon on a plate from the top view

FAQs

How long to cook turkey bacon in air fryer?

The total time to cook air fryer turkey bacon is 10 minutes, 5 minutes on each side.

What is the ideal temperature for frying turkey bacon in the air fryer?

Air fry turkey bacon at 360 degrees Fahrenheit (182 Celsius).

Other Air Fryer Recipes You’ll Enjoy

If you try this Air Fryer Turkey Bacon recipe or any other recipe on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to leave a star rating and comment below. It helps others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

Air fryer turkey bacon on a plate close up
Print

Turkey Bacon in Air Fryer Recipe

Cooking Turkey Bacon in the air fryer is easy and quick. The best part is that it delivers the crispiest turkey bacon without any of the mess.
Course Breakfast
Cuisine American
Diet Gluten Free
Cook Time 10 minutes
Total Time 10 minutes
Servings 12 slices
Calories 126kcal

Equipment

Ingredients

  • 1 package Turkey Bacon (12 ounces)

Instructions

  • Preheat air fryer to 360 degrees F.
  • Place as many slices of bacon as possible in the air fryer basket making sure that they are not overlapping. If you need to air fry more bacon you may have to do it in several batches.
  • Cook for 5 minutes and then flip the turkey bacon and cook for another 5 minutes.
  • Carefully remove the cooked turkey bacon from the air fryer and serve while it is still hot.

Notes

  • Storage: I find that turkey bacon is best right after it is out of the air fryer and while it is still hot. However, you can store the leftovers in the fridge in an air tight container for up to 3 days.
  • Check on doneness: Cook time might slightly vary based on the air fryer you are using. 

Nutrition

Calories: 126kcal | Carbohydrates: 1g | Protein: 10g | Fat: 9g | Saturated Fat: 3g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 2g | Monounsaturated Fat: 4g | Cholesterol: 32mg | Sodium: 754mg | Potassium: 130mg | Calcium: 3mg | Iron: 1mg

The post Turkey Bacon in Air Fryer appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/turkey-bacon-air-fryer/feed/ 0
Air Fryer Green Bean Fries https://foolproofliving.com/air-fryer-green-bean-fries/ https://foolproofliving.com/air-fryer-green-bean-fries/#comments Thu, 03 Mar 2022 03:43:55 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=48937 For another air fryer green beans side dish recipe, check out these easy Air Fryer String Beans. And if you are in need of more creative green bean recipes, you might also like my Boiled Green Beans and Garlic Butter Green Beans recipe. Why You Should Make This Recipe These parmesan green bean fries are packed with flavor that even picky eaters will love this healthier option instead of oily,...

The post Air Fryer Green Bean Fries appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>

For another air fryer green beans side dish recipe, check out these easy Air Fryer String Beans. And if you are in need of more creative green bean recipes, you might also like my Boiled Green Beans and Garlic Butter Green Beans recipe.

Air fried green bean fries in a plate served by a person from top view

Why You Should Make This Recipe

These parmesan green bean fries are packed with flavor that even picky eaters will love this healthier option instead of oily, heavy deep-fried green beans.

  • A quick and easy recipe: This is a simple recipe made with a handful of ingredients that takes about 30 minutes from start to finish.
  • Great way to sneak in some veggies in your diet: Thanks to the panko breading, these air fryer green bean chips are addictively crispy making it a fun yet healthy snack, especially compared to its fried version. 
  • The recipe can be easily adapted to low-carb and keto diets with a simple ingredient swap: almond flour in place of panko.

Ingredients

You will need a handful of ingredients for this simple recipe. Grab fresh green beans, all purpose flour, large eggs, panko bread crumbs, shredded parmesan cheese, and kosher salt and black pepper.

ingredients for the recipe are portioned and placed on a kitchen counter

Green Beans vs Haricot Verts

The recipe below is made with regular supermarket green beans. If you can get your hands on French green beans aka Haricot verts, shorten the cooking time by half as they cook much faster.

How to Make This Recipe?

There are only a few steps for making green bean fries in air fryer. Simply:

person trimming and cleaning green beans and green beans in air fryer
  1. Prep green beans for air frying: Place green beans in a colander and rinse under cold water. Line a kitchen towel (or a few sheets of paper towels) on a sheet pan and spread the beans to dry them as much as you can. Trim the ends. 
  2. Air fry unbreaded green beans: While you can skip this step, during my recipe testing I found out that airfrying green beans for a few minutes before breading yielded fully cooked green bean fries. To do so, preheat your air fryer to 370 F degrees. Place green beans into the air fryer basket making sure that they are in a single layer and air fry them for 2 minutes. Transfer them onto a paper towel-lined sheet pan. If you’re using French green beans (haricot verts), this step is not necessary as they cook faster than normal string beans.
a collage of images showing how to make the recipe
  1. Breading: Set up the breading station with three plates. Place all-purpose flour in the first plate and whisked eggs in the second. Mix the panko breadcrumbs, parmesan cheese, and garlic powder in the third plate. To bread, dip each green bean first into the flour, then the egg mixture, and finally into the panko mixture.Collect them on a baking sheet on the side.
green beans in air fryer before and after they are air fried
  1. Air fry breaded green beans: Air fry the breaded green beans, this time at 390 F for 5 minutes. Be sure to turn them halfway through cooking.
  2. Serve: Let the green beans cool for a few minutes. Season with salt and pepper to taste, and serve with your favorite dipping sauce.

How to Make it Keto-Diet Friendly?

To make keto green beans fries or low carb crispy green bean fries, omit the all-purpose flour and use blanched almond flour instead of panko for a low-carb crispy coating. The version made with almond flour breading is just as delicious and worth trying even if you are not following a keto diet.

Additionally, because low-carb green bean fries cook longer in the air fryer, there is no reason to pre-air fry them. Follow the below steps, after rinsing, drying, and trimming your green beans.

  1. Set up the breading station this time with only two shallow bowls. Whisk the eggs and place it in the first bowl. Then mix together almond flour, parmesan cheese, and garlic powder in the second bowl. 
  2. Bread green beans: Dip green beans in eggs, and then into the almond flour mixture making sure to coat them on all sides. Collect the breaded green beans on a plate.
  3. Air fry breaded green beans: Place them in a single layer in the air fryer basket and air fry them at 390 F for 9-10 minutes making sure to turn them halfway through cooking.
  4. Serve: Let the green beans cool for a few minutes. Season with salt and pepper to taste right before serving.

How to Store

  • Storage: It’s worth noting that green bean fries are best served fresh. If necessary, you can store them in an airtight container, but they will lose some of the crispy texture.
  • Freezing: I would not recommend freezing the leftover air fried green bean fries.

How to Serve

  • Pair it with your favorite dipping sauce: Serve these parmesan crusted green beans by themselves or with your favorite dipping sauce: sriracha mayo, blue cheese dip, or your favorite ranch dressing are all great options.
  • Easy Side Dish: In addition to being the perfect snack, these air fried green bean fries make a great side dish to serve with meat, chicken, seafood and vegetarian dinner recipes.
person dipping a string bean fry in sauce

Expert Tips

  • Prep everything before you start: To make this green bean fries recipe fast, set up the breading station, “ the assembly line”, before you start.
  • Do not overcrowd the air fryer basket: As it is with all air fryer recipes, it is best to have the green bean fries in a single layer. I would recommend air frying them in batches. 
  • Season well: While the recipe for breaded green beans in air fryer below tastes wonderful as it is. You can easily make it even more delicious and flavorful by adding in your favorite spices. In my experience, spices such as paprika, cayenne pepper, red pepper flakes, and chili powder work wonderfully. Just add them into the panko (or almond flour) mixture.
  • Cooking spray: Some people spray the green bean fries with a cooking spray right before air frying. I tested both ways (with and without spraying) and didn’t see much difference in the crispiness. Though if you want you can spray it lightly right before air frying them.

FAQs:

Can I make air fryer green bean fries without all purpose flour?

You can but I find that using a bit of flour helps with making it crispy because it creates a thicker surface for the eggs and breading to stick to. If you prefer not to use all purpose flour, try my version made with almond flour.

Can I bake green bean fries in the oven?

Yes, you can. Follow the recipe exactly written. Instead of frying them in the air fryer, place breaded green beans onto a parchment-lined baking sheet in a single layer. Bake them in a 350 degrees F. preheated oven for 12-13 minutes, carefully flip them over, and bake for another 4-5 minutes or until they turn golden brown.

Other Air Fryer Vegetable Recipes You Might Like:

If you try this Air Fryer Green Bean Fries recipe or any other recipe on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It helps others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

air fried green beans on a plate
Print

Air Fryer Green Bean Fries Recipe

With an addictively crispy topping, these Air Fryer Green Bean fries are the perfect snack or side dish. They are easy to make and require no additional use of oil.
Course Snack
Cuisine American
Diet Vegetarian
Prep Time 20 minutes
Cook Time 7 minutes
Total Time 27 minutes
Servings 4 servings
Calories 215kcal

Equipment

Ingredients

  • 1 pound fresh green beans rinsed, dried and trimmed
  • ¼ cup all-purpose flour
  • 2 large eggs whisked
  • 1 cup panko bread crumbs
  • ½ cup shredded parmesan cheese
  • 1 tablespoon garlic powder
  • Salt and pepper to taste optional

Instructions

  • Preheat air fryer to 370 degrees.
  • Add in the fresh green beans into the air fryer making sure that they are not overlapping. You may have to do this in two batches. Air fry for 2 minutes. Remove from air fryer onto a paper towel lined sheet pan. Let them cool for a few minutes.*
  • Meanwhile, set up the breading station by arranging three plates.
  • Place all purpose flour on the first plate. Place whisked eggs into the second plate. Finally, mix together panko bread crumbs, parmesan cheese, and garlic powder in the third one.
  • Preheat the air fryer to 390 degrees.
  • To bread the green beans, dip each green bean into the first plate with the all-purpose flour, then into the eggs, and finally into the panko breadcrumbs mixture.
  • Carefully transfer them into the air fryer basket. Air fry for 5 minutes making sure to turn them halfway through.
  • Remove them from the air fryer and allow them to cool for a few minutes. If preferred, season them with salt and pepper to taste before serving.

Notes

  • I know having to air fry them before breading is an extra step but during my recipe testing I found out that if you skip this step, they don’t fully cook. The breading turns golden brown but the green beans are still raw. You can skip this step if you have blanched green beans on hand.
  • Storage: It’s worth noting that green bean fries are best served fresh. If necessary, you can store them in an airtight container, but they will lose some of the crispy texture.
  • Freezing: I would not recommend freezing these. They are best when made fresh.
  • For a low carb/keto version, omit using all-purpose flour and use blanched almond flour in place of panko bread crumbs. You can also skip the step where you air fry them before breading them. To do so:
    1. Set up the breading station this time with only two shallow bowls. Whisk the eggs and place them in the first bowl. Then mix together almond flour, parmesan cheese, and garlic powder in the second bowl. 
    2. Bread green beans: Dip green beans in eggs, and then into the almond flour mixture making sure to coat them on all sides. Collect the breaded green beans on a plate.
    3. Air fry breaded green beans: Place them in a single layer in the air fryer basket and air fry them at 390 F for 9-10 minutes making sure to turn them halfway through cooking.
    4. Serve: Let the green beans cool for a few minutes. Season with salt and pepper to taste right before serving.

Nutrition

Calories: 215kcal | Carbohydrates: 27g | Protein: 13g | Fat: 7g | Saturated Fat: 3g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 1g | Monounsaturated Fat: 2g | Trans Fat: 1g | Cholesterol: 93mg | Sodium: 340mg | Potassium: 347mg | Fiber: 4g | Sugar: 5g | Vitamin A: 1009IU | Vitamin C: 14mg | Calcium: 223mg | Iron: 3mg

The post Air Fryer Green Bean Fries appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/air-fryer-green-bean-fries/feed/ 2
Air Fryer Green Beans https://foolproofliving.com/air-fryer-green-beans/ https://foolproofliving.com/air-fryer-green-beans/#respond Thu, 03 Mar 2022 03:39:52 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=48692 If you’re a fan of easy vegetable side dishes like this one and want to learn different ways to use green beans in your everyday cooking, be sure to check out my No Mushroom Soup Green Bean Casserole, Garlic Butter Green Beans recipe and my essential guide on How To Boil Green Beans. Ingredients For Air Fryer Green Beans Just a few ingredients go into this easy recipe for air...

The post Air Fryer Green Beans appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
If you’re a fan of easy vegetable side dishes like this one and want to learn different ways to use green beans in your everyday cooking, be sure to check out my No Mushroom Soup Green Bean Casserole, Garlic Butter Green Beans recipe and my essential guide on How To Boil Green Beans.

Air fryer green beans in a bowl with a spoon on the side

Ingredients For Air Fryer Green Beans

Just a few ingredients go into this easy recipe for air fryer green beans:

  • Fresh green beans or string beans
  • Olive Oil
  • A little salt
  • Some black pepper
Ingredients for the recipe are laid out

Notes on Ingredients

  • Green Beans vs. Haricot Verts: Haricot verts, or also known as French green beans, are thinner and longer than standard green beans because they are harvested earlier in the season. If you’re using haricot verts, halve the cooking time: for air fryer haricot verts, that means cooking them for 3-5 minutes rather than 7-9.
  • Changing it Up: Make this dish your own! Because air fried green beans are so simple to cook, you can have fun with the recipe and add your own unique flair. Try seasoning your green beans with chili powder, garlic powder, red pepper flakes, a squeeze of lemon juice, or your favorite spices for an extra kick, or sprinkle some Parmesan cheese on top before air frying for a melty addition. 
  • Cooking Oil: Although I used olive oil in my version, you can switch the type of oil used in this recipe. For an Asian-inspired flavor, try air frying green beans in sesame oil.

How to Make this Recipe

Person preparing green beans before cooking
  1. Preheat your air fryer to 375 degrees F (190°C)
  2. Wash and dry green beans: Place the green beans in a colander and wash them under cold running water.  Place them on a sheet pan lined with a kitchen towel or paper towels and dry them as much as you can.
  3. Trim green beans: Trim the ends to remove their tough, stringy tails. A great way to cut the beans is to line 5-7 of them up at a time on a cutting board and remove the stem end with a single cut. Based on your personal preference, you can cut them in half or leave them whole.
  4. Dry them off: Gently dry them on a sheet pan lined with parchment paper. Transfer them into a large bowl.
Four images showing how to air fry green beans
  1. Add seasoning: Drizzle with olive oil and sprinkle with salt and pepper. Gently toss to make sure all of the string beans are coated with oil and seasoning.
  2. Air fry green beans: Transfer to the air fryer basket, ensuring that they are arranged in a single layer. If not, you may have to cook them in batches. Cook them until crisp-tender, 7-9 minutes, tossing halfway through cooking. For even more crispy green beans, you can extend the air frying time by 1-2 minutes.
  3. Serve: When done, carefully remove them from the air fryer and serve immediately.

How to Store Leftovers

  • Storage: Store your green beans in an airtight container in the fridge for up to a week. Reheat in the air fryer or oven, or just eat them straight away—they make a delicious snack right out of the fridge.
  • Freezing: Freeze your green beans in a Ziploc bag or other container for up to 2 months.
  • Thawing: Reheat your frozen green beans in the air fryer or oven at 375°F for 7-8 minutes.
Air fryer string beans after they are cooking still in the air fryer basket

Expert Tips

Here are a few helpful tips to get the most delicious and perfectly cooked air-fried string beans:

  • Make sure the green beans are dry: For best results, dry your green beans thoroughly with paper towels before air frying for the perfect crispy texture.
  • Single layer: Don’t overcrowd the green beans when you put them into the air fryer basket. Instead, spread them out into a single layer before air frying so each green bean will be perfectly cooked. It is best to do several batches for the crispiest and perfectly air-fried beans.
  • Toss halfway through: To ensure the green beans fry evenly, toss them halfway through cooking.
  • The timing might change: depending on the brand of air fryer you use, the cooking time might vary slightly. I used the Instant Pot Air Fryer, but if you used Nuwave, Actifry, or another brand, you might need to adjust the timing.

Why Should You Try This Recipe?

These quick, versatile air fryer string beans are a perfect side dish (or healthy snack!) that complements a wide variety of main dishes and accommodates diverse diets and tastes. Here are a few reasons why you should give it a try:

  • It’s a quick, easy side dish that takes under 15 minutes from start to finish and uses only a few simple ingredients you probably already have in your pantry.
  • The green beans come out perfectly crispy using much less oil, thanks to the convenience of the air fryer.
  • You can change up the flavor with spices, herbs, and toppings—make it your own!
  • It works perfectly for any occasion ranging from a holiday celebration to a normal weeknight dinner. 

FAQs

How long to cook green beans in the air fryer?

Air fry fresh green beans for 7-8 minutes at 375°F. For air fryer haricot verts (French green beans), the cook time is 4-5 minutes at 375°F. If you have too many green beans for one layer in the air-fryer basket, cook them in batches.

How long to cook frozen green beans in the air fryer?

Cook frozen green beans for up to 11-12 minutes at 375°F. No need to thaw them beforehand.

What temperature to air fry green beans?

The ideal temperature for air frying green beans is 375°F degrees (190°C).

How to air fry green beans without oil?

Simply omit the oil. The green beans will still be delicious but a bit softer instead of crispy.

How to make crispy green beans in air fryer?

For extra-crispy air fried green beans, extend the cooking time by 1-2 extra minutes.

Is this recipe healthy?

Yes, it is. Green beans are low in calories and high in fiber and vitamin C. Additionally, air frying green beans with a very small amount of oil helps us achieve a healthier fried green beans recipe without all the frying oil.

Other Air Fryer Vegetables You Might Also Like:

If you try this Easy Air Fryer Green Beans recipe or any other recipe on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It helps others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

Air Fryer Green Beans in A bowl
Print

Air Fryer Green Beans Recipe

Air Fryer Green Beans is a quick, easy, and healthy side dish to serve with weeknight dinner or as a holiday side dish. It can be made fresh or frozen making it ideal all year round.
Course Side Dish
Cuisine American
Diet Vegan
Prep Time 10 minutes
Cook Time 9 minutes
Total Time 19 minutes
Servings 4 servings
Calories 66kcal

Equipment

Ingredients

  • 1 lb. fresh green beans
  • 1 tablespoon olive oil
  • ½ teaspoon kosher salt
  • ¼ teaspoon black pepper

Instructions

  • Preheat your air fryer to 375 degrees F.
  • Place green beans in a colander and wash them under cold running water. Trim the ends to remove their tough, stringy tails before cooking. A great way to cut the beans is to line 5-7 of them up at a time on a cutting board and remove the stem end with a single cut. At this point, you can cut them in half or leave them as a whole.
  • Gently dry them on a sheet pan lined with parchment paper. Transfer them into a large bowl.
  • Drizzle with olive oil and sprinkle with salt and pepper. Gently toss to make sure all of the string beans are coated with oil and seasoning.
  • Transfer to the air fryer basket ensuring that they are arranged on a single layer. If not, you may have to cook them in batches. Cook them until crisp-tender 7-9 minutes, tossing halfway through cooking.
  • When done, carefully remove them from the air fryer and serve immediately while still warm.

Notes

  • Seasoning ideas: Change it up by seasoning your green beans with chili powder, garlic powder, red pepper flakes, or your favorite spices for an extra kick, or sprinkle some Parmesan cheese right before serving.
  • Green Beans vs. Haricot Verts: Haricot verts, also known as French green beans, are thinner and longer than standard green beans because they are harvested earlier in the season. If you’re using haricot verts, halve the cooking time: for air fryer haricot verts, that means cooking them for 3-5 minutes rather than 7-9.
  • If using frozen green beans: Cook frozen green beans for up to 11-12 minutes at 375°F. No need to thaw them beforehand.

Nutrition

Calories: 66kcal | Carbohydrates: 8g | Protein: 2g | Fat: 4g | Saturated Fat: 1g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 1g | Monounsaturated Fat: 3g | Sodium: 298mg | Potassium: 241mg | Fiber: 3g | Sugar: 4g | Vitamin A: 783IU | Vitamin C: 14mg | Calcium: 43mg | Iron: 1mg

The post Air Fryer Green Beans appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/air-fryer-green-beans/feed/ 0
Air Fryer Asparagus https://foolproofliving.com/air-fryer-asparagus/ https://foolproofliving.com/air-fryer-asparagus/#respond Fri, 25 Feb 2022 14:07:21 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=48753 If you are a fan of asparagus like I am, be sure to check out my Baked Asparagus, Pan Seared Asparagus, and Steamed Asparagus recipes. And if you are new to shopping for asparagus, give a read to my post on How To Keep and Store Asparagus Fresh to get the most out of this versatile vegetable. Why You Should Make This Recipe With the help of air frying technology,...

The post Air Fryer Asparagus appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
If you are a fan of asparagus like I am, be sure to check out my Baked Asparagus, Pan Seared Asparagus, and Steamed Asparagus recipes. And if you are new to shopping for asparagus, give a read to my post on How To Keep and Store Asparagus Fresh to get the most out of this versatile vegetable.

Air fried asparagus on a plate from the top view

Why You Should Make This Recipe

With the help of air frying technology, getting deliciously crispy asparagus is easier than ever now. Here are a few reasons why you should give this recipe a try:

  • The quickest method: Compared to roasting in the oven or cooking on the stove top, roasting asparagus in air fryer is quicker. 
  • Perfect texture every time: The light and crispy texture of air fried asparagus can’t be duplicated through any other method. It also has less oil than deep fried asparagus.
  • Easy to jazz up: Easy customizations with different spices, add-ons and toppings make this a new favorite you’ll make again and again.
  • Versatile: It is the perfect side dish, healthy snack, or a great addition to recipes like Asparagus Salad, Asparagus Tart and even Butter Lettuce Salad.

Ingredients

This air fryer asparagus recipe has five simple ingredients:

  • Fresh asparagus
  • Olive oil
  • Minced garlic
  • Kosher salt
  • Black pepper

You probably have most of these at home already.

Ingredients for cooking asparagus in air fryer

How to Cook Asparagus in Air Fryer

  1. Preheat the air fryer: Plug in your air fryer and let it preheat to 375 F / 190 C. Rinse and dry asparagus spears. Place the asparagus on a cutting board. While holding the bunch with one hand, cut the woody ends by one inch from the bottom using a sharp knife.
person showing how to prepare asparagus for cooking with multiple step by step pictures
  1. Season the asparagus: In a large bowl, combine the trimmed asparagus, a little bit of oil, minced garlic, and salt and black pepper. With clean hands or kitchen tongs, give it a toss to make sure that each asparagus spear is thoroughly coated with the mixture.
asparagus in the air fryer before and after it is cooked
  1. Arrange in the basket: Carefully arrange asparagus spears in the air fryer basket in a single layer. A larger air fryer might fit all the asparagus stalks, but a smaller air fryer may require multiple batches. 
  2. Cook until tender: Cook for only 6-7 minutes until tender, but don’t forget to turn the spears halfway through. If you are using thin asparagus, air fry for 3-4 minutes.
  3. Transfer to serving platter: Carefully transfer to a serving plate, season with salt and pepper, and serve while it is still warm.

How to Store & Reheat

Use this air fried asparagus recipe to batch cook asparagus for your weekly meal prep and store them in the refrigerator following my directions below:

  • To Store: Let your cooked asparagus come to room temperature, place in an airtight container and store for up to 3 days in the fridge.
  • How to Reheat Asparagus: To reheat, air fry your asparagus at 375 F / 190 C for about 3 minutes making sure to give it a toss halfway through the cooking process.

Recipe Variations

Want to check it up and make it your own? Here are a few ways to take your air fryer roasted asparagus to a whole new level:

  • Freshen with herbs: Fresh herbs give this dish new flavor. Try basil, parsley, mint or chives.
  • Experiment with spices: Make this dish unique each time with new spices. Try paprika, garlic powder or even red pepper flakes to start.
  • Use lemon zest and balsamic: Drizzle it with a mixture of lemon zest, balsamic vinegar (or lemon juice) and a little olive oil to give it a refreshing flavor.
  • Sprinkle with cheese: Shredded mozzarella or parmesan cheese make the dish more scrumptious.
  • Imitate Asian flavors: Use soy sauce, maple syrup or honey to create an Asian-inspired sauce.

Expert Tips

Make sure to follow these tips for the best results with this healthy side dish.

  • Take time to trim asparagus, dry it thoroughly and cook in single layers – even if it requires batch cooking. This is crucial for light, crispy asparagus. 
  • Change the cook time if necessary. As I mentioned earlier, this recipe was tested both with thick asparagus and pencil thin asparagus. If you are using thin asparagus, be sure to reduce the cooking time by half. And don’t forget to turn the asparagus halfway through cooking.
  • Add variety with new flavors. Make this dish new each time by experimenting with spices, herbs and other fresh ingredients.
  • For more of a crispy air fryer asparagus, air fry it for 1-2 more minutes.
  • Keep in mind that the cooking time may differ from one air fryer to another. I tested this recipe in my Instant Vortex 6 Quart Air Fryer (affiliate link). For the best results, it is best to keep a close eye on the asparagus and check doneness after the 5-minute mark.
Air Fryer Roasted Asparagus in the basket right after it is cooked

Serving Suggestions

There isn’t one right answer when it comes to serving this asparagus air fried recipe. It tastes great in so many ways, so consider your options! 

  • Serve on the side: Air fried asparagus is an easy vegetable side dish that you can serve with any chicken, meat or seafood main dish.
  • Toss in salad: Try this asparagus air fryer recipe with my Asparagus Salad and Butter Lettuce Salad.
  • Add to pasta and grain dishes: Asparagus adds more healthy fiber to pasta and grains. Toss it with quinoa salads or add it in tabbouleh for a surprising crunch.
  • Eat as a snack: Air frying asparagus on its own is a tasty and nutritious snack.

FAQs

What temperature do you air fry asparagus?

The ideal temperature for air frying asparagus is 375 F degrees (190 C).

How long to cook asparagus in air fryer?

Cooking asparagus in air fryer takes about 6-7 minutes at 375 F degrees. 

How to cook frozen asparagus in air fryer?

Frozen asparagus takes 9-10 minutes to cook in the air fryer, but there’s no need to thaw beforehand.

How long do you reheat asparagus in air fryer?

Air frying leftover asparagus only takes 3 minutes to reheat, so it couldn’t be easier. 

Do I need to adjust the cooking time when using thin asparagus?

Yes, you do. This recipe was tested both with thick asparagus and thin asparagus. By thick asparagus, I mean the regular asparagus you would find in most grocery stores. Thin asparagus is usually available for a short time at the beginning of spring. You can cook both types of asparagus in an air fryer. However, the thinner should be cooked for a shorter amount of time. While the exact time depends on how thin the asparagus stalks are, shortening the air frying time by 2-3 minutes (and keeping a close eye on it) is a good place to start.

Why did my asparagus come out stringy and tough?

If you do not take the time and cut the woodsy ends, you will end up with stringy and tough asparagus.

Do I need to soak my asparagus before air frying?

No, you do not need to soak asparagus before air frying. Instead, we recommend giving it a quick rinse and drying it as much as possible.

Other Air Fryer Vegetable Recipes You Might Like:

If you try this air fryer recipe for asparagus or any other recipe on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It helps others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

asparagus in air fryer basket from the top view
Print

Air Fryer Asparagus Recipe

Learn how to cook asparagus in air fryer for perfectly crispy and tender asparagus cooked in less than 10 minutes by using only a teaspoon of oil. Easy, quick, and convenient.
Course Vegetarian Side Dish
Cuisine American Vegan
Diet Vegan
Prep Time 3 minutes
Cook Time 7 minutes
Preheating Air Fryer 3 minutes
Total Time 13 minutes
Servings 4 people
Calories 33kcal

Ingredients

  • 1 pound asparagus* woody ends trimmed
  • 1 teaspoon olive oil
  • 1 garlic clove minced (optional)
  • ½ teaspoon kosher salt
  • ¼ teaspoon black pepper

Instructions

  • Preheat air fryer to 375 F degrees.
  • Place asparagus, olive oil, minced garlic, and salt and black pepper in a bowl. Using your clean hands or kitchen tongs, toss to make sure that each asparagus spear is coated with oil, garlic and seasonings.
  • Arrange them in your air fryer basket making sure that they are on a single layer. If you have a smaller air fryer, you may have to air fry your asparagus in batches.
  • Cook until tender for 6-7 minutes making sure to toss halfway through the cooking process.
  • Carefully transfer the now air fried asparagus to a platter and serve right away.

Notes

  • Thick Asparagus vs Thin Asparagus: This recipe was tested both with thick asparagus and pencil-thin asparagus. If you are using thin asparagus, be sure to reduce the cooking time by half. And don’t forget to turn the asparagus halfway through cooking.
  • To Store: Let your cooked asparagus come to room temperature, place in an airtight container and store for up to 3 days in the fridge.
  • How to Reheat Asparagus: To reheat, air fry your asparagus at 375 F / 190 C for about 3 minutes making sure to give it a toss halfway through the cooking process.
  • For more of a crispy air fryer asparagus, air fry it for 1-2 more minutes.
  • I listed fresh garlic as an optional ingredient as this recipe would work perfectly without it. You can also substitute fresh garlic with 1 teaspoon garlic powder if you wish.

Nutrition

Calories: 33kcal | Carbohydrates: 5g | Protein: 3g | Fat: 1g | Saturated Fat: 1g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 1g | Monounsaturated Fat: 1g | Sodium: 293mg | Potassium: 234mg | Fiber: 2g | Sugar: 2g | Vitamin A: 858IU | Vitamin C: 7mg | Calcium: 29mg | Iron: 2mg

The post Air Fryer Asparagus appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/air-fryer-asparagus/feed/ 0
Instant Pot White Bean Chicken Chili https://foolproofliving.com/instant-pot-white-bean-chicken-chili/ https://foolproofliving.com/instant-pot-white-bean-chicken-chili/#comments Mon, 18 Oct 2021 05:30:00 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=40003 Chili is one of those hearty, comforting meals that hit the spot every time and it is great for the whole family. I have an array of chili recipes in my recipe book, including Easy Chicken Chili, Three Bean Turkey Chili, and Crockpot Chicken Tomatillo Soup (I call this soup, but it is more like chili). But today’s recipe, Instant Pot White Chicken Chili, takes inspiration from Healthy White Chicken...

The post Instant Pot White Bean Chicken Chili appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
Chili is one of those hearty, comforting meals that hit the spot every time and it is great for the whole family. I have an array of chili recipes in my recipe book, including Easy Chicken Chili, Three Bean Turkey Chili, and Crockpot Chicken Tomatillo Soup (I call this soup, but it is more like chili). But today’s recipe, Instant Pot White Chicken Chili, takes inspiration from Healthy White Chicken Chili.

It has the same delicate qualities of a white chili (i.e. no tomato paste and just the right amount of chili powder to keep that stark white color), but it comes together quickly and easily in the electric pressure cooker. Be sure to give it a try if you are in need of a chili recipe made with minimal ingredients and minimal effort.

Instant Pot white bean chicken chili in a bowl with toppings.

Why You Should Make This Recipe

The true beauty of this instant pot white chicken chili recipe is the time and effort-saving ability of pressure cooker recipes. If you have never made chili in the Instant Pot before, prepare to be amazed.

I love it because it’s:

  1. Super quick to put together and the Instant Pot provides a hands-off cooking method with only 20 minutes of active cook time.
  2. It’s a healthy, homemade and easy meal that features clean and good-for-you ingredients – no heavy cream or cream cheese required!
  3. Heartwarming and filling, to keep you full and satisfied.
  4. A wonderful make-ahead meal as leftovers last for days and it freezes well, too.
  5. Made with freezer & pantry staples like beans, spices, and corn, it is a great pantry recipe

Key Ingredients

The ingredient list for this pressure cooker white chicken chili recipe comes in two parts:

Ingredients for the chili on a white backdrop
  • For the chili: Gather olive oil, spices (ground coriander, ground cumin, and chili powder), jalapeno, garlic, Cannellini beans, lean chicken breasts, corn, and chicken stock.
Topping ingredients from the top
  • White Chili Toppings: You can use any toppings you like. I am using a ripe avocado slices, cilantro, tortilla strips or chips, corn, shredded Cheddar cheese, lime wedges, green onion, and sour cream.

Substitution Ideas:

  • Chicken: I used boneless and skinless chicken breasts but an equal amount of chicken thighs could also be used.
  • Green peppers: I opted for jalapenos but any green peppers, i.e canned peppers, bell peppers, etc. would also work.
  • Beans: I used canned Cannellini beans but any white beans, Navy Beans or Great Northern Beans, would work.
  • Corn: Fresh, frozen or canned would all work.
  • Cilantro: Not a fan of cilantro? Omit it or use parsley instead.

How to Make

Let’s take a look at how to get this creamy white bean chili from your Instant Pot to your table in no time. Here are the steps:

Person showing the steps of making white chicken chili in Instant pot
  1. Saute vegetables and spices: Select the saute setting on your pressure cooker. Add in the oil, onion, green pepper, ground cumin, ground coriander, and chili powder. Saute for 2-3 minutes while stirring constantly until everything is mixed.
  2. Add in garlic and saute for another 30 seconds or so.
Person pouring chicken stock in the pressure cooker and setting it to cook
  1. Add in the rest of the ingredients: Add in the beans, chicken, corn, chicken broth, and salt and pepper. Give it a stir. Press cancel (to cancel the saute function.)
  2. Pressure cook the white bean chicken chili: Secure the lid and set the steam release valve to the sealing position. Select the manual setting and set the cooking time to 20 minutes at high pressure. It will take about 10 minutes for the Instant Pot to come to pressure.
Person shredding chicken and putting it back in the instant pot
  1. Release the pressure: When the cooking cycle is complete, let the pressure naturally release for 8-10 minutes, then move the steam release valve to the venting position to release any remaining pressure. When the floating valve drops, carefully remove the lid. 
  2. Shred the chicken: Remove the chicken from the chili into a plate and shred it using two forks. Put the shredded chicken back in and give it a stir.

Pro Tip: Shredding the chicken with two forks is much easier while the chicken is still warm. Don’t have two forks lying around? Place the chicken in a stand mixer with the paddle attachment and mix on medium until shredded. Here is a helpful tutorial showing you how to shred chicken in a mixer.

  1. Garnish & Serve: Add in the cilantro (if using) and give it a good stir. Ladle into bowls. Top it off with your favorite toppings, i.e. avocado, sliced jalapenos, cheese, tortilla chips and cilantro. Finish it off with a dollop of sour cream (if using) and a squeeze of lime juice. Ladle into bowls and serve.

How Long Does it Take To Cook

Believe it or not, but this instant pot white chicken chili can be prepped and ready to serve in 45 minutes. I set the Instant Pot to Manual and set the cooking time to 20 minutes. The added time accounts for the time it takes for the Instant Pot to come to pressure, as well as release.

Variations

  • Cream Cheese Chicken Chili: Make it a touch creamier by stirring in one 8-oz package of cream cheese (cut into 6 pieces) at the end of cooking. Be sure to add it at the very end to prevent cream cheese from curdling.
  • Spicy Chicken Chili: Keep the jalapenos’ seeds and ribs intact for a spicy kick. Alternatively, add ½ teaspoon cayenne pepper along with the chili powder.
  • Instant Pot Chicken Chili with Frozen Chicken: Didn’t have time to remove the chicken breasts from the freezer? Simply add 4 minutes to the cooking time. If the chicken breasts are frozen together, the gentle heat from the pressure cooker should be enough to release the chicken breasts away from each other.
Two bowls of White chicken chili made in instant pot from the top

How to Store and Freeze

What I love most about this Creamy White Chicken Chili recipe is that it stores well and like it is with most soup/chili recipes, it tastes better on the next day.

  • Leftover Storage: The white chili will keep in an airtight container in the fridge for up to 4 days.
  • Freeze: For longer storage, cool to room temperature, place in a freezer-safe airtight container or plastic storage bag (see tip below!) and freeze for up to 3 months.

Freezer Storage Tip: Looking to get even more storage space out of your freezer? Place the chili in a plastic freezer bag (or two!), seal tight, and place in one (or two) quarter baking sheets. Freeze for 1 hour, then remove from the baking sheet(s), label, date and place back in the freezer. Freezing the chili in the baking sheet ensures it molds to the shape of the baking sheet, ensuring flat, even, stackable freezer food.

  • Thawing Instructions: To thaw, set in the refrigerator overnight or place in a large bowl of cool water for 20-30 minutes (super easy if you’ve used a freezer bag!).

Other Chicken Recipes You Might Like:

If you are a fan of easy pressure cooker recipes made with chicken, be sure to try my friend Veronika’s Instant Pot Chicken Wings recipe. It is one of my favorite instant pot recipes that I have been making on repeat. Plus, below I am sharing a few chicken recipes you might also like:

[/su_note]
Instant Pot White Bean Chicken Chili in a bowl garnished with toppings
Print

Instant Pot White Bean Chicken Chili Recipe

Recipe for White Chicken Chili made in the instant pot. A heartwarming chicken chili recipe made with white beans and chicken breasts in a pressure cooker. It is made without the use of cream cheese yet still creamy and delicious. Make a batch, serve some right away, and freeze the rest for later.
Course Soup
Cuisine Mexican Cuisine
Prep Time 10 minutes
Cook Time 20 minutes
Extra Pressure Building/Releasing Time 20 minutes
Total Time 50 minutes
Servings 4 servings
Calories 513kcal

Ingredients

For The Chili:

  • 1 tablespoon olive oil
  • 1 large onion chopped (1 cup)
  • 2 jalapeno peppers seeded and cut into small pieces (Green Bell pepper would also work)
  • 1 tablespoon ground cumin
  • 1 teaspoon ground coriander
  • 1 teaspoon chili powder
  • 2 cloves of garlic
  • 2 cans Cannellini beans (15 oz), drained and rinsed – Navy or Great Northern Bean would also work
  • 2 large chicken breasts boneless and skinless ~ 1 1/2 lbs.
  • 1 cup whole corn kernels plus more as garnish
  • 1 ½ cups of chicken stock
  • 1 ½ teaspoons kosher salt
  • ½ teaspoon ground black pepper
  • ¼ cup of fresh cilantro chopped – optional

For the Toppings:

  • 1 ripe avocado as topping – optional
  • ¼ cup shredded cheese Cheddar or crumbled queso fresco
  • Handful of tortilla chips
  • Sour cream optional

Instructions

  • Saute vegetables and spices: Select the saute setting on your pressure cooker. Add in the oil, onion, green pepper, ground cumin, ground coriander, and chili powder. Sautee for 2-3 minutes while stirring constantly until everything is mixed.
  • Add in garlic and saute for another 30 seconds or so.
  • Add in the rest of the ingredients: Add in the beans, chicken, corn, chicken stock, and salt and pepper. Give it a stir. Cancel the saute function.
  • Pressure cook the white bean chicken chili: Secure the lid and set the steam release valve to the sealing position. Select the manual setting and set the cooking time to 20 minutes at high pressure. It will take about 10 minutes for the Instant Pot to come to pressure.
  • Release the pressure: When the cooking cycle is complete, let the pressure naturally release for 8-10 minutes, then move the steam release valve to the venting position to release any remaining pressure. When the floating valve drops, carefully remove the lid.
  • Shred the chicken: Remove the chicken from the chili into a plate and shred it using two forks. Put it back in and give it a stir.
  • Stir in the cilantro, if using. Ladle into bowls. Top it off with your favorite toppings, i.e. avocado, sliced jalapenos, cheese, tortilla chips and cilantro. Finish it off with a dollop of sour cream (if using) and Serve.

Notes

  • Leftover Storage: The white chili will keep in an airtight container in the fridge for up to 4 days.
  • Freeze: For longer storage, cool to room temperature, place in a freezer-safe airtight container or plastic storage bag (see tip below!) and freeze for up to 3 months.

Nutrition

Calories: 513kcal | Carbohydrates: 54g | Protein: 43g | Fat: 18g | Saturated Fat: 4g | Trans Fat: 1g | Cholesterol: 81mg | Sodium: 1665mg | Potassium: 961mg | Fiber: 16g | Sugar: 5g | Vitamin A: 571IU | Vitamin C: 20mg | Calcium: 214mg | Iron: 7mg

The post Instant Pot White Bean Chicken Chili appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/instant-pot-white-bean-chicken-chili/feed/ 6
Crockpot Chicken Tomatillo Soup https://foolproofliving.com/crockpot-chicken-tomatillo-soup/ https://foolproofliving.com/crockpot-chicken-tomatillo-soup/#comments Wed, 17 Mar 2021 07:18:00 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=14952 It is no secret that chicken soup recipes are the way to go when you need to warm yourself from inside out. I think you feel the same way as well because recipes like my Chicken Wild Rice Soup, Chicken and Vegetable Soup, White Bean Chicken Chili, and Crock Pot Chicken Stew are among the most popular recipes on my blog.  Today, I am adding one more recipe to the...

The post Crockpot Chicken Tomatillo Soup appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
It is no secret that chicken soup recipes are the way to go when you need to warm yourself from inside out. I think you feel the same way as well because recipes like my Chicken Wild Rice Soup, Chicken and Vegetable Soup, White Bean Chicken Chili, and Crock Pot Chicken Stew are among the most popular recipes on my blog. 

Today, I am adding one more recipe to the collection with this Tomatillo Chicken Soup made in a slow cooker. If you are a fan of Mexican recipes, especially tomatillos, give this easy soup recipe a try.

Crockpot Chicken Tomatillo Soup Recipe served in a bowl with toppings

I Love This Recipe Because:

  • Made with less than 10 ingredients. Simply put it all in the slow cooker and let it do the cooking for you.
  • Requires no more than 15 minutes of hands-on time
  • Packed with Mexican flavors coming from tomatillos, tortillas, and jalapenos
  • It can be customized with any of your favorite toppings.

Ingredients You Will Need:

Ingredients for the soup
  • Chicken: I used boneless chicken thighs, but chicken breasts would also work. 
  • Tomatillos: Pick ones that are bright green and not too soft. Remove the outer husk and rinse well. It will be sticky, and that is totally fine.
  • Jalapenos & Garlic: If you are not a fan of spiciness, remove the seeds. If not, just slice it thinly.
  • Chicken Stock: I make my own chicken stock, but store-bought would also work. If you buy it from the store, I recommend picking up a low sodium stock so that you can adjust the seasoning easily.
  • Toppings: I used fresh cilantro, avocados, and fresh lime but feel free to use other toppings like sour cream, tortilla chips, and even crumbled queso fresco.

How To Make:

If you have never made soup with tomatillos before, let this Mexican tomatillo soup be the one to get you started. Here are the steps:

person seasoning chicken on a cutting board
  1. Season the chicken: Season chicken thighs with salt and pepper on both sides.
Person cutting tomatillos to make chicken soup
  1. Prep tomatillos: Remove the husk, give them a quick rinse, and cut them in quarters.
Ingredients for chicken tomatillo soup placed in a slow cooker
  1. Assemble: Place tomatillos, jalapenos, garlic, chicken, and chicken stock. Give it a stir.
person placing chicken stock in the mixture and mixing it with a fork.
  1. Cook: Put the lid on and set it to cook on low for 7-8 hours or on high for 5-6 hours or until the chicken is cooked through.
Cooked Chicken tomatillo soup before it is blended
  1. Blend: Once cooked, transfer the chicken from the stew and shred it on a plate. Using an immersion blender, blend the tomatillo soup until the vegetables are roughly pureed. 
Person blending the cooked soup and adding cilantro to flavor the soup
  1. Add in cilantro: Put the shredded chicken back into the crockpot and stir in the cilantro and lime juice.
  2. Assemble & Serve: Ladle into bowls and top it off with sliced avocados, tortilla chips, and jalapenos.

A Quick Word on Blending:

When the cooking time is completed, you will realize that there is quite a bit of liquid in the crockpot. That is normal. 

That is also why we are using an immersion blender to puree the vegetables. However, the amount of blending you do is up to you. I personally like my chicken tomatillo soup more on the chunky side, so I only blend it until the tomatillos are broken into big chunks but not fully pureed.

If you are a fan of more of a pureed soup, then feel free to blend longer.

Do not own an immersion blender? You can use a food processor or an upright blender as well. I highly recommend blending in small batches and using the pulse feature for safety reasons.

How To Cook Tomatillos For Soup

In this recipe, tomatillos cook slow and low in the crockpot with the rest of the ingredients. However, if you want to take things up a notch and have some extra time, you can turn this into a roasted tomatillo soup by roasting the tomatillos on the grill or using a grill pan on the stovetop. 

Simply heat your grill (or grill pan) and roast them for a few minutes on each side or until they are lightly charred before adding them into the crockpot.

Slow Cooker Chicken tomatillo stew garnished with avocados, cilantro and jalapenos

How To Store & Freeze:

Bring leftovers to room temperature, place in an airtight container, and store in the fridge for up to 3 days or freeze for up to a month. 

If you freeze, thaw the soup overnight in the fridge and warm it up on the stovetop right before serving.

I do not recommend storing and freezing the soup with the toppings. Instead, add them to the soup right before serving.

Stove Top Cooking Instructions:

If you’d rather make this on the stovetop. Simply put everything in a dutch oven, bring it to a boil, and let it simmer on the stove until the chicken is cooked through and tomatillos are softened, somewhere around 30-40 minutes. 

Shred the chicken, blend the rest of the soup until it reaches the desired consistency, put the chicken back in, bring it to one final boil, and serve with your favorite toppings.

Other Chicken Soup Recipes You Might Also Like:

If you try this Chicken Tomatillo Soup recipe or any other recipe on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It is a great help to others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

Crockpot Chicken Tomatilla Soup Recipe. Place all the recipes in your slow cooker and have a bowl of hearty soup ready in 8 hours.
Print

Crockpot Chicken Tomatillo Soup Recipe

A easy to make crockpot chicken tomatillo soup recipe that will take you no more than 15 minutes to prep. If you are looking for a way to up your chicken soup game, this delicious slow cooker chicken soup recipe is the way to go.
Course Soup
Cuisine Mexican
Prep Time 15 minutes
Cook Time 8 hours
Total Time 8 hours 15 minutes
Servings 6 servings
Calories 319kcal

Ingredients

  • 2 pounds boneless skinless chicken thighs, trimmed (910gr) Chicken breasts can also be used
  • 1 1/4 teaspoons kosher salt
  • 1/2 teaspoon black pepper
  • 1 1/2 pounds tomatillos, husked, rinsed and cut in quarters (680 gr)
  • 2 jalapeno peppers chopped
  • 3 cloves of garlic peeled and chopped
  • 3 cups homemade chicken stock (720 ml) or store-bought chicken stock would also work
  • 1 cup fresh cilantro chopped
  • 2 tablespoon lime juice and more as garnish
  • 1 ripe avocado cubed as garnish

Instructions

  • To prep the chicken: Throughly dry the chicken thighs using paper towels. Season both sides with salt and pepper. Let them sit on the counter as you prep the rest of the ingredients.
  • Place the tomatillos, jalapeno peppers, garlic, and chicken stock in the bowl of your crockpot.
  • Transfer the chicken into the bowl.
  • Set it to low heat setting to cook for 7-8 hours or on high for 5-6 hours.
  • When cooked, using a slotted spoon, transfer the chicken to a bowl. Shred it in leaving it in large chunks and set aside.
  • Add in the cilantro into the slow cooker. Using an immersion blender, puree the tomatillo mixture until smooth.
  • Return shredded chicken into the bowl.
  • Stir in the lime juice. Taste for seasoning and add in if necessary.
  • Garnish with slices of jalapeno pepper and avocado.

Notes

  • We love spicy food so I left the seeds of one of the jalapenos intact and added it into the soup. However, if you are not a fan of hot spicy foods, feel free to leave the seeds out.
  • To store & freeze: Bring leftovers to room temperature, place in an airtight container, and store in the fridge for up to 3 days or freeze for up to a month.
    If you freeze, thaw the soup overnight in the fridge and warm it up on the stovetop right before serving.
  • Want to cook this on the Stovetop? If you’d rather make this on the stovetop. Simply put everything in a dutch oven, bring it to a boil, and let it simmer on the stove until the chicken is cooked through and tomatillos are softened, somewhere around 30-40 minutes. Shred the chicken, blend the rest of the soup until it reaches the desired consistency, put the chicken back in, bring it to one final boil, and serve with your favorite toppings.

Nutrition

Calories: 319kcal | Carbohydrates: 15g | Protein: 34g | Fat: 14g | Saturated Fat: 3g | Trans Fat: 1g | Cholesterol: 147mg | Sodium: 796mg | Potassium: 1002mg | Fiber: 5g | Sugar: 7g | Vitamin A: 452IU | Vitamin C: 25mg | Calcium: 36mg | Iron: 2mg

This recipe is adapted from Slow Cook Modern: 200 Recipes for the Way We Eat Today (affiliate link) with minor changes.

This recipe was originally published in September 2017. It has been updated with new photos and more helpful information in March 2021.

The post Crockpot Chicken Tomatillo Soup appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/crockpot-chicken-tomatillo-soup/feed/ 19
Instant Pot Chicken Wild Rice Soup Recipe (Pressure Cooker Method) https://foolproofliving.com/instant-pot-chicken-wild-rice-soup/ https://foolproofliving.com/instant-pot-chicken-wild-rice-soup/#comments Sun, 21 Feb 2021 17:01:00 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=26892 For years, I made my lightened-up Creamy Chicken and Wild Rice Soup on the stovetop. While that recipe is still one of my all-time winter soups, with the ease of Instant pot, you can make it with less advance preparation and in a shorter amount of time. Unlike its stovetop version, in my version of Instant Pot Chicken Wild Rice Soup (or as my husband calls it, “Instapot” Chicken Wild...

The post Instant Pot Chicken Wild Rice Soup Recipe (Pressure Cooker Method) appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
For years, I made my lightened-up Creamy Chicken and Wild Rice Soup on the stovetop. While that recipe is still one of my all-time winter soups, with the ease of Instant pot, you can make it with less advance preparation and in a shorter amount of time.

Unlike its stovetop version, in my version of Instant Pot Chicken Wild Rice Soup (or as my husband calls it, “Instapot” Chicken Wild Rice Soup), you do not need to soak wild rice or use rotisserie chicken. Instead, you literally put all the ingredients in your pressure cooker and let it do its magic in about 45-50 minutes from start to finish.

Instant Pot Chicken Wild Rice Soup placed in a bowl and garnished with fresh thyme and parsley photographed from the front view from a close up distance

In my book, a healthy chicken and wild rice soup made with only a few ingredients and with only 10-15 minutes hands-on time is a weeknight dinner winner.

Sounds good? Let’s break it all down.

Ingredients:

To make this pressure cooker chicken and wild rice soup recipe, you will need two sets of ingredients:

Ingredients for pressure cooker chicken wild rice soup laid out on a table and photographed from the top view.

Ingredients for the soup:

  • Mirepoix (aka the magical combo of onions, carrots, and celery): Chop one medium-size onion, 2-3 carrots, and 2-3 stalks of celery. You need about 3 cups of mirepoix for this recipe.
  • Flavoring Agents: In terms of flavoring agents, I used 5 cloves of minced garlic and fresh thyme. I also sprinkled it with some fresh parsley at the end.
  • Mushrooms: You need a package of (usually sold in 8 oz. packages) white button or baby Bella mushrooms. 
  • Wild Rice: I used Lundberg’s organic wild rice (affiliate link), but you can also use any good quality Minnesota wild rice you can get your hands on. I do not recommend using quick-cooking wild rice or wild rice blends for this recipe as the time of cooking might be different.
  • Chicken Thighs: I used a pound of chicken thighs as we love dark meat, but if you want a leaner cut of chicken, you can substitute chicken thighs with chicken breasts.
  • Chicken Broth & Water: I used 4 cups of my homemade chicken stock and 2 cups of water as liquid.
All the ingredients for pressure cooker chicken and wild rice soup is placed in the bowl of an instant pot and photographed from the top view.

Ingredients for the roux:

The “creamy” part of this instant pot wild rice soup recipe comes from a homemade roux. If you are not familiar, you can make a roux by first cooking butter with flour and then whisking in some milk and some liquid from the soup until it turns into a thick and creamy mixture.

It is mostly used for thicking soups and stews.

Most recipes you will find for a similar creamy wild rice and mushroom soup recipe uses the traditional method made with a stick of butter. While I think butter is one of the most delicious foods out there, in my lightened up version here, I chose to skip using butter as I believe combining flour, milk, and a cup of the soup liquid was all I need to make this soup deliciously creamy.

Roux ingredients photographed from the top view
A woman is photographed as she is shredding chicken

So to make my lightened up roux, you will need:

  • All-Purpose Flour: You will need ½ cup all-purpose flour. If you are following a gluten-free diet, you can use gluten-free flour such as this one (affiliate link).
  • Whole Milk: One cup of whole milk. You can use skim milk, but I think whole fat milk makes it more creamy.
  • Liquid from the Soup: Ladle a cup of the soup once it is cooked to mix into the roux.

Are you a big fan of wild rice? If so, check out my favorite ways to cook it:

How to make Chicken Wild Rice Soup in an Instant Pot

To make this instant pot chicken and wild rice soup recipe you need to:

  1. Place all the soup ingredients in your pressure cooker: Literally, place all the soup ingredients in the bowl of your instant pot, secure the lid, set it to sealing position. Select manual and cook at high pressure for 35 minutes. Once it is completed, let it naturally release for 10 minutes and release the rest by turning on the quick release knob. 
  2. Remove the chicken: Transfer the now-cooked chicken thighs from the pot onto a plate. Shred the chicken and return it back into the instant pot.
  3. Make the “lightened-up roux”: In a bowl, whisk flour and milk together. Stir in a ladle of the liquid from the soup. Whisk until the mixture is smooth.
  4. Finish cooking the soup: Turn the soup function on and pour the roux into the pressure cooker. Stirring regularly, bring it to a boil and let it cook for 5-7 minutes or until it is thickened to your liking.
    *At this point, I recommend not leaving the sight of the soup as it thickens pretty quickly and, if you are not keeping a close eye on it, the bottom of the soup could quickly burn.*
  5. Garnish and serve: Taste for seasoning and add-in if necessary. Ladle into bowls and garnish with fresh thyme or parsley. Serve!
All ingredients are placed in an instant pot and photographed from the front view as chicken stock is being poured into it.

A Few Helpful Notes For The Best Wild Rice Mushroom Soup Recipe

  • Can I freeze this soup? Yes, this wild rice soup freezes well. To do so, simply bring it to room temperature and place it in an airtight container before you put it in your freezer. Be sure to thaw in the fridge overnight a day before you plan to serve it. If it is too thick, you might need to add in a little water while warming it on the stovetop.
  • Can I use leftover cooked chicken? If you want to use leftover cooked chicken, I recommend adding the chicken at the same time you add in the roux. Or you can skip the instant pot and make my rotisserie chicken wild rice soup on the stovetop to use your leftover chicken.
  • Can I make turn this dish into a vegetarian instant pot wild rice soup? You sure can. Double the amount of mushrooms (Use 16 oz. instead of 8 oz.) and use vegetable stock instead of chicken stock.
  • What if I don’t like mushrooms? If you are serving this soup to picky eaters, who don’t like mushrooms (like my husband), simply omit using them.
Chicken Wild Rice Soup made in an instant pot placed in a bowl and photographed from the top view.

Other Healthy Chicken Soup Recipes You Might Like:

Other Wild Rice Recipes You Might Like:

Instant Pot Chicken Wild Rice Soup served with bread
Print

Instant Pot Chicken Wild Rice Soup Recipe

Deliciously creamy, heartwarming, lightened-up Instant Pot Chicken Wild Rice Soup recipe made from scratch with wholesome ingredients in less than an hour. Simply put everything in your pressure cooker and let it do its magic for a healthy weeknight dinner.
Course Soup
Cuisine American
Diet Halal
Prep Time 10 minutes
Cook Time 55 minutes
Total Time 1 hour 5 minutes
Servings 6 servings
Calories 355kcal

Ingredients

For The Soup:

  • 1 large onion chopped
  • 3 carrots peeled and chopped (approximately 1 cup)
  • 3 stalks of celery chopped (approximately 1 cup)
  • 5 cloves of garlic minced
  • 8 oz. of mushrooms wiped and sliced
  • 1 cup uncooked wild rice rinsed
  • 1 lbs. skinless chicken thighs (or breasts)
  • 4 cups of chicken stock
  • 2 cups of water
  • 1 teaspoon kosher salt
  • ½ teaspoon ground black pepper
  • ½ teaspoon fresh thyme

For The Roux:

  • ½ cup all-purpose flour*
  • 1 cup whole milk

As Garnish:

  • ½ cups of chopped fresh parsley

Instructions

  • Place onion, carrots, celery, garlic, mushrooms, wild rice, chicken thighs, chicken stock, water, salt, and pepper in your instant pot (or pressure cooker).
  • Secure the lid and select manual and set to cook on high for 35 minutes. Let it natural release for 10 minutes and quick release the rest.
  • Carefully open the lid and remove the chicken thighs onto a plate. Shred them using two forks and put them back in the instant pot. 
  • Place the flour into a medium bowl. Whisk in the milk. Ladle a cup of hot liquid from the pot into the bowl while whisking it constantly to break all the flour bits until no lumps left. Pour the mixture back into the instant pot.
  • Turn on the soup setting on and bring the soup to a boil. Let it boil for 5 minutes, but be sure to give it a stir a few times during the process.
  • Give it a taste for seasoning and add in if necessary.
  • Stir in the parsley, ladle into bowls, and serve.

Video

Notes

  • Amount of flour: The soup thickened with 1/2 cup flour and a cup of milk make this recipe a thick, almost stew-like soup. If you prefer more of a lighter soup consistency, you can use 1/4 cup flour and 1/2 cup milk to thicken the soup.
  • Can I freeze this soup? Yes, this wild rice soup freezes well. To do so, simply bring it to room temperature and place it in an airtight container before you put it in your freezer. Be sure to thaw in the fridge overnight a day before you plan to serve it. If it is too thick, you might need to add in a little water while warming it on the stovetop.
  • Can I use leftover cooked chicken? If you want to use leftover cooked chicken, I recommend adding the chicken at the same time you add in the roux. Or you can skip the instant pot and make my rotisserie chicken wild rice soup on the stovetop to use your leftover chicken.
  • Can I make turn this dish into a vegetarian instant pot wild rice soup? You sure can. Double the amount of mushrooms (Use 16 oz. instead of 8 oz.) and use vegetable stock instead of chicken stock.
  • What if I don’t like mushrooms? If you are serving this soup to picky eaters, who don’t like mushrooms (like my husband), simply omit using them.

Nutrition

Calories: 355kcal | Carbohydrates: 43g | Protein: 27g | Fat: 8g | Saturated Fat: 3g | Cholesterol: 83mg | Sodium: 1002mg | Potassium: 742mg | Fiber: 3g | Sugar: 8g | Vitamin A: 5610IU | Vitamin C: 11mg | Calcium: 91mg | Iron: 3mg
A ladle full of soup photographed from the front view

The post Instant Pot Chicken Wild Rice Soup Recipe (Pressure Cooker Method) appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/instant-pot-chicken-wild-rice-soup/feed/ 22
Pressure Cooker Pot Roast https://foolproofliving.com/pressure-cooker-pot-roast-recipe/ https://foolproofliving.com/pressure-cooker-pot-roast-recipe/#comments Fri, 08 Jan 2021 08:14:00 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=25689 Sunday Pot Roast was never a recipe my mom ventured to make when I was growing up. It wasn’t until I met my husband and moved to the States when I was introduced to the traditional Pot Roast dinner (thanks to Ina Garten’s Pot Roast recipe). And since my husband loves it so much, it has become a staple recipe in my house. It’s also a hearty and comforting recipe...

The post Pressure Cooker Pot Roast appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>

Sunday Pot Roast was never a recipe my mom ventured to make when I was growing up. It wasn’t until I met my husband and moved to the States when I was introduced to the traditional Pot Roast dinner (thanks to Ina Garten’s Pot Roast recipe). And since my husband loves it so much, it has become a staple recipe in my house. It’s also a hearty and comforting recipe to share with family and friends during those cold winter months.

Pressure Cooker Pot Roast recipe served with potatoes and carrots over a bed of bulgur pilaf and garnished with fresh parsley photographed from the top view.

But the thing is… it just takes So. Much. Time. Until now!

If you feel the same way and want to figure out how to cook a chuck roast fast, you are in the right place, my friend.

This Instant Pot Pot Roast Recipe can be made in half the time as compared to the traditional Dutch oven method! And it tastes just as hearty and delicious, if not better! So long are the days slaving over the stove to get Sunday dinner on the table.

Easy Instant Pot Pot roast and potatoes recipe is photographed from the front view as a woman drizzles it with gravy.

How To Cook A Roast In A Pressure Cooker

The method for electric pressure cooker pot roast comes together in 3 folds.

First, preheat the pressure cooker by selecting Saute on HIGH and add the vegetable oil. While the oil is heating, season the beef chuck roast with salt and pepper. Add to the Instant Pot and brown the meat for 3-4 minutes on each side. Transfer the meat to a plate and cover with foil (or parchment paper) to keep warm.

3 lb chuck roast is being seasoned with salt and pepper by a woman

PRO TIP: If your meat is large and/or uneven in size make sure to follow the directions I used in Ina’s Pot Roast recipe and tie the beef chuck roast before seasoning and placing it in your Instant Pot. This will prevent it from spreading too much and losing those valuable juices.

If you watch the how-to video in the recipe card below you will see that I failed to do that. The end product was still good, but it would have been easier to manage in the end if I had tied it at the beginning. Here is a helpful video to show you how to tie beef.

Ingredients: Onion, chicken stock, oil, carrots, potatoes, parsnips, and beef chuck, are photographed from the top view.

Second, add the onion, garlic, broth, and thyme, and give it a stir making sure to scrape the brown bits at the bottom. Put the meat back into the pot and secure the lid. Select Manual, making sure the steam release handle is set to Sealing position, and cook at HIGH pressure for 60 minutes.

When cooking is complete, use natural release for 10 minutes and then quick release the remaining steam. Add in potatoes, carrots, and parsnips, making sure to submerge them in the cooking liquid. Select Manual and cook at HIGH for 10 minutes. When cooking is complete, use a natural release for 10 minutes and then release the remaining steam.

Finally, remove the roast and shred it with 2 forks. Place the vegetables on a serving plate and top them off (or place on the side) with shredded beef. If preferred, use a spoon and scrape the excess fat in the leftover juices and use an immersion blender to mix the juices to use as gravy to drizzle on top. Garnish with chopped fresh parsley and serve!

Need ideas to put your Instant Pot to good use? Check out all my Instant Pot recipes that are perfect for beginners like me.

Cooking Times

I found the ideal beef roast pressure cooker time per pound is 20 minutes. I cooked my 3 lb chuck roast recipe for 60 minutes, and it was the most perfect, fall apart chuck roast I’ve ever had!

Pot Roast in Pressure cooker- Cooked meat dish is in the instant pot

Pot Roast Variations

Cooking pot roast in a pressure cooker for a traditional Sunday roast is always a hit, but there are a few variations to make it more interesting:

Change up the seasoning: Along with the salt and pepper, add some dried herbs and spices to the surface of the beef roast. Add 1 teaspoon each of dried oregano, rosemary, and thyme for a more savory kick. A few bay leaves added to the cooking liquid add a lovely, slightly aromatic flavor, too!

Blend or strain gravy: I found there are two methods to make the gravy.

How To Make Roast Gravy

  • To blend (preferred method): Remove the beef roast and vegetables from the pressure cooker and scrape off the excess fat from the remaining liquid in the Instant Pot. Then, simply use your immersion blender to blend the sauce together, creating an emulsified gravy.
  • To strain: Remove the beef roast and vegetables from the pressure cooker and scrape off the excess fat from the remaining liquid in the Instant Pot. Then, strain through a fine-mesh sieve into a saucepan over medium heat and simmer until reduced and slightly thickened, about 10-15 minutes.

PRO TIP: For a thicker gravy, make a roux in the saucepan by cooking 2 Tablespoons each butter and flour over medium heat for about 1 minute. Then, scrape off the excess fat from the remaining liquid in the Instant Pot and strain into the saucepan with the roux. Cook until slightly thickened, 4-5 minutes.

What Can I Serve it With

As you can see in the pictures, I served my pressure cooker pot roast recipe with bulgur pilaf. However, you can also serve it with various whole-grain side dishes and/or one of my creative and easy vegetable side dishes (such as Whole Roasted Carrots, Sauteed Asparagus and Mushroom or Garlic Green Beans) or salads (like Asparagus Salad or Butter Lettuce Salad).

Need more inspiration for pot roast sides? Be sure to check out our post on What To Serve with Pot Roast for even more recipe ideas.

Shredded Instant Pot Chuck Roast (aka London Broil) placed on a plate along with potatoes and carrots photographed from the top view.

Expert Tips & Tricks:

  • Want to ensure this quick chuck roast recipe is cooked evenly? Allow the meat to rest on the kitchen counter for 30 minutes before cooking. This helps take the chill off.
  • For the best sear, pat the beef chuck roast dry with paper towels prior to seasoning. The dry surface and hot oil give you that extra crispy brown crust, which packs in so much flavor.
  • Looking for pot roast with potatoes and carrots? Simply omit the parsnips and replace them with an equal amount of carrots.
  • Beef Broth vs. Chicken Broth: As you’ll see in the recipe below, I used chicken broth as the liquid in the recipe. I personally find that my homemade chicken stock produces a lighter pot roast recipe. However, if you prefer beef broth feel free to swap an equal amount of it in place of chicken broth.
A cow showing the best cuts of meat for pot roast
  • Best Cuts of Beef for Pot Roast: For this easy Instant Pot chuck roast I’ve got some help from this post on TheKitchn. Feel free to refer to the image below for a visual to help you guide through the best cuts to use to make this instant pot roast recipe.
    • Chuck – The top pick for pot roast! It is cut from the shoulder, making it the toughest and most affordable piece of meat. The marbling (aka fat) is outstanding, which makes a fall apart chuck roast. Also called Chuck Roast, Arm Roast, Shoulder Roast, or Cross Rib.
    • Round – Cut from the back leg of the steer, this is actually a tough, but lean cut of meat. Even though lean meat is a good thing on occasion, that’s not what we want for a pot roast. Fat helps the meat breakdown into a more tender dish, giving you that silky, delicious texture. Also called Eye Round Roast, London Broil, or Round Tip Roast.
    • Sirloin – Cut from the back, near the hip bone all the way down to the belly (or flank), it is a bit tougher. Top sirloin is good for steaks and grilling, but it’s the bottom sirloin we are looking for, which is better for roasting. Also called Beef Rump Roast, Bottom Round Roast, Tri-Tip Roast, Ball Tip Roast, or Flap Roast.
    • Brisket – Cut from the breastbone, this is another very tough piece of meat, yet one of the most flavorful. When cooked the right way, it breaks down into a delicious dish. Although popular for BBQ or smoking, it makes a beautiful Sunday roast, too.
  • What pressure cooker should I use? I prefer to use my Instant Pot (affiliate link), but any pressure cooker you own will work. Feel free to use your Electric Pressure Cooker, Power Cooker, Presto, Power Cooker XL, or Crock-Pot Express. Just make sure to follow the manufacturer’s cooking technique, as it varies between each brand.

FAQs

What is Pot Roast?

Pot roast is simply a braised beef dish made by browning a roast size piece of meat and slow-cooking it for hours on the stovetop in a flavorful liquid, with or without vegetables. Tough cuts are preferred, because of the long cooking time, meaning the meat has a chance to become mouth-watering tender. But this slow cooking time gets cut in half with my Instant Pot.

What If My Beef Chuck Roast Is Too Big To Sear in One Piece?

If your chuck roast is too big to fit into your pressure cooker and to sear in one piece, you can cut it into 2 or 3 pieces and sear them individually.

How To Cook A Frozen Roast In An Instant Pot?

Cooking a frozen roast in an Instant Pot is actually quite easy. Place the frozen roast in the pressure cooker with the trivet underneath, to allow the heat to penetrate the entire surface of the roast, and add an additional 20 minutes to the cooking time. Frozen to pull-apart tender in no time!

When To Add Potatoes To Pot Roast?

The best time to add the potatoes and additional vegetables is at the end of the pot roast cooking time, which will prevent the vegetables from overcooking and turning to mush. After the 1 hour cook time, add the vegetables and continue to cook on HIGH for an additional 10 minutes. Perfectly cooked Instant Pot pot roast and potatoes every time!

Other Beef Recipes You Might Also Like

If you try this Pressure Cooker Pot Roast recipe or any other recipe on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It helps others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

This recipe has been adapted (with changes) from The Instant Pot Electric Pressure Cooker Cookbook (affiliate link).

Pressure Cooker Pot Roast with Potatoes and Carrots served over a bed of bulgur pilaf
Print

Pressure Cooker Pot Roast Recipe

Learn how to cook a roast in an instant pot using my foolproof method! Ready in less than 2 hours, this easy Pressure Cooker Pot Roast Recipe is perfectly tender and juicy.
Course Dinner
Cuisine American
Diet Gluten Free
Prep Time 30 minutes
Cook Time 1 hour 20 minutes
Total Time 1 hour 50 minutes
Servings 6 servings
Calories 623kcal

Ingredients

  • 1 3-pound beef chuck roast, pat dry with paper towels on both sides
  • 1 tablespoon kosher salt
  • 1 teaspoon ground black pepper
  • 2 tablespoons vegetable oil I use grapeseed oil
  • 1 large onion halved and sliced
  • 4 cloves of garlic peeled and minced
  • 1 ¾ cups chicken stock preferably homemade (or beef stock)
  • 4 fresh thyme sprigs more as a garnish
  • 1 pound baby potatoes halved
  • 5 large carrots cut into 3/4-inch pieces
  • 3 large parsnips cut into 3/4-inch pieces*
  • 2 tablespoons chopped fresh parsley

Instructions

  • Season the meat with salt and pepper on both sides.
  • Preheat the pressure cooker (I used my Instant Pot – affiliate link), select saute on high. Add in the oil.
  • Once the pot is hot, brown the chuck roast, 3-4 minutes on each side. Transfer the meat onto a plate and cover with foil (or parchment paper) to keep warm. 
  • Add in the onion, garlic, chicken stock, and thyme and give it a stir. 
  • Put the meat back into the pot and secure the lid.
  • Select manual, make sure that the steam release handle is turned to sealing position, and cook at high pressure for 60 minutes.
  • When cooking is complete, use natural release for 10 minutes and then release the remaining steam.
  • Add in the potatoes, carrots, and parsnips. Be sure to submerge them in the cooking liquid.
  • Select manual and cook at high for 10 minutes.
  • When cooking is complete, use a natural release for 10 minutes and then release the remaining steam.

Video

Notes

  • Don’t have parsnips on hand? Use 2 more large carrots instead.
  • Can I cook a frozen pot roast in my pressure cooker? You sure can. Cooking a frozen roast in an Instant Pot is actually quite easy. Place the frozen roast in the pressure cooker with the trivet underneath, to allow the heat to penetrate the entire surface of the roast, and add an additional 20 minutes to the cooking time. Frozen to pull-apart tender in no time!
  • Two options for making gravy:
    • TO BLEND (preferred method): Remove the beef roast and vegetables from the pressure cooker and scrape off the excess fat from the remaining liquid in the Instant Pot. Then, simply use your immersion blender to blend the sauce together, creating an emulsified gravy.
    • TO STRAIN: Remove the beef roast and vegetables from the pressure cooker and scrape off the excess fat from the remaining liquid in the Instant Pot. Then, strain through a fine-mesh sieve into a saucepan over medium heat and simmer until reduced and slightly thickened, about 10-15 minutes.

Nutrition

Calories: 623kcal | Carbohydrates: 37g | Protein: 49g | Fat: 32g | Saturated Fat: 16g | Cholesterol: 159mg | Sodium: 1496mg | Potassium: 1640mg | Fiber: 7g | Sugar: 9g | Vitamin A: 8666IU | Vitamin C: 36mg | Calcium: 107mg | Iron: 6mg

This recipe was originally published in September 2019. It has been updated with additional helpful information on Jan 2021 with no changes to the original recipe.

The post Pressure Cooker Pot Roast appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/pressure-cooker-pot-roast-recipe/feed/ 18
Slow Cooker Butter Chicken https://foolproofliving.com/slow-cooker-butter-chicken/ https://foolproofliving.com/slow-cooker-butter-chicken/#comments Tue, 08 Sep 2020 04:41:06 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=15369 If you are someone who finds comfort in flavorful and heartwarming curry dishes, today’s recipe, Slow Cooker Indian Chicken Curry, is for you. In addition to being easy to make with just 15-minutes of hands-on time, it is made lighter (compared to the traditional butter chicken recipe) with less butter and no heavy cream (I used coconut milk instead). And if you are a fan of crock pot chicken recipes, be...

The post Slow Cooker Butter Chicken appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
If you are someone who finds comfort in flavorful and heartwarming curry dishes, today’s recipe, Slow Cooker Indian Chicken Curry, is for you. In addition to being easy to make with just 15-minutes of hands-on time, it is made lighter (compared to the traditional butter chicken recipe) with less butter and no heavy cream (I used coconut milk instead).

And if you are a fan of crock pot chicken recipes, be sure to also check out our Tomatillo Soup with Chicken and Slow Cooker Chicken Stew.

Crockpot Butter Chicken recipe placed in a bowl over basmati rice and naan

If you are a fan of easy chicken recipes and prefer the convenience of put-everything-and-forget-about-it crockpot dishes, you need this recipe in your life. I might be biased, but having been making it for years, I am confident that this is the best crockpot butter chicken recipe on the internet. With just the right amount of spices, it is kid-friendly as well.

Ingredients

If you think traditional Indian food requires a bunch of hard-to-get ingredients and complicated techniques, think again! All of the spices for this crockpot butter chicken recipe are pantry staples and can be found at major grocery stores or online.

ingredients for Slow Cooker Indian Chicken

Simply gather together coconut milk, Greek yogurt, tomato paste, red curry paste, onion, garlic, jalapeno, ginger, garam masala, paprika, ground turmeric, unsalted butter, salt, pepper, and boneless, skinless chicken breasts.

For the finishing touch, you will need cornstarch, lime juice, fresh cilantro, and sliced almonds.

A few helpful tips for ingredients:

  • Coconut Milk: You will need a whole 14-oz can of full-fat coconut milk. This creates a lusciously creamy sauce without heavy cream.
  • Greek Yogurt: This is the second component to the creamy portion of this dish and my secret to making this Slow Cooker Butter Chicken recipe healthy. Whole milk yogurt will give you the richest results. Plus, a boost of protein and tang!
  • Red Curry Paste: Red curry paste is a mash of red chilies, coriander, shrimp paste, lemongrass, garlic, shallots, and galangal (a Thai version of ginger). This is the most widely available curry paste and adds a world of flavor to this crockpot Indian chicken. Look for it in the global section of grocery stores.
  • Garam Masala: A wildly popular, mild, and warm Indian spice blend found throughout many authentic Indian dishes. Store-bought blends are easily available, but I like to make my own for the best flavor. See PRO TIP below for how to make garam masala at home.
  • Chicken: Use chicken breasts or chicken thighs without the bone. Cut into 1-inch cubes or ask the butcher to do it for you!

PRO TIP: Don’t have garam masala in your spice cabinet? I use my friend Two Sleevers homemade garam masala recipe. Place the following in a spice grinder (affiliate link) and grind to a fine powder:

  • 2 Tablespoons coriander seeds
  • 1 teaspoon cumin seeds
  • ½ teaspoon whole cloves
  • ½ teaspoon cardamom seeds
  • 2 bay leaves
  • 3 dried red chiles
  • 2-inch piece cinnamon

This recipe will make more than you need, but you can always use garam masala in other recipes like Cauliflower Curry, or Easy Chicken Curry.

Don’t have time to make your own? If so, this is the brand (affiliate) that I like and use.

How to cook butter chicken in a slow cooker?

The best part of this Indian style Crockpot butter chicken is that you literally put all the ingredients in your slow cooker and forget about it for the next 6-7 hours.

I usually prepare everything before I go to bed and wake up to the most amazing smell in the world. All I need to do the next day is simmer basmati rice and warm naan in the oven for an Indian-inspired dinner of your dreams.

Here is what you need to do to make it:

Crockpot indian chicken ingredients in the bowl of a slow cooker
A woman is adding butter into the slow cooker indian chicken
  1. Add creamy and aromatic ingredients to the slow cooker. Place coconut milk, Greek yogurt, tomato paste, red curry paste, onion, garlic, jalapeno pepper, ginger, garam masala, paprika, turmeric, butter, salt, and pepper into your slow cooker. Give it a good mix.
  2. Add the cubed chicken. Stir to coat.
easy butter chicken recipe with coconut milk ingredients in the bowl of a slow ccoker
A woman is mixing all the ingredients before starting the cooking process
  1. Slow Cook: Set the slow cooker on LOW for 6-7 hours or HIGH for 3-4 hours. If you can, feel free to stir it a few times during the cooking. However, it is okay if you can’t.

How to Make the Sauce

Once the cooking time is over, you will realize that you are left with quite a bit of liquid. I usually serve the chicken in a bowl over basmati rice and ladle the juices over it.

However, if preferred, you can thicken this Indian curry right before serving.

To thicken the sauce:

  1. Mix 2 tablespoons of cornstarch with 1/4 cup of the liquid from the butter chicken until it dissolves. 
  2. Pour it back into the slow cooker. Give it a stir and let it rest for 5 minutes.

How to serve:

Right before serving, stir in the lime juice. Garnish with cilantro and almonds.

Indian Butter Chicken after it is cooker in the bowl of slow cooker

In my opinion, the greatest way to serve this healthy slow-cooker Indian butter chicken is with fluffy white basmati rice and warm naan bread. However, you can also serve it on a bed of cooked quinoa, wild rice, bulgur wheat, brown jasmine rice, or even black rice.

The starchy dish of your choosing soaks up all the juicy goodness of the butter chicken, and the naan bread acts as a utensil to sop up the rest of the spiced masala sauce!

How to store leftovers & Make-ahead instructions:

This easy crockpot butter chicken recipe will keep really well stored in an airtight container for up to 3 days in the fridge.

The flavors actually get better after a day or two, which makes it a wonderful make-ahead recipe, too.

When ready to enjoy, reheat in a saucepan over medium heat or individually in 30-second increments in the microwave until warmed through.

Recipe Variations

  • With Vegetables: Add 2 cups frozen green peas when you add the cornstarch slurry
  • Vegan: Use coconut yogurt, vegan butter, vegan red curry paste (Thai Kitchen is a great brand) and sub out the chicken for 2 heads of cauliflower cut into florets. Feel free to add 1 (14.5 oz) can of drained and rinsed chickpeas for added protein.
  • Add in a small head of cauliflower: If you want to sneak in some vegetables, add in a small head of cauliflower. Simply, cut it into small florets and add it in the bowl at the beginning with the chicken.
  • To make it Paleo, Whole30 and Keto: Use coconut milk yogurt and ghee instead of the butter
Slow Cooker Butter Chicken placed in a bowl over basmati rice

FAQs

Can I use chicken thighs instead of chicken breasts?

You sure can. However, I find that bone-in chicken thighs (and dark meat in general) produced a more flavorful end product.

Can I cook this in high heat setting (quicker)?

I usually cook all my meat dishes in a low-heat setting as I think it produces a more soft and tender end product, but if you are short on time you can also cook this Indian chicken dish in a high-heat setting for 3-4 hours.

Need a new slow cooker?

In the past, several people asked me about my favorite slow cooker so I thought I quickly share my favorite one with you and tell you why.

I use Crock-Pot 6.5-Quart, Programmable Touchscreen Slow Cooker (affiliate link) and I am very pleased with it. First of all, it is easy to clean, reliable, and fairly affordable.

Secondly, I love that you can easily program it. For example, if I were to set it up at night for 6 hours of cooking, but wake up 8 hours later, I can set it to “warm” setting for it to keep my food warm in the last 2 hours. That way if I wanted to serve it right away, I do not have to reheat it.

Other Crockpot Recipes You Might Like:

If you are like this Easy Crockpot Butter Chicken recipe and like slow cooker recipes in general, here are a few other crockpot recipes I recommend trying:

Slow Cooker Butter chicken over basmati rice and naan in a bowl
Print

Slow Cooker Butter Chicken Recipe

This Slow Cooker Butter Chicken is an put-everything-and-forget-about-it kind of Indian crock pot dish for busy people, who love to eat good food. Soft and buttery chicken breasts cooked in slow cooker for 6 hours for perfection. Serve it by itself, or do what I did, and serve it with naan bread and white rice.
Course Main Course
Cuisine Indian
Prep Time 15 minutes
Cook Time 6 hours
Total Time 6 hours 15 minutes
Servings 6 servings
Calories 517kcal

Ingredients

For the Slow Cooker Butter Chicken:

  • 1 can full-fat coconut milk 14-ounce
  • ¾ cup whole milk Greek yogurt
  • 1 can tomato paste 6-ounce
  • 2 teaspoons red curry paste
  • 1 small onion finely chopped
  • 4 garlic cloves minced
  • 1 jalapeno pepper seeded and chopped
  • 1 ½ tablespoons grated fresh ginger
  • 2 tablespoons garam marsala
  • 1 teaspoon paprika
  • ½ teaspoon ground turmeric
  • 2 tablespoons unsalted butter cut into small pieces
  • 1 ½ teaspoon kosher salt
  • ½ teaspoon black pepper
  • 3 pounds skinless and boneless chicken breast pat dried and cut into 1-inch small cubes

For The Butter Chicken Sauce & Garnish:

  • 2 tablespoons corn starch
  • 2 tablespoons lime juice freshly squeezed
  • 2 tablespoons fresh cilantro roughly chopped
  • 2 tablespoons sliced almonds

To Serve with (Optional)

  • Naan bread
  • Cooked White rice

Instructions

  • Place coconut milk, Greek yogurt, tomato paste, red curry paste, onion, garlic, jalapeno pepper, ginger, garam marsala, paprika, turmeric, butter, salt and pepper into your slow cooker. Give it a mix.
  • Add the chicken and stir to coat.
  • Cook in low-heat setting for 6-7 hours* or in high setting for 3-4 hours. If you can, feel free to stir it a few times during the cooking. However, it is okay if you can’t.
  • After it is cooked, if you prefer the dish to be thicker, you can thicken the sauce by mixing the corn starch in a bowl with 1/4 cup of the liquid from the butter chicken until it dissolves. Then pour it into the slow cooker. Give it a stir and let it rest for 5 minutes.
  • Right before serving, stir in the lime juice.
  • Serve with naan bread and white rice and garnish with cilantro and almonds.

Video

Notes

  • The nutrition values below do not include the calories coming from the bread and rice.
  • Mine was cooked at the end of 6 hours.
  • If you are short on time you can cook this in high-heat setting for 3-4 hours.

Nutrition

Serving: 1g | Calories: 517kcal | Carbohydrates: 15g | Protein: 55g | Fat: 26g | Saturated Fat: 16g | Cholesterol: 156mg | Sodium: 1088mg | Potassium: 1371mg | Fiber: 2g | Sugar: 6g | Vitamin A: 939IU | Vitamin C: 17mg | Calcium: 80mg | Iron: 4mg

This recipe is adapted from Half Baked Harvest’s and New York Times’ Slow Cooker Butter Chicken recipe with changes.

This post was originally published in November 2017. It has been updated with new photos and helpful information with no changes to the originally published recipe in September 2020.

The post Slow Cooker Butter Chicken appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/slow-cooker-butter-chicken/feed/ 21
Instant Pot Quinoa Breakfast Bowl Recipe https://foolproofliving.com/instant-pot-quinoa-breakfast/ https://foolproofliving.com/instant-pot-quinoa-breakfast/#comments Mon, 06 Jul 2020 15:49:41 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=29724 Top it off with homemade granola, seasonal fruits, or chopped nuts for a clean, plant-based quinoa breakfast that you can add to your weekly breakfast rotation. It is no secret that I am a big fan of a big bowl of porridge in the morning. I think there is something so comforting about a bowl of almond milk oatmeal or overnight steel cut oats that you can garnish with whatever...

The post Instant Pot Quinoa Breakfast Bowl Recipe appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
Top it off with homemade granola, seasonal fruits, or chopped nuts for a clean, plant-based quinoa breakfast that you can add to your weekly breakfast rotation.

It is no secret that I am a big fan of a big bowl of porridge in the morning. I think there is something so comforting about a bowl of almond milk oatmeal or overnight steel cut oats that you can garnish with whatever fruits or nut you have on hand.

A bowl of Instant Pot Quinoa Breakfast bowl topped off with fresh fruit and nuts.

If the concept of cooking quinoa for breakfast is new to you or the idea of quinoa cooked in milk sounds strange, I am pretty sure that this recipe will make you want to look for more quinoa breakfast ideas. Because I think we can all agree that eating quinoa for breakfast is a great way to start the day with a healthy dose of plant-based protein.

Not only it is filling but also convenient because most porridge recipes can be enjoyed warm or cold, which makes it a great option to include it in your meal prep to enjoy throughout the week.

I shared my recipe for the stove-top version of coconut quinoa porridge a few years back and since then it has become a reader favorite. So I thought why not recreate the same recipe but this time cook it in my new favorite kitchen toy, Instant pot.

If you are new to cooking quinoa in an electric pressure cooker, be sure to check out my comprehensive recipe post on how to cook quinoa in Instant pot. This instant quinoa breakfast recipe is loosely based on that recipe but geared more towards a breakfast dish than a savory one.

Intrigued? Let’s break it down:

Ingredients for Instant Pot Quinoa Breakfast Porridge:

The basic quinoa oatmeal recipe has only 3 ingredients: Quinoa, milk, and a pinch of salt.

Ingredients for quinoa oatmeal recipe with almond milk with nuts and berries
  • Uncooked Quinoa: I used white (aka pearl) quinoa as it cooks faster than other quinoa types like red, black, and tricolor quinoa. You can certainly use other types of quinoa in this recipe but will have to adjust the cooking time. We will talk about that more below.
  • Milk: I prefer making this recipe with plant-based milk such as homemade almond milk (storebought would also work). However, you can also use regular cow’s milk or other types of plant-based milk like coconut milk.
  • Optional Toppings: While I truly enjoy this quinoa and almond milk breakfast bowl topped off with seasonal fruit, berry puree, and nuts, they are totally optional and can be omitted if you want just a basic quinoa porridge bowl instead.
  • Almond milk vs Coconut Milk: I made this quinoa porridge recipe with almond milk, but you can also use coconut milk. However, due to its higher fat content, the coconut milk quinoa is thicker in consistency than the version made with almond milk.

The ratio for quinoa to liquid for instant quinoa breakfast:

This breakfast quinoa bowl recipe uses 2 cups of milk. However, the ratio of liquid to raw quinoa I use is 1 to 1. The first cup of milk is to cook the quinoa and the second cup is to add in later after it is cooked.

How to make quinoa breakfast cereal in an electric pressure cooker:

The process of making quinoa porridge in an instant pot has six folds:

Steps are demonstrated to show how to make quinoa breakfast cereal in a pressure cooker
  1. Prep the quinoa: Place the quinoa in a fine-mesh strainer and wash it under cold running water. If you do not have a strainer, be sure to check out the post I wrote on how to wash quinoa without a strainer. This one-minute step might seem like an extra one by it is the best way to remove the unwanted bitter taste of quinoa. 
  2. Place ingredients in the pressure cooker: Place rinsed quinoa, 1 cup of the almond milk (or coconut milk), and a pinch of salt in the bowl of your instant pot. Give it a mix.
  3. Set it to cook: Secure the lid, move the steam release valve to the sealing position. Select Manual/Pressure Cook to cook on high pressure for 1 minute.
  4. Release Pressure: When the cooking cycle is complete, let the pressure release naturally for 6-7 minutes, then carefully move the steam release valve to the venting position to release any remaining pressure. When the floating valve drops, remove the lid.
Steps for how to make quinoa oatmeal in an instant pot. A woman is pouring almond milk into cooked quinoa.
  1. Fluff it with a fork: Fluff the quinoa with a spoon and add in the rest of the almond milk. Give it a stir.
  2. Serve: Top it off with your favorite seasonal fruit, a dollop of blueberry puree, granola (like my homemade chunky granola), and/or chopped nuts. If preferred, you can also drizzle it with a little bit of maple syrup or honey as well.

Can I make ahead and store this pressure cooker quinoa breakfast in mason jars?

You sure can. As a matter of fact, I usually make a batch of it on the weekend, divide it amongst 4 mason jars, top each jar with fruits and nuts/granola, tighten the lid, and store it in the fridge for healthy instant quinoa breakfast on the go.

Make ahead breakfast bowls topped off with fruit served with milk on the side

A Few FAQs Answered:

  • Do I need to use oil to grease the bottom of the pot so it won’t stick? You do not need to use oil to prevent cooked quinoa from sticking to the bottom of the pot because it does not stick. However, if you are after flavor then you can use a tablespoon of butter, ghee, or coconut oil to make this porridge even more delicious.
  • Can I use other types of quinoa? Yes, you can. However, be sure to increase the cooking time to 4 minutes for red, black, and tricolor quinoa as they take longer to cook.
  • Can I use other flavorings? Absolutely. Use this recipe as a basic one and add in other flavoring ingredients like a pinch of ground cinnamon and a splash of vanilla extract. During the fall I usually top it off with baked apples. If you want, you can also top it off with chocolate chips as well.
  • Can I double the recipe? You sure can. This almond quinoa oatmeal recipe makes 3 cups of cooked quinoa, which serves 4 people. However, if you want to make it for the whole week and store in mason jars, you can double the recipe. If you do so, the cooking time should not change.

If the idea of having quinoa for breakfast instead of oatmeal is a foreign one, I promise you that my version of pressure cooker quinoa porridge is going to convert you to a believer. This is especially the case if you are in need of an alternative to the usual oatmeal.

Give it a try and be sure to check out a few other recipes I have for you below.

Other Instant Pot Quinoa Recipes You Might Also Like:

Other Plant-Based Breakfast Bowls You might like:

 

A bowl of Instant pot quinoa breakfast topped off with fruit and granola and served with milk on the side.
Print

Instant Pot Quinoa Breakfast Bowl Recipe

Recipe for Instant Pot Quinoa Breakfast Porridge that you can make in about 20 minutes. Simply put quinoa, milk, and a pinch of salt in your pressure cooker. Set it to cook 2 minutes and enjoy it for breakfast as a warm bowl of quinoa oatmeal right away or make-ahead breakfast in mason jars throughout the week. 
Course Breakfast
Cuisine American
Prep Time 2 minutes
Cook Time 15 minutes
Total Time 17 minutes
Servings 4 servings
Calories 174kcal

Ingredients

  • 1 cup white quinoa rinsed and drained
  • 2 cups almond milk divided - preferably homemade almond milk
  • ¼ teaspoon salt

Optional toppings:

  • 1 cup seasonal fruit
  • 1 cup granola or chopped nuts
  • Maple syrup or honey for drizzling

Instructions

  • Place rinsed quinoa, 1 cup almond milk, and a pinch of salt in the bowl of your instant pot. Give it a mix.
  • Secure the lid, move the steam release valve to the sealing position. Select Manual/Pressure Cook to cook on high pressure for 1 minute. It should take 4-5 minutes for it to come to full pressure.
  • When the cooking cycle is complete, let the pressure release naturally for 6-7 minutes, then carefully move the steam release valve to the venting position to release any remaining pressure. When the floating valve drops, remove the lid.
  • Fluff the quinoa with a spoon and add in the rest of the almond milk. Give it a stir.
  • Top it off with your favorite seasonal fruit, granola (like my homemade chunky granola recipe), and/or chopped nuts. If preferred, you can also drizzle it with a little bit of maple syrup or honey as well.

Notes

  • Can I make ahead and store this pressure cooker quinoa breakfast in mason jars? You sure can. As a matter of fact, I usually make a batch of it on the weekend, divide it amongst 4 mason jars, top each jar with fruits and nuts/granola, tighten the lid, and store it in the fridge for healthy breakfast quinoa on the go.
  • Do I need to use oil to grease the bottom of the pot? I don’t think that it is necessary to use oil while cooking quinoa in an instant pot. It does not stick.
  • Can I use other types of quinoa? Yes, you can. However, be sure to increase the cooking time to 4 minutes for red, black, and tricolor quinoa as they take longer to cook.
  • Can I use other flavorings? Absolutely. Use this recipe as a basic one and add in other flavoring ingredients like a pinch of ground cinnamon and a splash of vanilla extract. During the fall I usually top it off with baked apples. If you want, you can also top it off with chocolate chips as well.
  • Can I double the recipe? You sure can. This almond quinoa oatmeal recipe makes 3 cups of cooked quinoa, which serves 4 people. However, if you want to make it for the whole week and store in mason jars, you can double the recipe. If you do so, the cooking time should not change.
  • The calorie information does not include the optional toppings.

Nutrition

Calories: 174kcal | Carbohydrates: 28g | Protein: 7g | Fat: 4g | Saturated Fat: 1g | Sodium: 310mg | Potassium: 239mg | Fiber: 3g | Sugar: 1g | Calcium: 170mg | Iron: 2mg

The post Instant Pot Quinoa Breakfast Bowl Recipe appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/instant-pot-quinoa-breakfast/feed/ 8
Instant Pot Mexican Quinoa https://foolproofliving.com/instant-pot-mexican-quinoa/ https://foolproofliving.com/instant-pot-mexican-quinoa/#comments Wed, 17 Jun 2020 13:06:02 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=29527 I think we can all agree that Instant Pot’s ingenious technology takes the rush and stress out of cooking, especially when you’re running low on time. Quinoa Instant Pot recipes are easy and quick to make. And the best part is that you don’t lose any flavor.  Today’s recipe, Instant Pot Mexican Quinoa is the pressure cooker version of one of the most popular recipes on my blog, Mexican Quinoa...

The post Instant Pot Mexican Quinoa appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
I think we can all agree that Instant Pot’s ingenious technology takes the rush and stress out of cooking, especially when you’re running low on time. Quinoa Instant Pot recipes are easy and quick to make. And the best part is that you don’t lose any flavor. 

Today’s recipe, Instant Pot Mexican Quinoa is the pressure cooker version of one of the most popular recipes on my blog, Mexican Quinoa Bowl. The ingredient list is pretty much the same, but the method is different.

A bowl of Instant Pot Mexican Quinoa placed in a bowl and garnished with avocados

If you are a fan of cooking quinoa in your pressure cooker, this is a great vegan instant pot dinner that comes together in just about 30 minutes. Perfect for a gluten-free and veggie-packed dinner you can make on a Tuesday night.

So, if you are wondering whether or not you can make Mexican quinoa in Instant pot, read on…

Ingredients

Colorful, tasty, and simple ingredients make this plant-based meal an easy choice when trying to decide what to make for dinner. The list in the recipe card below may look long but I bet you already have everything in your pantry.

Ingredients for pressure cooker meal

To make this recipe, you will need veggies like onions, peppers, and garlic. You will also need Mexican-cuisine staples like cumin, coriander, black beans, corn, and tomatoes. And finally, you will need, the star of the recipe, quinoa.

A Few Helpful Tips For Ingredients:

  • Quinoa: I used white quinoa because (1) it is widely available and (2) it cooks quicker literally in 1-minute pressure cooking cycle. If you decide to use red, black, or tricolor quinoa, increase the cooking time to 3 minutes for the best results.
  • The Cooking Liquid: You can certainly use water as the cooking liquid in this recipe. However, I find that swapping water with vegetable broth is an easy way to flavor quinoa.
  • Tomatoes: I used a can of regular diced tomatoes, but if you can get your hands on it I would recommend using fire-roasted tomatoes for extra flavor.
  • Black Beans: I chose canned black beans for this recipe but red kidney beans also work very well.
  • Corn: I use fresh corn while it is in season during the warmer months. However, canned (and drained) or frozen corn would also work well in this recipe. 
  • Fresh Cilantro: Not a fan of cilantro? Just omit using it.

How To Make Mexican Quinoa In An Instant Pot

Ready in under 30 minutes with only 1-minute active pressure cooking and completely done in an Instant pot, this is the perfect easy meal when you’re out of ideas.

Step by step instructions showing how to add and sautee vegetables in instant pot
  • Saute veggies & quinoa: Press sauté on the Instant Pot and add in the oil. Once the oil is hot but not smoking, add the onion, peppers, ground cumin, and ground coriander. Cook, stirring constantly, until onions are translucent, 4-5 minutes. Stir in the garlic and cook for 30 seconds.
  • Add the rest of the ingredients: Add in the quinoa, black beans, corn kernels, tomatoes, and salt and pepper. Pour in the liquid and stir to combine. 
Showing how to make Mexican quinoa in an instant pot with step by step photos
  • Cook in the Instant Pot: Secure the lid and move the steam release valve to the sealing position. Select Manual/Pressure Cook to cook on high for 1 minute. When the cooking cycle is complete, let the pressure naturally release for 8 minutes, then move the steam release valve to the venting position to release any remaining pressure. When the floating valve drops, remove the lid. 
Showing how to make Mexican quinoa in a pressure cooker with step by step photos
  • Finish and serve: Fluff the now-cooked quinoa with a fork. To serve, place the desired amount in a bowl and garnish with your favorite toppings (listed below.)

Topping Ideas For Pressure Cooker Mexican Quinoa

If you are like me, a fan of various toppings, this vegan burrito bowl is a great one to use as a base. Below are a few topping ideas:

A woman is fluffing a freshly cooked quinoa with a fork

How Long Does It Take From Start To Finish:

Once you are done with sauteeing quinoa and veggies in the Instant pot, it takes about 5-7 minutes for it to come to full pressure. After a 1-minute of actual pressure cooking time, I let it natural release for 8 minutes and release the rest of the pressure by switching the pressure valve to steam release. 

So it is safe to say that this Mexican inspired pressure cooker quinoa recipe takes about approximately 15 minutes to cook in the Instant Pot. If you add 10 minutes of prep time to that, you should have dinner on the table in less than 30 minutes.

Best Way to Store Leftovers:

Leftovers can easily be stored in an airtight container in the fridge for up to 3 days. Make sure it’s come down to room temperature before storing so it can maintain its freshness.

Mexican quinoa bowl with a spoon on the side

Expert Tips:

  • Give a quick rinse to quinoa for best results: Rinsing quinoa under cold water for a few minutes helps with the removal of its natural coating saponin. If you need more information on rinsing quinoa, be sure to check out my post on How To Wash Quinoa properly.
  • Don’t skip the spices! Sauteeing classic Mexican spices like cumin and coriander in oil before mixing them with the rest of the ingredients will elevate the flavor in a major way.
  • Make it spicy! Add some heat by using 2 jalapeno peppers or a teaspoon of chili powder instead. Leave the jalapeno seeds intact to make it extra spicy.
  • Serve it warm or cold: Enjoy it hot right out of the Instant Pot or let it cool for an hour or two and serve at room temperature. 
  • Add in a handful of greens to serve it as a salad: If you have leftovers, you can also add in a handful of spring salad greens or baby spinach leaves, chopped scallions, and cubed avocado to turn it into a salad.
  • Serve it as a meal or side dish: This Mexican quinoa is delicious on its own or on the side of Flank Steak Tacos or Slow Cooker Beef Brisket Tacos.
  • Serve it as a vegan breakfast bowl with a fried egg on top: This quinoa burrito bowl makes the best protein-packed savory breakfast bowl.
  • Don’t have quinoa on hand? I made a brown rice version of this recipe and named it as Vegan Burrito Bowl. It took a little bit longer to cook, but it was just as good.

You Might Like:

Here are a few other Vegan Instant Pot Recipes you might like:

If you are in need of more vegan quinoa recipes, here are a few more to inspire you:

 

A bowl of Instant pot Mexican quinoa is garnished with avocado slices, pickled radishes, and cilantro
Print

Instant Pot Mexican Quinoa Recipe

Pressure Cooker Mexican Quinoa flavored with cumin, coriander, and flavored with beans. This quick and easy one-pot meal is made in the Instant Pot. It is a vegan, gluten-free, and plant-protein packed dinner recipe you can serve on a Tuesday night. Top with avocados, salsa, or pickled vegetables for a delicious bowl of Mexican flavors.
Course Dinner
Cuisine Mexican
Prep Time 5 minutes
Cook Time 20 minutes
Total Time 25 minutes
Servings 4 servings
Calories 298kcal

Ingredients

For The Mexican Quinoa:

  • 1 tablespoon vegetable oil
  • 1 medium-sized onion chopped
  • 2 small bell peppers chopped (or 2 jalapeno peppers, seeded and chopped)
  • 1 teaspoon ground cumin
  • ½ teaspoon ground coriander
  • 2 cloves of garlic peeled and minced
  • 1 cup of white quinoa rinsed and drained
  • 1 (15 oz.) can black beans, drained and rinsed
  • 1 can corn rinsed (1 to 1 1/2 cups of fresh or frozen corn would also work)
  • 1 can 15 oz. diced tomatoes, with all their juices
  • ½ teaspoon kosher salt
  • ¼ teaspoon black pepper
  • 1 cup water or vegetable broth
  • ¼ cup fresh cilantro chopped – plus more as a garnish

As Garnish (pick & choose):

  • 1 ripe avocado
  • 1 lime cut into wedges
  • Pickled vegetables optional
  • A handful of pumpkin seeds optional

Instructions

  • Press sauté and add the oil to the Instant Pot.
  • Once the oil is hot but not smoking, add the onion, peppers, ground cumin, and ground coriander. Cook, stirring constantly, until onions are translucent, 3-4 minutes.
  • Stir in the garlic and cook for 30 seconds.
  • Add in the quinoa, black beans, corn kernels, tomatoes, and salt and pepper. Give it a stir.
  • Pour in the liquid, secure the lid, move the steam release valve to the sealing position.
  • Select Manual/Pressure Cook to cook on high for 1 minute.
  • When the cooking cycle is complete, let the pressure naturally release for 8-10 minutes, then move the steam release valve to the venting position to release any remaining pressure. When the floating valve drops, remove the lid. 
  • Give it a gentle stir.
  • To serve: Place the desired amount in a bowl and garnish with fresh cilantro, avocado, and pickled onions or radishes. Serve with wedges of lime.

Nutrition

Calories: 298kcal | Carbohydrates: 39g | Protein: 8g | Fat: 14g | Saturated Fat: 4g | Sodium: 535mg | Potassium: 579mg | Fiber: 8g | Sugar: 3g | Vitamin A: 704IU | Vitamin C: 31mg | Calcium: 45mg | Iron: 3mg

The post Instant Pot Mexican Quinoa appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/instant-pot-mexican-quinoa/feed/ 8
Pressure Cooker Quinoa (Made in Instant Pot) https://foolproofliving.com/pressure-cooker-quinoa/ https://foolproofliving.com/pressure-cooker-quinoa/#comments Wed, 10 Jun 2020 18:20:08 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=29468 At this point, I think we can all agree that pressure cookers are here to stay. I was skeptical at the beginning but after using it for almost a year now I totally see the value. That is why I am slowly but surely building my library of Instant Pot recipes. In today’s post, we are going back to basics and cooking quinoa in an Instant Pot. With only one-minute...

The post Pressure Cooker Quinoa (Made in Instant Pot) appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
At this point, I think we can all agree that pressure cookers are here to stay. I was skeptical at the beginning but after using it for almost a year now I totally see the value. That is why I am slowly but surely building my library of Instant Pot recipes.

In today’s post, we are going back to basics and cooking quinoa in an Instant Pot. With only one-minute of active cooking time, this pressure cooker quinoa recipe delivers perfect results every time.

A bowl of quinoa cooked in a pressure cooker is in front of an instant pot

Make it a part of your weekly meal prep, cook a batch (or two), and incorporate it in your sweet and savory gluten-free recipes throughout the week. If you need inspiration, be sure to check out all my healthy quinoa recipes to start cooking.

And if you have any leftovers, you can easily freeze quinoa following my foolproof instructions.

Agree? Let’s break it down.

Don’t have a pressure cooker? Try my other foolproof quinoa cooking techniques below:

Ingredients:

To cook basic quinoa in Instant pot (or any other pressure cooker), you will need only two ingredients: Quinoa and water

Ingredients for Instant pot quinoa recipe

However, though it is optional, you can also use a little bit of oil to grease the bottom of the pressure cooker insert and a pinch of salt.

My go-to water to quinoa ratio for cooking quinoa in a pressure cooker is 1 to 1.

Personally, I do not see a need for using oil if you are worried that it will stick to the pan because it doesn’t. However, if you are a fan of toasting quinoa to bring out its nutty flavors that is a different story. We will talk more about how to make quinoa in an electric pressure cooker taste better in detail below.

With that being said, I think a pinch of salt helps with seasoning and flavoring the quinoa so I recommend using it.

How To Cook Quinoa In Instant Pot

The process is simple:

Person showing how to cook quinoa in an instant pot with step by step photos
  1. Rinse quinoa in a fine-mesh strainer under cold water until water runs clear.
  2. Transfer it to the pressure cooker, pour in the liquid, and a pinch of salt, if using
  3. Secure the lid. Move the steam release valve to Sealing.
  4. Select Manual/Pressure Cook to cook on high pressure for 1 minute*.
  5. When the cooking cycle is complete, let the pressure naturally release for 7-8 minutes, then move the steam release valve to Venting to release any remaining pressure.
  6. Carefully open the lid. Fluff it with a fork and serve.

PROTIP: You might think of rinsing quinoa as an extra step. However, it is an important one. Quinoa has a natural coating called saponin. It is a self-defense mechanism for the quinoa plant to protect itself from microbes, fungi, birds, insects, and other foraging animals in its natural habitat. 

While it is necessary for quinoa plants’ survival, the problem with saponin is that it has a bitter taste. Therefore, washing quinoa thoroughly helps with getting rid of the bitter taste of quinoa. 

If you are in need of more information on this topic, including things like how to rinse quinoa without a strainer and whether or not you should wash quinoa if its package says it is pre-rinsed, be sure to check the detailed post I wrote on How To Rinse Quinoa.

Cooking Time for Other Types of Quinoa (Red, Black & Tricolor):

You might ask, what if I want to cook tri-color quinoa in an instant pot? 

I am glad you asked because I find that red, black, and tricolor (aka rainbow) quinoa takes just a bit longer to cook.

A wooden spoon of tricolor quinoa in instant pot

As a preparation for this post, I have cooked all three kinds of quinoa (red, black, and tri-color) and found that the best cook time for them is 3 minutes. Therefore, if you are cooking any other quinoa than the white quinoa, be sure to adjust the actual cooking time accordingly.

Helpful Tips:

  • A Note On Various Pressure Cooker Quinoa Recipes on The Internet: If you do a quick search on the internet, you will quickly realize that content creators use different timing and water to quinoa ratios when cooking quinoa in a pressure cooker. 
    I wanted to address this because I was shocked to find recipes that suggested cooking quinoa up to 10 minutes (!) and with a 1 to 1 ½ ratio (1 cup quinoa to 1 ½ cups of liquid). Wondering how that would turn out, I tried cooking white quinoa in using longer times and with more liquid. Here is what I found:
  1. I do not recommend cooking white quinoa longer than 3 minutes (of active cooking time). In my opinion, any time over that makes it turn into mushy and flavorless.
  2. It is okay to use more liquid (up to 1 ½ cups), but you might end up with excess liquid in the pot. It can easily be drained, but just be aware.
  • Be aware that various quinoa brands might deliver different results: I ran into the issue of different cooking times based on different brands during the recipe testing of my Instant Pot Wild Rice recipe. It was no different with quinoa. The brand you use matters. I have tested this recipe using there different brands of quinoa: Pride of India, Trader Joe’s and Ancient Grains (affiliate links).
    Two of them, Pride of India and Trader Joe’s brands worked perfectly with my instant pot 1 minute quinoa recipe while the Ancient Grains needed one more minute to fully cook.
    My suggestion here is to try your favorite quinoa brand with my 1-minute recipe first and then if it doesn’t then put the lid back on, seal, and cook for one more minute.
A bowl of tricolor quinoa in front of a pressure cooker

FAQs:

What is the Quinoa to Water Ratio for Electric Pressure Cooker?

The ratio for quinoa to water is 1 to 1. In other words, you will need 1 cup of water (or liquid) to cook 1 cup of quinoa.

How Long Does It Take To Cook Quinoa In an Instant Pot From Start to Finish?

It usually takes about 6-7 minutes for it to come to pressure and then 7-8 minutes for it to release naturally. In total, depending on the type of quinoa you are using, it takes about 15-20 minutes of cooking time.

Do I Need To Adjust Timing If I Multiply This Recipe?

If you are planning to include quinoa in your meal planning and want to make more than a batch you can certainly double or triple the recipe. The best part is that all you have to change is the amount of liquid used (1:1 ratio of quinoa to liquid). The time of cooking does not change.

How Much Cooked Quinoa Does 1 Cup Quinoa Yields?

One cup white quinoa yields 2 ¾ -3 cups of cooked quinoa. If you are using tricolor quinoa, you get about 2 ½ to 2 ¾ cups of cooked tricolor quinoa.

A Few Ways To Flavor:

While the simple water, quinoa, and pinch of salt combination deliver good results, you can easily take this pressure cooker quinoa recipe up a notch. Here are a few easy adjustments you can make to this Instant pot 1-minute quinoa recipe to make it taste better:

  1. Toast quinoa with oil: Toasting quinoa with coconut oil (or any other vegetable oil of your choice) using the sautee function for 2-3 minutes helps with bringing out its nutty and earthy flavors. I would recommend using 1-2 teaspoons of oil for every cup of quinoa you cook. Also, be sure to stir constantly to prevent it from burning.
  2. Swap water with broth: Depending on where you are planning to use your cooked quinoa, you can switch up the cooking liquid. Simply use the same ratio and use vegetable, beef or chicken broth as the cooking liquid.

If you are in need of more ideas to flavor quinoa, be sure to check out the detailed post I wrote on how to make quinoa taste good.

More Instant pot quinoa recipes:

Other Ways To Cook Quinoa – AKA Back to Basics

Recipe Ideas To Use Cooked Quinoa:

If you have been following me for a while you know that I am a big fan of quinoa and regularly incorporate it into my meals. Here are a few recipes to help you use your instapot quinoa (as my husband calls it):

 

Pressure Cooker Quinoa in a bowl in front of an instant pot
Print

Pressure Cooker Quinoa Recipe (Instant Pot Method)

Learn how to cook quinoa in a pressure cooker that works every time. Get my tips on cooking white, red, black, and tricolor quinoa in an Instant pot for a convenient hands-off method.
Course Grain Dishes
Cuisine American
Prep Time 12 minutes
Cook Time 1 minute
Total Time 13 minutes
Servings 3 cups cooked quinoa
Calories 209kcal

Ingredients

  • 1 cup uncooked white quinoa red, black, or tricolor quinoa would also work
  • 1 cup water*
  • pinch of salt

Instructions

  • Rinse quinoa in a fine-mesh strainer under cold water until water runs clear.
  • Transfer it to the Instant pot, pour in the liquid, and a pinch of salt, if using.
  • Secure the lid. Move the steam release valve to Sealing position.
  • Select Manual/Pressure Cook to cook on high pressure for 1 minute for white quinoa and 3 minutes for red, black, or tricolor quinoa.
  • When the cooking cycle is complete, let the pressure naturally release for 7-8 minutes, then move the steam release valve to Venting position to release any remaining pressure.
  • Carefully open the lid. Fluff it with a fork and serve.

Video

Notes

FAQs & Answers: 
  • How long does it take from start to finish to cook quinoa in a pressure cooker? It usually takes about 6-7 minutes for it to come to pressure and then 7-8 minutes for it to release naturally. In total, depending on the type of quinoa you are using, it takes about 15-20 minutes of cooking time.
  • Do I Need To Adjust Timing If I Multiply The Recipe? If you are planning to include quinoa in your meal planning and want to make more than a batch you can certainly double or triple the recipe. The best part is that all you have to change is the amount of liquid used (1:1 ratio of quinoa to liquid). The time of cooking does not change.
  • Two ways to flavor quinoa:
    1. Toast quinoa with oil: Toasting quinoa with coconut oil (or any other vegetable oil of your choice) using the sautee function for 2-3 minutes helps with bringing out its nutty and earthy flavors. I would recommend using 1-2 teaspoons of oil for every cup of quinoa you cook. Also, be sure to stir constantly to prevent it from burning.
    2. Swap water with broth *: Depending on where you are planning to use your cooked quinoa, you can switch up the cooking liquid. Simply use the same ratio and use vegetable, beef or chicken broth as the cooking liquid.

Nutrition

Calories: 209kcal | Carbohydrates: 36g | Protein: 8g | Fat: 3g | Saturated Fat: 1g | Sodium: 7mg | Potassium: 319mg | Fiber: 4g | Calcium: 27mg | Iron: 3mg

The post Pressure Cooker Quinoa (Made in Instant Pot) appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/pressure-cooker-quinoa/feed/ 5
Hearty Crockpot Vegetable Beef Soup (Slow Cooker Method) https://foolproofliving.com/crockpot-vegetable-beef-soup/ https://foolproofliving.com/crockpot-vegetable-beef-soup/#comments Sat, 04 Jan 2020 18:58:45 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=27040 Why Should You Try This Recipe? Beef and vegetables. Is there really anything better? If you ask me, the answer is no. Here are a few reasons why this crock pot vegetable beef soup recipe is awesome: Hands off cooking: Don’t get me wrong, I make my Stovetop Vegetable Beef Soup often and it simmering on the stove top is as comforting as possible on a cold winter day. But...

The post Hearty Crockpot Vegetable Beef Soup (Slow Cooker Method) appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>

Why Should You Try This Recipe?

Beef and vegetables. Is there really anything better? If you ask me, the answer is no. Here are a few reasons why this crock pot vegetable beef soup recipe is awesome:

  • Hands off cooking: Don’t get me wrong, I make my Stovetop Vegetable Beef Soup often and it simmering on the stove top is as comforting as possible on a cold winter day. But to be honest, sometimes I don’t want to spend all day in the kitchen cooking and cleaning. That’s the beauty of this CrockPot vegetable soup recipe. Other than searing the beef stew meat and chopping up the vegetables, there is little hands-on time to do anything else. Most of the work is done by the slow cooker.
  • Stores & Freezes Well: The best part is that you can make a big batch to serve some right away and freeze the rest for later to have soup ready on hand whenever you don’t feel like cooking.
  • A Crowd Pleaser: Serve it by itself with a loaf of crusty no knead bread, bulgur wheat pilaf, or one of my healthy quinoa salads on the side, it is guaranteed to be a great family meal.
Crockpot Vegetable Beef Soup placed in a bowl and served with crusty bread photographed from the top view.

Ingredients:

The ingredient profile for this soup is not much different from the stove-top vegetable beef soup recipe.

All Ingredients for this recipe are laid out and photographed from the top view.
  • Beef Stew Beef – The right cut of beef makes all the difference. I usually buy a whole chuck roast and cut it into smaller pieces myself. However, you can also purchase pre-cut stew meat to make this soup. Below I will go into detail about the other cuts of meat you can use.
  • Kosher Salt + Black Pepper – For seasoning both the beef and slow-cooker stew.
  • Vegetable Oil – My favorite vegetable oils are grapeseed or avocado oil.
  • Onions, Carrots, Celery – Also known as mirepoix, this simple mix of aromatic vegetables offer so much flavor. I like to leave them in large pieces for a chunky beef stew.
  • Garlic – Mince the garlic cloves, so they provide the most intense garlic flavor. 
  • Yukon Gold Potatoes – Cut the potatoes in small cubes for size and textural variance in your vegetable beef soup.
  • Diced Tomatoes
  • Fresh Green Beans – Trimmed and cut in half, the smaller size makes it easier to scoop up the green beans with a spoon.
  • Low-Sodium Chicken or Beef Stock – A low-sodium variety helps to control the amount of salt. This way, the seasoning is all up to you! Purchase a high-quality, organic brand for the best flavor or better yet make your own chicken stock.
  • Tomato Juice – Make sure the label reads 100% tomato juice.
  • Frozen Peas – No need to thaw the frozen green peas. The peas are small enough so that they simply warm through in the veggie stew. Or if you have it, you can also use blanched peas.
  • Fresh Parsley
All ingredients are placed in crockpot and photographed from the top view

Need a suggestion for a great slow cooker? I own this one (affiliate link) for over 7 years now and it never failed me. It is easy to clean and operate. I cannot recommend it enough.


Best cut of beef for soup

I always buy a whole Chuck Roast (also known as Chuck Shoulder, Chuck-Eye Roast, or Top Chuck) and cut it into large chunks (about 1 ½ inch) myself – or ask the butcher behind the counter to do it for me.

This is just my personal preference, as stew meat is a mixture of pre-cut cuts of beef, so you never really know what you’re getting. The below passage is from TheKitchn and explains why getting pre-packaged stew meat is not the best option:

Packages of pre-cut stew meat are often assembled by the butcher or meat department from the odds and ends from other different cuts. While this might sound like a good thing — viva varieté! —this isn’t actually the best news for your stew.

All those little scraps from different muscle groups often cook quite differently. Some might take longer or slower, resulting in some perfectly tender bites and some tough and chewy bites. Also, some of the scraps will probably be quite lean, while others contain a lot of fat, and still others have a good amount of gristle. These inconsistencies make it difficult to cook a stew where every bite gives you the same, delicious experience.

Citation: The Kitchn – Why Stew Meat Isn’t Actually the Best Choice for Stews

Chuck Roast is economical and comes with the added bonus of extra marbling (fat) throughout the meat, creating a fall-apart tender beef vegetable soup every time.

If you want to try making this soup with other cuts of beef, I would recommend buying Round Tip or London Broil (aka Top Round) and cutting them into smaller chunks.

A crockpot filled with vegetables and beef is photographed as a woman is pouring beef broth into the mixture from the front view.

Fresh vegetables vs frozen vegetables

  • Crockpot vegetable beef soup with fresh vegetables – I prefer to use fresh vegetables that are in season, except for frozen peas, for the best texture and flavor. The beauty of using fresh vegetables is that you can make this CrockPot vegetable beef stew any time of year with any variety of your favorite vegetables that look best at the market.
  • Slow cooker vegetable beef soup with frozen vegetables – If you do decide to go the frozen vegetable route, omit the fresh carrots, green beans, and frozen peas and purchase a 24-oz bag of frozen mixed vegetables instead and add them during the last 30 minutes of cooking. If you add the frozen vegetables too early, they will become gummy, overcooked and mushy.

How to cook this recipe?

To cook this vegetable beef soup in the crockpot, simply:

  1. Sear the meat: Dry the beef as much as possible (see PRO TIP below). Season with salt and pepper. In a cast-iron skillet, heat 1 tablespoon of oil over medium-high heat.
    When the oil starts to shimmer (about 2 minutes), add as many pieces of cubed beef as possible without crowding the pan and cook until nicely browned on all sides, about 3-4 minutes on each side.
    Transfer the seared meat to a plate and continue cooking in batches with the rest of the beef.
  2. Place all ingredients (except peas) in the crockpot: Place the onions, carrots, celery, garlic, potatoes, tomatoes (and juice), green beans, seared meat, broth, tomato juice, salt, and pepper in the bowl of your slow cooker and give it a stir. Cook on LOW for 8-9 hours.
  3. Add the frozen peas: During the last 30 minutes of cooking, add the frozen peas into the soup.
  4. Taste & Serve: Give it a taste and add more seasoning if necessary. Ladle into bowls, garnish with fresh parsley, and serve.

My pro tips on searing the beef:

While I know that it is an extra step, for the most flavorful homemade vegetable beef soup in a CrockPot, I think it is essential to brown the beef before placing it in the slow cooker. Below are my two pro tips when it comes to searing beef:

  1. Dry the meat thoroughly and make sure that the cast iron skillet is super hot: To dry the meat properly, line a baking sheet with a few sheets of paper towels and transfer the beef to the prepared baking sheet. Dab off excess moisture with another paper towel.
    The browning process happens faster when you start with a super hot pan. Remember, our goal is not to fully cook the beef. Rather, brown it on all sides for flavor.
  2. Season the meat as soon as you are ready to place it in the skillet: Salt draws out moisture, meaning all that work you just took to get your meat super dry will be lost. I like to season my beef cubes in four batches, while the oil is heating up in the pan.

I know it seems like a lot of extra work, but trust me, it’s totally worth it! Taking the extra time to sear produces tender chunks of beef with every bite.

With this being said, you can make this vegetable beef soup without browning the beef, but you will end up with a soup with tougher beef chunks rather than soft (falling off the bone-like) meat.

Browned beef is photographed along with fresh vegetables

How to freeze

This CrockPot beef broth soup with stew meat can be frozen for up to 3 months. Be sure to bring the soup to room temperature before freezing and follow one of the two options below:

  1. Store in an airtight container: Ladle into individual airtight containers and pop one out of the freezer to defrost in the fridge overnight every time the craving strikes.
    To rewarm, bring to a boil over medium heat in a small saucepan, pour into a serving bowl and enjoy!
  2. Store in silicone reusable bags or plastic resealable bags: Transfer the beef vegetable soup to a few reusable silicone bags (like Stasher – affiliate link) or freezer-safe plastic storage bags, with a bit of room at the top.
    Push out all the air, seal tight, label, date, and lay flat in your freezer. Remove from the freezer the night before to defrost in your fridge. Transfer to a large pot, bring to a boil over medium heat, and reduce to low to keep warm. Ladle into bowls and enjoy!

Can I prep everything a day in advance? Make Ahead Instructions:

If you’d like to get a step ahead, you can sear the beef and keep it in an airtight container a day in advance. You can also prep the rest of the vegetables and keep them in the fridge until the next day.

The next morning, place everything (except the peas) into the CrockPot, stir and set to cook for the day. Add the peas in 30 minutes before you are ready for dinner. And serve!

FAQs

How long does it take to cook this hearty beef vegetable soup recipe?

This soup requires around 45 minutes of prep time, including searing the meat and prepping the vegetables, and then continues to cook on LOW for 8-9 hours (on HIGH 6-7 hours) in your slow cooker.

How many calories in vegetable beef soup?

One serving of this beef and veggie soup is only 445 calories per serving! Hearty, healthy, and packed full of protein from the beef and veggies, it’s a filling meal.

What goes with beef soup?

I like to serve this easy beef soup with a warm, crusty slice of No-Knead Artisan Bread, buttery Brioche bread, Almond Flour Biscuits (for a gluten-free option), or Sweet Potato Biscuits to soak up all those wonderful juices. A simple green salad is an extra special touch that offers a comforting and well-balanced meal.

a bowl of Crockpot Vegetable Beef Soup is served with crusty bread and photographed from the front view.

Variations for this recipe

Below are a few recommendations to adjust the beef and veggie soup to your liking:

  • With Leftover Pot Roast – A fun and interesting way to use up leftover pot roast in your fridge. Simply skip the seared beef steps, chop the pot roast into 1-inch pieces, and add all the remaining ingredients to the bowl of your slow cooker. Cook as directed.
  • Without Potatoes – Replace the potatoes with another root vegetable of choice, such as rutabaga, turnips, or parsnips. Alternatively, use sweet potatoes during the fall months for that extra unique fall flavor.
  • Without Tomatoes – Omitting the tomatoes will also omit the liquid that comes along with them. To replace that moisture, add an additional 2 cups low-sodium chicken or beef broth.
  • Without Tomato Sauce/Juice – Omit the tomato juice and add an additional 1 ½ cups low-sodium chicken or beef broth.
A ladle of soup is photographed from the front from a close up view.

Other soup recipes you might like

Here are a few more homemade beef soup recipes that you might enjoy:

If you try this Crockpot Vegetable Beef Soup recipe or any other slow cooker recipes on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It helps others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

Crockpot Vegetable Beef Soup Recipe Image
Print

Hearty Crockpot Vegetable Beef Soup Recipe (Slow Cooker Method)

A hearty CrockPot Vegetable Beef Soup recipe packed with chunks of tender beef and healthy vegetables cooked in a rich broth. Great for meal prep and freezer friendly.
Course Soup
Cuisine American
Diet Gluten Free
Prep Time 45 minutes
Cook Time 8 hours
Total Time 8 hours 45 minutes
Servings 8 servings
Calories 445kcal

Ingredients

For The Beef:

  • 2 pounds chuck roast or beef stew meat *, cut into 1-inch cubes
  • 1 ½ teaspoons kosher salt
  • ½ teaspoon black pepper
  • 3 tablespoons of vegetable oil divided

For The Soup:

  • 2 medium onions chopped (approximately 1 cup)
  • 5 carrots peeled and cut into 1/2 -inch thick slices (approximately1 cup)
  • 5 stalks of celery chopped (approximately 1 cup)
  • 3 cloves of garlic peeled and minced
  • 1 pound Yukon gold potatoes cut into small cubes
  • 1 can 15 oz. diced tomatoes
  • 1 ½ cups green beans
  • 4 cups chicken or beef stock low sodium or no salt added
  • 1 ½ cups of tomato juice
  • 1 teaspoon kosher salt
  • ½ teaspoon ground black pepper
  • 1 cup frozen peas
  • ¼ cup fresh parsley chopped

Instructions

  • Dry the beef: Line a baking sheet with a few sheets of paper towels. Transfer the cubed beef onto the sheet and pat dry with paper towels. Season with salt and pepper on all sides.
  • Heat 1 tablespoon oil in a large saute pan (I used my cast iron skillet) over medium-high heat. When the oil is sizzling hot, add in the cubed meat (as many as you can without crowding the pan) and cook for 3-4 minutes on each side or until the meat is nicely browned. Continue the same process with the rest of the meat. I had to do it in 3 batches.
  • Place the seared meat onto a plate and set aside.
  • To make the soup, place onion, carrots, celery, garlic, potatoes, diced tomatoes (with all its juices), green beans, seared meat, and salt and pepper into the bowl of your slow cooker. 
  • Pout in the beef stock and tomato juice. Give it a gentle stir.
  • Cook on low for 8-9 hours or on high for 6-7 hours.
  • Stir in the frozen peas in the last 30 minutes. 
  • Ladle into bowls, garnish with parsley, and serve.

Notes

  • The Best cut of beef for this soup: I always buy a whole Chuck Roast (also known as Chuck Shoulder, Chuck-Eye Roast, or Top Chuck) and cut it into large chunks (about 1 ½ inch) myself – or ask the butcher behind the counter to do it for me.
  • Store in an airtight container: Ladle into individual airtight containers and pop one out of the freezer to defrost in the fridge overnight every time the craving strikes.
    To rewarm, bring to a boil over medium heat in a small saucepan, pour into a serving bowl and enjoy!
  • Store in silicone reusable bags or plastic resealable bags: Transfer the beef vegetable soup to a few reusable silicone bags or freezer-safe plastic storage bags, with a bit of room at the top.
    Push out all the air, seal tight, label, date, and lay flat in your freezer. Remove from the freezer the night before to defrost in your fridge. Transfer to a large pot, bring to a boil over medium heat, and reduce to low to keep warm. Ladle into bowls and enjoy!

Nutrition

Calories: 445kcal | Carbohydrates: 35g | Protein: 31g | Fat: 21g | Saturated Fat: 11g | Cholesterol: 82mg | Sodium: 1188mg | Potassium: 1198mg | Fiber: 7g | Sugar: 9g | Vitamin A: 7048IU | Vitamin C: 37mg | Calcium: 90mg | Iron: 5mg

The post Hearty Crockpot Vegetable Beef Soup (Slow Cooker Method) appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/crockpot-vegetable-beef-soup/feed/ 15
Instant Pot Wild Rice Recipe https://foolproofliving.com/instant-pot-wild-rice-recipe/ https://foolproofliving.com/instant-pot-wild-rice-recipe/#comments Tue, 24 Dec 2019 19:54:46 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=26854 Today, we are cooking wild rice in the instant pot. For years, I cooked my wild rice on the stovetop, which started with soaking wild rice from the night before and then cooking it on the stovetop the next day. I even published a detailed blog post about how to cook wild rice. However, nowadays, with pressure cooking being so convenient, I am also cooking wild rice in my Instant...

The post Instant Pot Wild Rice Recipe appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
Today, we are cooking wild rice in the instant pot. For years, I cooked my wild rice on the stovetop, which started with soaking wild rice from the night before and then cooking it on the stovetop the next day. I even published a detailed blog post about how to cook wild rice.

However, nowadays, with pressure cooking being so convenient, I am also cooking wild rice in my Instant Pot (affiliate link.) In addition to being a timesaver, it allows me to skip the soaking part, which is great because I usually forget to do it from the night before.

A bowl of perfectly cooked Instant Pot Wild Rice is photographed with a bowl of wild rice blend in the background.

I have to admit it took me a minute to get into using my Instant Pot, but now I am hooked. Though I am still a student in learning, I love the ease and convenience of using my pressure cooker daily, especially when it comes to cooking the basics.

So today, I am here to tell you everything you need to know about cooking wild rice and my favorite wild rice blend in a pressure cooker. Before I continue, please know that it took me two weeks of testing and over ten times of cooking wild rice in my instant pot with different wild rice brands to write this post.

A bowl of Pressure Cooker Wild Rice is place in a bowl and photographed from the top view.

Wild Rice Brands:

Before I talk about how to cook wild rice in a pressure cooker, I want to caution you on something. During my recipe testing, I learned that the results you get from one wild rice brand to another vary. I found out about this the hard way when I kept getting different results when I switched from one brand to another.

They were minor but still slightly different. In the end, I found a ‘water to wild rice ratio” that works perfectly with three different brands (below links are affiliate links):

  • Reese Minnesota Wild Rice – Minnesotan hand-picked wild rice
  • Lundberg Organic Wild Rice – A national brand you can find in almost every store.
  • Organic Wild Rice that I purchased from the bulk section of our local grocery store here in Manchester, Vermont.

Now, this is not to say this instant pot wild rice recipe will not work with any other wild rice brand. My goal here is to let you know that there might be slight differences in results based on the wild rice you are using.

Wild Rice Water Ratio

The wild rice to water ratio for cooking wild rice in an instant pot is:

1 cup (6 ounces = 170 grams) of wild rice to 1 ⅓ cups (330 ml.) of water.

Ingredients (wild rice, water, and salt) are laid out for the perfect wild rice water ratio to cook wild rice in an instant pot

While it might sound like the amount of water is not enough, please keep in mind that when you cook food in a pressure cooker, the cooking liquid has nowhere to evaporate. As a result, the rice absorbs all the liquid leaving you with perfectly cooked and moist wild rice that is ready to serve.

The rice to liquid ratio of 1 to 1 ⅓ provides wild rice with some grain that is “fully burst” with some that are “just about to burst,” which I think is the best way to serve wild rice. Additionally, this ratio will give you wild rice with no excess liquid in the pot after it is cooked.

With that being said, I know that some people think that wild rice should be cooked in plenty of liquid and that the leftover juices should be used in cooking. If you feel that way, you can increase the amount of water to 1 ½ cups. Though be aware that even though your rice will be perfectly cooked, you will have to drain the excess liquid in the pan before serving.

How to cook wild rice in Instant Pot (In electric pressure cooker)

To cook wild rice in an instant pot:

  1. Rinse the rice: Place a cup of wild rice into a colander, rinse under cold water, and drain. You do not need to soak wild rice when cooking it in a pressure cooker.
  2. Place rice and water in the pressure cooker: Transfer the rinsed and drained wild rice into the instant pot and pour in 1 ⅓ cups of water. If preferred, you can add some salt as well.
  3. Set the instant pot: Secure the lid and make sure that the pressure regulator is set to sealing position. Select Manual and cook at high pressure for 20 minutes, followed by a 10-minute natural release. If there is any pressure left, release it by turning the pressure regulator knob onto the venting position. Carefully open the lid.
  4. Serve: Fluff the now-cooked wild rice with a fork or a wooden spoon and serve.
    Or add your cooked wild rice into soups, salads, casseroles, or serve it as a side dish.

How long does it take to cook wild rice in pressure cooker

From start to finish, it takes around 35 minutes to cook wild rice in a pressure cooker. Below is the breakdown:

  • ~5 minutes for the instant pot come to full pressure
  • 20 minutes to cook the wild rice
  • ~10 minutes for natural release. 

If you decide to double the recipe, meaning use 2 cups of wild rice and 2 ⅔ cups of water, the timing should still be the same. However, if you wish to cook more than that, you might have to add a couple of minutes (no more than 5 minutes) to the cooking time.

Also, I recommend using water that is at room temperature to shorten the amount of time for the instant pot to come to full pressure.

How much cooked wild rice do you get from one cup of uncooked wild rice

1 cup (6 ounces = 170 grams ) uncooked wild rice will yield approximately 2 ⅓ cups (~11.66 ounces = 330 grams) of cooked wild rice.

1 cup of cooked rice weighs about 5 ounces (141 grams.)

The values you see above were measured in my kitchen using a kitchen scale and a cup measure using all three different brands that I mentioned earlier.

Can I use chicken or vegetable broth instead of water:

Yes, you can. Swap water with the same amount of chicken or vegetable stock.

Additionally, if you prefer, you can add in flavoring agents like a clove of minced garlic, a tablespoon of oil, or a bay leaf into the cooking liquid for even more flavor.

How to cook wild rice blend in Instant Pot:

While I am a lover of wild rice as a grain by itself, lately, we have been enjoying Lundberg’s Wild Rice Blend (affiliate link) quite a bit. This post is not sponsored by them, but I love their rice blend and serve it quite a bit. Therefore, I thought it would be helpful to share how I cook my favorite wild rice blend in a pressure cooker as well.

A bowl of my Instant Pot Wild Rice Blend recipe is photographed in front of a pressure cooker.

According to their website, Lundberg Wild Rice Blend consists of long-grain brown rice, sweet brown rice, wild rice, Wehani® red rice, and black rice. As you can imagine, with all different kinds of rice types, it is hard to figure out how much liquid to use and how long to cook. But no worries, I am here to help.

Wild Rice To Water Ratio To Cook Instant Pot Wild Rice Blend

The ingredients (wild rice blend, water, and salt) are laid out for the perfect ratio of water and wild rice blend to cook the best instant pot wild rice blend

The ratio of wild rice blend to water (or liquid) to cook in pressure cooker is 1 to 1 ½ cups. In other words, you should cook 1 cup (6.8 ounces = ~ 193 grams) of Lundberg Wild Rice Blend in 1 ½ cups (375 ml.) of water.

How To Cook Wild Rice Blend In A Pressure Cooker:

  1. Rinse the wild rice blend: Place a cup of the wild rice blend into a colander, rinse under cold water, and drain.
  2. Place wild rice blend and water in the pressure cooker: Transfer the rinsed and drained wild rice blend into the instant pot and pour in 1 ½ cups of water (or chicken or vegetable stock). If preferred, you can add some salt as well.
  3. Set the instant pot: Secure the lid; make sure that the pressure regulator is set to sealing position. Select Manual and cook at high pressure for 28 minutes. Let it naturally release for 10 minutes. If there is any pressure left, release it by turning the knob onto the venting position. Carefully open the lid.
  4. Serve: Serve your wild rice pilaf warm as a side dish with your favorite meat or veggie dishes.

From start to finish, it takes around 42 – 45 minutes for wild rice blend to cook in a pressure cooker. Below is the breakdown:

  • ~5 minutes for the instant pot come to full pressure
  • 28 minutes to cook the wild rice
  • ~10 minutes for natural release

How much cooked wild rice blend do you get from 1 cup uncooked wild rice blend:

1 cup of uncooked Wild Rice Blend yields 3 cups of cooked wild rice blend.

A big bowl of Instant Pot (Pressure Cooker) Wild Rice Blend is photographed from the top view.

As I mentioned earlier, I used Lundberg’s Wild Rice Blend, so the numbers you see below are based on that particular brand of wild rice blend:

1 cup uncooked wild rice blend = ~ 6.8 ounces (192 grams)
1 cup cooked wild rice blend: ~ 6 ounces (170 grams)

With many health benefits like being high in protein, fiber, magnesium, and antioxidants, I think we can all agree that this naturally gluten-free grain is a wholesome grain that we should include in our diet (*Source). So now, with the ease and convenience of the pressure cooker, we have no excuse not to.

Below is the recipe along with a quick how-to video to show you how I cook wild rice in my instant pot. Check it out and let me know if I can answer any questions.

A Few wild rice recipes you might like:

 

Instant Pot Wild Rice Recipe Cooked and placed in a bowl
Print

Instant Pot Wild Rice Recipe

Learn how to cook Instant Pot Wild Rice quicker with the perfect wild rice water ratio and cooking time to make a bowl of perfectly cooked, nutritious, and healthy wild rice to use in salads, soups, or just by itself as a side dish.
Course Side Dish
Cuisine American
Prep Time 15 minutes
Cook Time 20 minutes
Total Time 35 minutes
Servings 4 Servings
Calories 286kcal

Ingredients

  • 1 cup 6 oz. Wild Rice
  • 1 1/3 cups 330 ml. water
  • 1/2 teaspoon kosher salt optional

Instructions

  • Place wild rice into a colander, rinse under cold water, and drain.
  • Transfer the rinsed and drained wild rice into the instant pot and pour in the water. If preferred, you can add some salt as well. 
  • Secure the lid and make sure that the pressure regulator is set to sealing position. Select Manual and cook at high pressure for 20 minutes, followed by a 10-minute natural release. If there is any pressure left, release it by turning the pressure regulator knob onto the venting position. Carefully open the lid.
  • Fluff the now-cooked wild rice with a fork or a wooden spoon and serve.

Video

Notes

You can find more information about cooking Wild Rice Blend in a pressure cooker in the blog post.
This Instant Pot recipe yields 2 1/3 cups of cooked wild rice.

Nutrition

Calories: 286kcal | Carbohydrates: 60g | Protein: 12g | Fat: 1g | Saturated Fat: 1g | Sodium: 595mg | Potassium: 342mg | Fiber: 5g | Sugar: 2g | Calcium: 17mg | Iron: 2mg

The post Instant Pot Wild Rice Recipe appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/instant-pot-wild-rice-recipe/feed/ 50
Pressure Cooker Steel Cut Oats https://foolproofliving.com/pressure-cooker-steel-cut-oats/ https://foolproofliving.com/pressure-cooker-steel-cut-oats/#comments Wed, 10 Jul 2019 18:08:12 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=25118 Although the warmer months are upon us here in Vermont, the early, sun-filled (but somewhat cool) mornings make me crave a comforting, nutritious breakfast. And with summer berries at their peak, all I want to do is enjoy them first thing in the morning over a bowl of warm instant pot oats. That was the inspiration for this quick steel-cut oatmeal recipe. If you have been following me for a...

The post Pressure Cooker Steel Cut Oats appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
Although the warmer months are upon us here in Vermont, the early, sun-filled (but somewhat cool) mornings make me crave a comforting, nutritious breakfast. And with summer berries at their peak, all I want to do is enjoy them first thing in the morning over a bowl of warm instant pot oats.

That was the inspiration for this quick steel-cut oatmeal recipe. If you have been following me for a while, you probably know I am a huge fan of steel cut oats for breakfast. It is also my favorite type amongst all types of oats. I have already shared my three other favorite ways of cooking it: Overnight Steel Cut Oats, Savory Oatmeal with Steel Cut Oats, and Steel Cut Oats in Slow Cooker.

A bowl of Healthy Pressure Cooker Steel Cut Oats Recipe topped off with fruit

In today’s Steel Cut Oatmeal recipe, we are using my new favorite kitchen toy, my Instant Pot (aka pressure cooker). The oats make the perfect bed for those wonderful summer berries and a drizzle of Vermont maple syrup. And when I learned it is possible to make steel cut oats in my Instant Pot, I was instantly (no pun intended) hooked! 

The best part is you can make this quick-cooking steel cut oats recipe any time of year and top it with whatever fruit is in season.

Ingredients

The ingredient list for cooking steel cut oats in an instant pot is a short one and you probably have everything in your pantry:

  • Steel Cut Oats: Also knowns as Irish Oats, steel cut oats are heartier than any other oats. If you are new to using them in your cooking, be sure to check out my post on rolled oats vs. steel cut oats to learn more about how they are different than old-fashioned oats.
  • Coconut Oil: I used coconut oil to toast the oats, but any other mild-flavored oil, like avocado oil, would also work. If you feel like splurging, you can even use butter.
  • Liquid: I used water as the cooking liquid, but you can also use almond milk or any other plant-based milk you have on hand.
  • Salt: A pinch of salt will enhance all the flavors, but it is optional.
  • Vanilla extract: It is optional but you can add a splash of it for vanilla flavor.
  • Toppings: I kept it simple and used fresh berries and a drizzle of maple syrup as a topping. However, you can also top it off with your favorite nut butter, nuts, spices (like ground cinnamon and nutmeg), or even a spoonful of vanilla yogurt. Alternatively, you can go the savory route and add toppings like roasted shiitake mushrooms or leftover asparagus and mushroom sautee if you have some on hand.

How to make steel cut oats in a pressure cooker?

The process of making these healthy pressure cooker steel cut oats is 100% foolproof! The pressure cooker steel cut oats instructions have 3 parts:

First, preheat your pressure cooker (or Instant Pot) by selecting “Saute.” Add in the coconut oil (if using) and once fully melted, add in the steel cut oats and saute for 30 seconds, while constantly stirring, until they are fully coated with the oil.

Here I have to mention the addition of coconut oil is optional. I like it because (1) a tablespoon of oil nicely coats the bottom of the pot and prevents it from sticking and (2) it gives the oatmeal a sweet coconut-y flavor. However, if you are trying to avoid using oil, you can totally skip this step and simply place everything in the pot.

ingredients for instant pot steel cut oats
A woman is placing steel cut oats in an instant pot.

Second, stir in the water, a pinch of salt, and select “Cancel.” Secure the lid and turn your valve to “Seal.” Select “Manual” and pressure-cook on HIGH pressure for 10 minutes. It should take about 5-7 minutes to come to full pressure.

Finally, once the cooking is complete, let the pressure cooker naturally release for 10 minutes and then quick release until there is no more steam. Remove the lid carefully, as it may be hot, and give it a stir. Portion into large bowls, top with desired toppings, and enjoy!

Pouring water into pressure cooker to make oatmeal
Freshly made Instant Pot Steel Cut oats photographed in the pressure cooker closeup.

How long to cook steel cut oats in a pressure cooker?

Pressure cooker steel cut oats time varies depending on the appliance you use. In our case today, we are using an Instant Pot (affiliate link). I found 10 minutes to be the appropriate amount of time to fully cook pressure cooker oatmeal so that it still retains some of its texture and chew.

However, if you want it to be creamier and less chewy, you can cook it up to 13 minutes.

What is the liquid to steel cut oats ratio?

I found the ratio of 1 ½ cups steel cut oats to 4 cups liquid is the perfect ratio to make steel cut oats that are both tender and moist without being gummy. For this recipe, I used water with a dash of salt to bring out the natural sweetness of the oatmeal in an Instant Pot.

PRO TIP: If you are looking for super creamy pressure cooker steel cut oats, I found the best ratio is 1 cup milk mixed with 3 cups water.

This produces lusciously creamy oatmeal while still retaining its natural flavor. I really enjoy the flavor of unsweetened almond milk or coconut milk in mine, but you can use any of your favorite milk or non-dairy milk variety.

And remember, you can always add another splash or two of milk when you are ready to reheat for breakfast each morning.

A big bowl of pressure cooker oatmeal recipe is photographed from the top view.

Are steel cut oats gluten free?

Yes, all oats, whether steel cut, old fashioned (or rolled), or quick-cooking, are inherently gluten-free. However, many manufacturers process oats in a facility with wheat products, so there is a chance of cross-contamination. If you have a gluten sensitivity, make sure to purchase steel cuts oats that are certified gluten-free.

Why use an Instant pot for cooking steel cut oats? (Benefits of cooking steel cut oats in a pressure cooker)

For the longest time, I made steel cut oats using my two favorite cooking methods; In my slow cooker and overnight (a hands-off alternative to cooking it on the stove top), but then I was introduced to the Instant Pot. I really enjoy my Instant Pot for several reasons and cooking steel cut oats in it is certainly one of them.

When you prepare Instant Pot steel cut oatmeal:

  1. The process is almost entirely hands-off.
  2. The steel cut oats cook in half the amount of time as compared to the usual stovetop method that is advertised on the packaging of most of the steel cut oats sold in the markets.

How many portions of steel cut oats does this recipe make?

This Instant Pot steel cut oats recipe will make enough for 4 large portions or 6 smaller portions. The sweet spot is 5 portions, making it the perfect recipe to prepare for a quick and healthy breakfast throughout the week.

Feel free to double the recipe to make an appropriate 10 portions for 2 people. My husband certainly appreciates this come weekday mornings!

How long do pressure cooker steel cut oats last?

This pressure cooker oatmeal will last in the fridge for 5 days as long as it is properly stored in an airtight container.

I usually make a big batch and divide it amongst glass meal prep containers (affiliate link) for a healthy grab and go breakfast on weekdays.

How to reheat pressure cooker steel cut oats?

There are two methods to reheat instant steel cut oats:

  1. Stovetop: Scoop a large portion of the steel cut oats into a small saucepan and add a few tablespoons of water or milk. Place over medium-low heat, cover, and cook, stirring frequently until warmed through. This should take about 4-5 minutes. Add an extra tablespoon or two of water or milk, if necessary, to prevent the oatmeal from drying out.
  2. Microwave: Scoop a large portion of the steel cut oatmeal into a microwave-safe dish and add a few tablespoons of water or milk. Microwave on HIGH in 15-second increments, stirring in between each session until thoroughly warmed through.
A bowl of Instant Pot Steel Cut oats topped off with fruits and photographed with a small jar of maple syrup photographed from the front view.

Do I use the Instant pot porridge setting to cook steel cut oats?

Which setting do I use when it comes to cooking steel cut oatmeal? This was a question that I had when I first started using my pressure cooker for cooking steel cut oats. I wanted to include it in here just in case you have it too. 

As I was getting ready for this post I looked in several websites and two reputable Instant Pot Cookbooks, Instant Pot Electronic Pressure Cookbook and The Essential Instant Pot Cookbook (affiliate link), and found out that they were opting for the manual setting rather than the porridge setting. Therefore, I chose to use the manual setting as well.

A Few tips for making the best steel cut oatmeal in a pressure cooker:

  • Don’t have coconut oil? Substitute it with avocado, olive, or grapeseed oil, or simply omit it altogether.
  • Want to add sweetness to your steel cut oats? At the end of cooking, stir in 2-3 tablespoons of unsweetened applesauce, ½ mashed banana, or 2-3 tablespoons maple syrup, or honey.
  • Want individual portions of steel cut instant oatmeal? Store the leftovers in 4-5 mason jars or glass meal prep containers (affiliate link) for a simple grab-and-go meal.
  • Can I freeze quick steel cut oats? You sure can! Simply divide it amongst 4-5 individual airtight containers, seal, label, date, and freeze for up to 3 months. When ready to serve, defrost in your fridge overnight and follow the reheating instructions above.
  • What kind of toppings do you recommend using for this vegan steel cut oats recipe? The possibilities are truly endless! During the summer months, I really enjoy topping these pressure cooker steel cut oats with fresh berries and maple syrup. And during the fall and winter months, sliced fresh figs or dried fruit work beautifully. Feel free to use your imagination to keep it interesting.
    A few delicious toppings include a dollop of peanut or almond butter, a splash of vanilla or almond extract, or an array of superfoods. Some of my favorite ones are toasted seeds and nuts such as sesame, flax, chia, hemp, almonds, pecans, or walnuts. With that being said, you can always enjoy it plain as a filling and healthy breakfast.

Other healthy oatmeal recipes you might also like

pressure cooker steel cut oats in a bowl garnished with fruit
Print

Pressure Cooker Steel Cut Oats Recipe (Instant Pot Method)

My foolproof method for Pressure Cooker Steel Cut Oats is virtually hands-off. Make a big batch in your instant pot, top it off with your favorite nuts and fruits, and enjoy a healthy bowl throughout the week.
Course Breakfast
Cuisine American
Prep Time 5 minutes
Cook Time 27 minutes
Total Time 32 minutes
Servings 4 servings
Calories 240kcal

Ingredients

  • 1 teaspoon coconut oil
  • 1 ½ cups steel cut oats (240 gr.)
  • 4 cups water (1 liter)
  • Pinch of salt optional

Instructions

  • Preheat the pressure cooker (I used my Instant Pot) by selecting saute. Add in the coconut oil and let it melt.
  • Add in the steel cut oats and mixing constantly lightly saute until for 30 seconds. 
  • Stir in the water. Select cancel.
  • Secure the lid and turn your valve to “seal”.  
  • Select manual and cook at high pressure for 10 minutes. I have found that it will take 5-7 minutes to come to full pressure.
  • Once cooking is complete, let it natural release for 10 minutes and then quick release the rest.
  • Remove the lid carefully and give it a stir. 
  • Top it off with your desired toppings.

Notes

Note: If you prefer to omit coconut oil, you can omit using it. If you decide to do so, skip the sauteeing step, place everything in your pressure cooker and follow the recipe from there. The nutritional values below do not include the calories coming from fruits, nuts and maple syrup.

Nutrition

Calories: 240kcal | Carbohydrates: 40g | Protein: 10g | Fat: 5g | Saturated Fat: 1g | Fiber: 7g | Calcium: 30mg | Iron: 2mg

The post Pressure Cooker Steel Cut Oats appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/pressure-cooker-steel-cut-oats/feed/ 22
Slow Cooker Honey Mustard Drumsticks https://foolproofliving.com/slow-cooker-honey-mustard-drumsticks/ https://foolproofliving.com/slow-cooker-honey-mustard-drumsticks/#respond Fri, 03 Feb 2017 15:51:16 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=12068 The move is in full force. My husband has already made it to Vermont and started working. I, on the other hand, have been packing every single day for the last 8 days. One of the two bedrooms in our house is filled with boxes all the way to the ceiling. There is absolutely no way to even walk inside the room. I am doing my best to take it...

The post Slow Cooker Honey Mustard Drumsticks appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
The move is in full force. My husband has already made it to Vermont and started working. I, on the other hand, have been packing every single day for the last 8 days. One of the two bedrooms in our house is filled with boxes all the way to the ceiling. There is absolutely no way to even walk inside the room. I am doing my best to take it all easy, but moving to Vermont in the middle of winter is giving me a little bit of an anxiety. Luckily, for the first few weeks we will stay at the hotel, which will not only allow us to get some rest, but also have enough time to find a new home for ourselves. I am excited and exhausted all at the same time, but I keep reminding myself that it is all a part of the journey.

Slow Cooker Honey Mustard Drumsticks on a bed of rice in a platter: A delicious slow cooker honey-mustard chicken drumsticks recipe.

Editor’s Note: This post is sponsored by UNCLE BEN’S®. The compensation received in exchange for placement on Foolproof Living is used to purchase ingredients and props, write blog posts, take and edit photos and maintain this website in general. However, though compensation was received in exchange for coverage, the thoughts and opinions mentioned in this post are my own. Thank you for supporting brands that support Foolproof Living!


Even though most of the kitchen stuff has been packed, I kept my slow cooker out, because (1) I still have a few days to leave and (2) I still need to eat. Plus, I am just not ready to start eating restaurant food every single day until we have our new place. And who knows when will that happen. So I made this slow cooker honey-mustard drumstick recipe and served this on a bed of UNCLE BEN’S® Flavored Grains Long Grain & Wild Rice, Original Recipe. What I love about this recipe is that even though it requires just a few ingredients, the end result has bold flavors that are truly satisfying, especially if you are like me, a lover of honey and mustard combination.

Two Honey Mustard Drumsticks with rice in a bowl with tableware

About This Slow Cooker Honey-Mustard Drumsticks Recipe:

This recipe has two components. For the first part, you rub the drumsticks with a spice-sugar mixture and place them in the slow cooker. Then you mix together the honey and mustard, pour a portion of it over the chicken and cook it in your crock pot in low-heat setting for 4-5 hours. The timing depends on your slow cooker, but my chicken was cooked and tender around the 4 ½ – hour mark.

For the second part, you place the drumsticks on a baking sheet lined with a wire rack, brush them with the rest of the honey-mustard sauce, and bake them (on both sides) in the oven until their skin is lightly charred and crisp. The second part of the recipe is where the goodness happens so I recommend not skipping this step. Here, you might think that you are left with way too much honey-mustard mixture, but that amount is just right. You need to smother those bad boys with all the goodness. Also, keep in mind that the time spent in the oven makes the sugars caramelize and makes the skin crisp, which according to my husband, is the best part.

Box of Uncle Ben's rice on a napkin with herbs and bowl of cooked rice
One of cooked rice in a bowl and two bowls of rice with chicken drumsticks

A Few Tips to Help You With This Recipe:

Unlike most people I know, I am not a big fan of the skin of the chicken. Normally, you wouldn’t see me share a recipe with the skin on. However for this recipe, you do want the skin on as you need it for the sauce the stick and char so that the meat inside would still be soft and juicy. So if you are like me, make an exception for this recipe, because the skin is where the magic happens.

Before you place the chicken on the baking sheet, make sure to cover it with aluminum foil. It will make the cleaning part much easier later on.

Be sure to spray the wire rack with vegetable spray, as it will prevent the chicken from sticking to the rack.

Seven Slow Cooker Honey Mustard Drumstick on a bed rice:  A delicious slow cooker honey-mustard chicken drumsticks recipe.

How to Serve Honey-Mustard Drumsticks:

For this recipe, I served my chicken on a bed of Uncle Ben’s® flavored long grain and wild rice. I love their flavored rice because (1) it is ready and quick to prepare and (2) the flavors are truly delicious. You can make the rice before you place the drumsticks in the oven and will have it ready by the time your chicken is cooked. In addition, even though I choose the long grain and wild rice original recipe, they have a full line of flavored grains to choose from, all of which are a great side dish to serve along with any of your protein dishes. Lastly, they are running an in-store promotion between 02/12/17 and 02/28/17: If you purchase two Uncle Ben’s® Flavored Grain products, you can get $1 off at the register. To get this deal, visit your local Kroger store, or any other Kroger family stores.

If I had all my kitchen equipment out, I would also make a quick and simple green salad to serve with this dish, but I guess that will happen next time. Hopefully, sometime in late February or early March. Until then, make these bad boys, take a picture and make sure to share it with me.

A Few Other Chicken Recipes You Might Also Like:


Slow Cooker Honey Mustard Drumsticks: A delicious crock-pot honey-mustard chicken drumsticks recipe.
Print

Slow Cooker Honey Mustard Drumsticks

Get your slow cookers out friends! We are making these Slow Cooker Honey Mustard Drumsticks. Here is a no-fuss and easy to make recipe with less than 10 ingredients. If you are a lover of the sweet and tangy flavors of honey and mustard combination, this recipe is for you. 
Course Main Dish
Cuisine American
Prep Time 20 minutes
Cook Time 5 hours 30 minutes
Total Time 5 hours 50 minutes
Servings 4 Servings
Calories 906kcal

Ingredients

  • Vegetable oil spray
  • 2 tablespoons brown sugar
  • 1 ½ teaspoons garlic powder
  • 1 ½ teaspoons onion powder
  • 1 teaspoon dry mustard
  • 1 teaspoon kosher salt
  • ½ teaspoon black pepper freshly ground
  • 4 pounds bone-on skin-on chicken drumsticks, pat-tried using paper towels
  • ¾ cup Dijon mustard
  • ½ cup honey

Instructions

  • Coat the inside of you slow cooker bowl generously with vegetable oil spray. Set it aside.
  • Mix together the sugar, garlic powder, onion powder, dry mustard, salt and pepper.
  • Using your clean hands, rub the mixture all over the chicken. Transfer the chicken into the bowl of the slow cooker.
  • Whisk together the Dijon mustard and honey in a bowl.
  • Pour ½ cup of the mixture over the chicken and make sure that the drumsticks are thoroughly coated with it. Reserve the rest.
  • Cook the chicken in low heat setting of your slow cooker until it is tender, 4-5 hours.
  • 10 minutes before your chicken is fully cooked, pre-heat the oven to 450 degrees. Cover a baking sheet with aluminum foil and place a wire rack over it. Lightly spray the wire rack with vegetable spray.
  • Transfer the chicken to the prepared baking sheet. Brush the drumsticks with the half of the reserved honey-mustard mixture. Place in the oven and bake for 10-12 minutes or until the skin is lightly charred and crisp.
  • Flip the chicken, brush the drumsticks with the rest of the honey-mustard mixture and place it back in the oven. Continue to bake until the skin is lightly charred and crisp.
  • Serve over Uncle Ben’s flavored long grain wild rice.

Nutrition

Calories: 906kcal | Carbohydrates: 45g | Protein: 68g | Fat: 53g | Saturated Fat: 26g | Cholesterol: 205mg | Sodium: 1586mg | Potassium: 97mg | Fiber: 2g | Sugar: 41g | Vitamin A: 31IU | Vitamin C: 1mg | Calcium: 367mg | Iron: 9mg

This recipe is adapted from a recipe in Slow Cooker Revolution cookbook with minor changes.

The post Slow Cooker Honey Mustard Drumsticks appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/slow-cooker-honey-mustard-drumsticks/feed/ 0
Slow Cooker Butternut Squash Lentil Stew https://foolproofliving.com/slow-cooker-butternut-squash-lentil-stew/ https://foolproofliving.com/slow-cooker-butternut-squash-lentil-stew/#comments Tue, 11 Oct 2016 16:17:34 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=10956 It finally cooled down here in Atlanta and I cannot be happier. As I type this, my windows are open and the crisp morning air feels so good in my face. I love autumn. It feels great to take a break from the 90+ degree weather, put on socks, and wear a cozy sweater. For the last couple of days, I have been in the kitchen testing various recipes for...

The post Slow Cooker Butternut Squash Lentil Stew appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
It finally cooled down here in Atlanta and I cannot be happier. As I type this, my windows are open and the crisp morning air feels so good in my face. I love autumn. It feels great to take a break from the 90+ degree weather, put on socks, and wear a cozy sweater. For the last couple of days, I have been in the kitchen testing various recipes for all kinds of baked goods for the upcoming holidays.

A bowl of Slow Cooker Butternut Squash Lentil Stew Recipe with a spoon on the side

My oven has been working overtime and the fridge is full of cookies, tart dough and cake batter. Since sweets do not count for dinner, I needed an easy (mostly hands-off) meal that would balance out all our excess sugar consumption.

And this veggie-packed slow cooker butternut squash lentil stew came to our rescue. It is one of those recipes where you put everything in your slow cooker, forget about it and have dinner ready with minimal effort. Not to mention, it is such a healthy recipe that is made with one of fall’s most popular vegetable: butternut squash.

a bowl of butternut squash slow cooker from the front view
Ingredients for butternut squash lentil stew to cook it in a crockpot

About this Slow Cooker Butternut Squash Lentil Stew:

Now, I know that I said that you can make this with minimal effort, but I have to mention that the mise-en-place includes quite a bit of chopping. I am fine with chopping onions, carrots, celery, and sweet potatoes, but I would be lying if I were to tell you that I find cutting butternut squash easy. Luckily, our local supermarket sells already cut butternut squash and I found that it is a time saver when I am short on time, especially because you only need 2 cups of butternut squash for this recipe.

Once you have all your ingredients ready, all you have to do is to put everything in your slow cooker, turn it on, and forget about it. It is literally that simple. I cooked it in low-heat setting for five and a half hours. You might think that it is relatively a short amount of time, but even in the low-heat setting my slow cooker cooks faster. Also, I prefer my butternut squash cooked al dente. Though it depends on your crock-pot, I recommend keeping an eye on it after the 5-hour mark. If you are home, feel free to give it a stir a few times during the cooking process.

To make it even more nutritious, right before I was ready to serve, I added a few cups of chopped kale and let the residual heat cook it. In my opinion, it was a great way to brighten the dish and sneak in another superfood.

Can’t get enough? Be sure to try this Split Pea Soup for a cozy and healthy dinner.

slow cooker butternut squash stew with a wooden spoon next to it.

Regular Green Lentils Versus French le Puy Lentils

I have made this dish both with regular green lentils and French du Puy lentils. I found that le Puy lentils do a better job of retaining their share during the long cooking process. Therefore, if you can get your hands on those, I recommend making this dish using le Puy lentils.

In fact, nowadays, I almost never buy regular lentils anymore for that very reason. I found that while the price is not much different, the end result with French lentils is considerably better. Even with long cooking time, they do not fall apart. Still, if you only have green lentils you could still make this dish, but be aware that if you use regular ones your lentils might not look like mine.

Three bowls of slow cooker butternut squash stew with lemon water on the side

Finally, if you are missing a few ingredients and want to substitute with what you have in your fridge, you could easily do so for this recipe. Perhaps, you could use red potatoes instead of sweet ones or even substitute butternut squash with pumpkin or acorn squash. If you don’t have kale add in spinach or both. Seriously, the sky is the limit. I promise you, this vegan autumn stew is not only a great way to feed your family, but also to clean out your fridge.

Other squash recipe ideas

Other crockpot recipes you might like


Slow Cooker Butternut Squash Lentil Stew Recipe: Vegan+GF - Put all the ingredients in your crockpot and have dinner ready in 6 hours.
Print

Slow Cooker Butternut Squash Lentil Stew

This Slow Cooker Butternut Squash Lentil Stew is a veggie packed, nutritious, and easy-to-make recipe that will not only help you feed your family in a super healthy way, but also clean out your fridge. Once all your veggies are chopped, all you have to do is put them in your crock pot and let it do all the work.
Course Soup
Cuisine American
Prep Time 30 minutes
Cook Time 6 hours
Total Time 6 hours 30 minutes
Servings 6 servings
Calories 268kcal

Ingredients

  • 2 cups butternut squash peeled and cut into ½ inch cubes
  • 1 cup carrots 3-4 carrots, peeled and sliced
  • 2 cups sweet potato 1 large sweet potato, peeled and cut into ½-inch cubes
  • 1 ½ cup celery 4-5 stalks, chopped
  • 1 ½ cup French du Puy lentils picked over and rinsed
  • 1 cup onion chopped
  • 5 cloves of garlic minced
  • 5 cups low-sodium vegetable stock
  • 1 teaspoon cumin
  • ½ teaspoon coriander
  • ¼ teaspoon black pepper freshly ground
  • 1 teaspoon Kosher salt
  • 2-3 cups kale rinsed, stems removed, and roughly chopped
  • 1 tablespoon white wine vinegar or apple cider vinegar or sherry vinegar

Instructions

  • Place everything, except kale and vinegar, in your slow cooker. Cover and cook in high for 5-6 hours or in low for 6-7 hours (times may vary depending on your slow cooker). Give it a gentle stir a few times during the cooking process.
  • Add in the kale and vinegar. Gently stir to combine so that the residual heat can soften the leaves.
  • Serve immediately.

Nutrition

Serving: 1g | Calories: 268kcal | Carbohydrates: 53.6g | Protein: 14.4g | Fat: 1g | Sodium: 430.4mg | Fiber: 9.8g | Sugar: 7.4g

The inspiration for this recipe came from Pinch of Yum‘s The Best Crock-Pot Detox Lentil Soup Recipe.

Other lentil recipes you might like

The post Slow Cooker Butternut Squash Lentil Stew appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/slow-cooker-butternut-squash-lentil-stew/feed/ 30
Slow Cooker Unsweetened Applesauce https://foolproofliving.com/slow-cooker-unsweetened-applesauce/ https://foolproofliving.com/slow-cooker-unsweetened-applesauce/#comments Sat, 01 Oct 2016 17:45:30 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=10762 Sugar Free Crockpot Applesauce This past weekend, my husband and I celebrated our 5th wedding anniversary. Between living in the Caribbean and coming back to the U.S., 5 years went by so fast. Marriage could be a difficult thing, but if you are with someone you love and respect, it could be a beautiful thing as well. I feel so lucky to be married to my best friend and could...

The post Slow Cooker Unsweetened Applesauce appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
Sugar Free Crockpot Applesauce

This past weekend, my husband and I celebrated our 5th wedding anniversary. Between living in the Caribbean and coming back to the U.S., 5 years went by so fast. Marriage could be a difficult thing, but if you are with someone you love and respect, it could be a beautiful thing as well. I feel so lucky to be married to my best friend and could not ask for a better partner.

To celebrate, we made a day-trip to Ellijay, Georgia for a day of apple picking. During this time of the year, there are many farms that allow people to pick their own apples. We went there with our friends Paula and Ian and ended up having a full day of fun.

Slow Cooker Unsweetened Applesauce in bottles
A woman's feet with apples to make applesauce

Ellijay, Georgia’s popular apple farm town, is located an hour and a half driving distance North-West of Atlanta. There are many farms that offer, what they call, u-pick programs all located within close vicinity from one another. After a quick Google search, we decided to go to the Red Apple Barn and it did not disappoint.

We each paid $7.50, which included the 10-minute tractor ride to the apple orchard, a cup of cold apple cider, and apple cider doughnuts at the end of the trip. In addition, we paid for the apples we picked. They offered several options ranging from a small peck to a large basket with prices between $6 and $24.

Apple tree

After a quick tractor-ride to the orchard, we were welcomed by a young man, who gave us a quick orientation to the orchard and told us about the types of apples we could pick from. This time of the year, Red Apple Barn offers varies kinds of apples like September Wonder, Cameo, Golden Delicious, Fuji, Prichet Golden, and Rome Beauty.

Each apple tree was tagged with a different color to help visitors identify the type of apple it was. During the next hour, we filled our bags with a variety of apple while tasting each variety as we picked through the orchard. Unfortunately, it was too hot for us to stay there longer than an hour. However, we still enjoyed our time immensely.

After we came back from the orchard, we went up to the barn and enjoyed a cup of cold unsweetened apple cider along with a freshly fried apple cider doughnut. I have to say, I have never had an apple cider doughnut before, and since I am not a big fan of fried food, I was hesitant to have one. However, I am glad I splurged, because now I know that apple cider doughnut is a delicious thing.

A man is picking apples
Apples and cinnamon are in a crockpot bowl

We came back home with a whopping 10-pounds of apples. All in different sizes and types. Apple pie was definitely on the list of things to make, but I also wanted to have a good supply of applesauce to get me through the upcoming holiday season. I use applesauce in many ways, but mostly in my baking and as a condiment in my cooking.

I also love topping off my morning oatmeal/cereal with a big dollop of applesauce. In the upcoming weeks, you will see me sharing a few recipes using this applesauce as an ingredient. If you want to follow along, make sure to some of this delicious applesauce in your fridge.

About This Slow Cooker Unsweetened Applesauce Recipe:

For this recipe, I used my slow cooker. However, if you do not have one, you could still make this sauce in a large pot. I love the convenience of placing everything in a slow cooker and forgetting about it for a few hours. For the recipe below, I used 3 pounds of apples, which yielded 4 cups of applesauce. If your slow cooker is large enough, feel free to double the recipe.

I personally do not add any sweeteners to my applesauce, because I found that as apples cook they get sweeter and that sweetness is enough for our taste. You could add a few tablespoons of honey or maple syrup, but I urge you to try it without adding any sweeteners. Especially, if you are making it the first time.

In terms of flavorings, I use a few cinnamon sticks and a pinch of freshly ground nutmeg. Since I plan on using my applesauce in various recipes I kept the flavorings to a minimum, but if want you could also add star anise, fresh (or ground) ginger, and/or a few whole cloves.

I did peel my apples, because I prefer a creamy and smooth applesauce. However, if you prefer to cook them with their skin on, you certainly could, but just know that it might take a little longer for them to cook.

Crockpot Unsweetened Apple sauce in jars

I used water as liquid, but I have seen some people use apple juice as well. At first, you might be tempted to add more liquid than listed below, but believe me, half a cup of water for 3 pounds of apples is more than enough.

Even though the timing depends on your slow cooker, in general 3 to 4 hours of cooking in high-heat setting seems to be enough. However, I recommend giving it a stir a few times and keeping a close eye on it after the 3-hour mark.

Once cooked, you could either use a food processor or a high-powered blender. Up until this year, I used my food processor to puree my applesauce, which yielded great results. However this year, I used my Vitamix. And I have to say, a high-powered blender does a really good job of delivering a creamy, almost-pudding like applesauce. With that being said, I know some people like their applesauce on the chunkier side. If that is you, feel free to use your food processor, immersion blender, or even a food mill.

A woman's hand on a horse
Dwight and Aysegul posing together

Alternatively, like I mentioned earlier, you could cook your apples in a big pot with some water. However, in my experience the slow cooked applesauce results in more depth in flavor than stovetop cooked apples.

How long will Applesauce Keep Fresh? Can I freeze it?

To store my applesauce, I use various types of glass jars and plastic containers. Glass jars are good if you are planning to consume your applesauce within a few days (up-to 5 days) and keep them in the fridge. However, if you are planning to make a big batch, you could place the sauce in airtight plastic containers and keep them in your freezers up to three months.

If you liked this Unsweetened Applesauce Recipe You Might Also Like:

Homemade Slow Cooker Unsweetened Applesauce recipe - Learn how to easily make applesauce in your slow cooker. A great way to use all kinds of apples that are in abundance in the fall.
Print

Slow Cooker Unsweetened Applesauce Recipe

This slow cooker unsweetened applesauce is vegan and made with just a few ingredients. It is a great way to use apples that are in abundance throughout the fall.  So get your slow cooker out and make this delicious applesauce to eat as a snack or to use in your cooking and baking for the upcoming holiday season.
Course Condiment/Sauce
Cuisine American
Prep Time 10 minutes
Cook Time 4 hours
Total Time 4 hours 10 minutes
Servings 4 cups
Calories 181kcal

Ingredients

  • 3 pounds of apples- peeled cored and cut into small cubes – 6-8 apples depending on their size
  • ½ cup of water
  • juice of a ½ lemon
  • 2 cinnamon sticks
  • pinch of salt
  • pinch of ground nutmeg freshly squeezed

Instructions

  • Layer sliced apples in the bowl of a slow cooker.
  • Pour in the water and lemon juice.
  • Add in the cinnamon sticks, salt, and ground nutmeg. Give it a gentlestir.
  • Cook in high heat setting up to 3-4 hours. Depending on your slow cooker the timing may change. However, I recommend keeping a close eye after the 3-hour mark. I also recommend giving it a stir a few times during the cooking process.
  • Transfer the apples into a high power blender and puree until smooth. Alternatively, you can use a hand mixer, but it might take longer for it to be completely pureed.
  • Store in glass Mason jars. They will keep fresh up to 5 days in the fridge. If you prefer to freeze your applesauce, store in airtight plastic containers and freeze up to 3 months.

Nutrition

Calories: 181kcal | Carbohydrates: 48g | Protein: 1g | Fat: 1g | Saturated Fat: 1g | Sodium: 5mg | Potassium: 364mg | Fiber: 9g | Sugar: 35g | Vitamin A: 184IU | Vitamin C: 16mg | Calcium: 38mg | Iron: 1mg

Editor’s note: I was not compensated in any shape or form by anyone or an establishment to write this post. All opinions written in this posts are mine.

Jars of Unsweetened apple sauce

The post Slow Cooker Unsweetened Applesauce appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/slow-cooker-unsweetened-applesauce/feed/ 20
Slow-Cooker Sticky Chicken Wings https://foolproofliving.com/slow-cooker-sticky-chicken-wings/ https://foolproofliving.com/slow-cooker-sticky-chicken-wings/#comments Fri, 23 Jan 2015 19:02:22 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=5651 One of last year’s most popular posts on Foolproof Living was the Oven-Baked Chicken Wings that I published right before the Big Gameday. I was hoping that it would be a healthier alternative to fried chicken wings we all love to eat during the game. Throughout the year, even months after the football season, I received so many e-mails and notes from people all over the world thanking me for...

The post Slow-Cooker Sticky Chicken Wings appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
One of last year’s most popular posts on Foolproof Living was the Oven-Baked Chicken Wings that I published right before the Big Gameday. I was hoping that it would be a healthier alternative to fried chicken wings we all love to eat during the game.

Throughout the year, even months after the football season, I received so many e-mails and notes from people all over the world thanking me for this recipe as they greatly enjoyed this easy-to-make and healthy version of chicken wings.

Slow Cooker Sticky Chicken Wings: Favorite game day stick wings made in slow cooker.

So as you can imagine, while I was getting ready to find recipe ideas for this year’s biggest sports event (in the U.S.), the pressure was on. But no worries, because I’ve got you covered.

Since Dwight and I love chicken wings and enjoy it more than any other Super Bowl food, I wanted to find a different chicken wing recipe as an alternative to the version that I made last year. And as I was looking around for recipes, I had 3 questions in mind: (1) what was an easy way of cooking wings for a crowd without too much hands on time, (2) how could I cook them in a way that they were still healthy (frying them was out of the question), and (3) what was the best way of cooking to get wings that are soft on the inside and still crispy (and flavorful) on the outside.

After a couple of hours of surfing on the Internet and going over my cookbooks, I picked 3 recipes that I thought fit the bill. And for the first time in a long time, I got very lucky because this Slow-Cooker Sticky Chicken Wings ended up being exactly what I wanted for this year’s Super Bowl recipe. So much so that I didn’t need to try the other two recipes… And let me tell you something, this never happens to me. Most of the time I have to make changes to the original recipe or mix and match with other recipes. Needless to say, I was quite happy with it.

Slow Cooker Sticky Chicken Wings: Favorite game day stick wings made in slow cooker.

About this Slow-Cooker Sticky Chicken Wings Recipe

The process of making these wings is quite simple, which is why I think they are perfect if you are planning to make it for a crowd. And the best part of it is that you can make it with everyday ingredients that are probably already in your kitchen pantry.

All you have to do is to make a quick sauce with fresh ginger, brown sugar, garlic, soy sauce, and cayenne pepper. Place the wings and the sauce in a crock-pot, and cook for 3-4 hours in a low-heat setting. While they are cooking, make a quick glaze with tomato paste, sugar, and soy sauce. Once the wings are cooked, fish them out of the crock- pot with a spatula, and allow them to cool for 15-20 minutes. In the mean time, turn the broiler on. To finish it up, generously brush the wings with the glaze, place them on a baking sheet (set with a wire rack in it), and broil them until they are crisp on the outside, 15 to 20 minutes. During the broiling process there are two things that I recommend for the best results, (1) placing the oven rack in the lower-middle section (at least 12-15 inches away from the broiler), and (2) keeping a close eye on it, because the time of cooking may vary depending on the heat settings of your broiler.

Slow Cooker Sticky Chicken Wings: Favorite game day stick wings made in slow cooker.

The Importance of Using a Wire Rack

One question that I was asked often for last year’s Oven-Baked Chicken Wings was whether we really need to set a wire rack inside a baking sheet or not. Just like in that recipe, this one also asks you to do that. And quite frankly, I do not recommend skipping this step. Here is why: In order for the wings to get crispy on the outside, we put them in a very high temperature oven (my oven’s broil setting is 500 Fahrenheit Degrees). Our goal here is to cook the glazed skin as quickly as possible without drying the already cooked soft meat on the inside. For that reason, placing a wire rack in the baking sheet is crucial here, because it allows the heat to circulate through the meat, helping us to avoid the step of turning the wings over several times and opening the oven door (thus cooling the oven) while slowing down the process.

Slow Cooker Sticky Chicken Wings: Favorite game day stick wings made in slow cooker.

Whether you are cooking it for a crowd or just for your family, I hope that this simple chicken wings recipe will make your life easier and will be one that you go back often.


Slow Cooker Sticky Chicken Wings: Favorite game day stick wings made in slow cooker.
Print

Slow-Cooker Sticky Chicken Wings

Slow cooker sticky chicken wings starts in a crockpot. Then you put it in the oven for extra sticky and crispy goodness.
Course Slow Cooker Recipe
Cuisine Asian Cuisine
Prep Time 20 minutes
Cook Time 4 hours
Servings 6 servings
Calories 573kcal

Ingredients

  • 1 3-inch piece fresh ginger, peeled and chopped
  • 4 garlic cloves peeled
  • 1/4 + 1/2 cup dark brown sugar packed – divided
  • 1/4 cup soy sauce – divided
  • 1/4 + 1/2 teaspoon cayenne pepper – divided
  • 4 pounds of chicken wings pat dried with paper towels
  • 1/4 cup water
  • 1/4 cup tomato paste
  • 2-3 stalks of scallions both green and white parts are chopped
  • 1 teaspoon or more roasted sesame seeds, (Optional)
  • Vegetable Spray

Instructions

  • To make the rub, process the ginger, garlic, 1/4 cup sugar, 1-tablespoon soy sauce, and 1/4 teaspoon cayenne pepper in a food processor until finely ground. Transfer it into the bowl of the slow cooker.
  • Add the wings into the slow cooker, and cook for 3-4 hours in the low-heat setting (or until the chicken is tender). When cooked, fish them out of the slow cooker and allow them to cool for 15-20 minutes. Discard the juices.
  • Adjust the oven rack in the lower middle section and turn the broiler on. Line inside of a baking sheet with aluminum folio (for easy cleaning purposes) and set a wire rack in it. Generously spray it with vegetable spray.
  • To make the glaze: Whisk together 1/2 cup brown sugar, rest of the soy sauce, water, tomato paste, and 1/2 teaspoon cayenne pepper in a bowl. Pour half of the mixture over the chicken and give it a big toss, making sure that they are all coated with the glaze.
  • Arrange wings, skin side up, on the rack. Broil them for 10-15 minutes until they are lightly charred on the outside. Flip wings, brush the other side with the rest of the glaze, and continue to broil for another 3 to 4 minutes.
  • Transfer them to a large plate and garnish it with chopped scallion and sesame seeds. Serve immediately.

Notes

This recipe yields 20-22 chicken wings.

Nutrition

Calories: 573kcal | Carbohydrates: 5g | Protein: 47g | Fat: 39g | Saturated Fat: 11g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 8g | Monounsaturated Fat: 16g | Trans Fat: 1g | Cholesterol: 189mg | Sodium: 1120mg | Potassium: 609mg | Fiber: 1g | Sugar: 2g | Vitamin A: 696IU | Vitamin C: 7mg | Calcium: 49mg | Iron: 3mg

Recipe adapted from CooksCountry.com 

The post Slow-Cooker Sticky Chicken Wings appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/slow-cooker-sticky-chicken-wings/feed/ 6
Slow Cooker Curried Chicken Breasts https://foolproofliving.com/slow-cooker-curried-chicken-breasts/ https://foolproofliving.com/slow-cooker-curried-chicken-breasts/#comments Fri, 10 Oct 2014 15:00:29 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=4507 If you have ever worked in a hotel or know someone, who works in a leadership role in a hotel, you would know that the month of October is also known as the budget month. I guess, it is the budget month in most other business, but I can’t vouch for that because I have never worked for any other industry. As in most businesses, during this month, the leadership...

The post Slow Cooker Curried Chicken Breasts appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
If you have ever worked in a hotel or know someone, who works in a leadership role in a hotel, you would know that the month of October is also known as the budget month. I guess, it is the budget month in most other business, but I can’t vouch for that because I have never worked for any other industry.

Slow Cooker Curried Chicken Breasts with rice on a platter

As in most businesses, during this month, the leadership of the hotel gets together and goes over every line on their balance sheets and profit & loss statements, and try to predict next year’s revenue and expenses for every single avenue of the hotel based on historical data and goals for the upcoming year.

Close up view Curried Chicken on a platter


The process of getting the budget ready is rather a lengthy process that includes a dozen of excel sheets with super complicated formulas and many discussions, some of which are pretty heated, with other department heads. In the environment of luxury service business, where the owners are closely watching every single line of expense and revenue, you have got to be very adamant about what you want and why you want it. So, as you can imagine, to survive through this time of the year, you have to be pretty thick skinned.


After all the discussions and number crunching, the executive committee members present the budget to the super-seasoned accounting masterminds of the corporate office. This process is also known as the “grilling process”, where the leadership of the hotel goes into a conference room (and yes, we have a conference room on this island!?) and answer questions about every single detail on that budget proposal. This meeting usually takes more than 6 hours and by the time it ends, those guys are in need of alcohol. A lot of alcohol…

Overhead view of crockpot chicken on two plates with rice and beans

But for me, as the wife of a resort manager of an ultra luxury hotel, life at home could be just as difficult with a husband, who is either on his computer or on the phone at all times with an attitude of don’t touch me or you will die.

Okay, well… It is not that bad, but it is not good either. The month of October for us, the significant others of the executive committee team, is the month where our relationship gets tested to see if it can stand the test of the budget process. You have to act cool and be a supportive figure in the life of a person, who is emotionally and physically drained.

In our household, my husband deals with this time by being quite, so much so that if I don’t say anything we maybe in danger of not saying a word to each other. He is physically there, but not that much, because he is preoccupied with the numbers and how he is going to make his case for the things that he wants.

Close up view of Slow Cooker Chicken with rice and beans on a plate

Thankfully, they presented the budget to the corporate office yesterday, and it went well. And for the first time in a long time, my husband woke up relaxed and in a good mood. I am not too sure, but I think I even heard him whistling in the bathroom. Or, it maybe my wishful thinking…
Either way, I am glad things are getting back to normal.

They still need to go over their notes from the meeting and make edits, but they have jumped over the first big hurdle. Next, they will present it to the owners, and I am pretty sure that will be another drama. But right now, I am not going to worry about it.

Overhead view of Slow Cooker Curried Chicken Breasts and rice on a platter

So, this is what is going on in the home front. What is happening in the kitchen is this delicious Slow Cooker Curried Chicken Breasts. I made it yesterday for our celebration dinner, and served it with white rice and steamed green beans. It is one of those dishes that takes less than 15 minutes to put together. All you have to do is to quickly microwave the flavoring mixture made up of onions, garlic, ginger, curry powder and tomato paste, and place it in the slow cooker with the rest of the ingredients. Next thing you know, when it is time for dinner, you have a tender, juicy, and flavorful chicken for a dinner that will make even the quietest man talk.

In my case, he said, “it is delicious”.

Print

Slow Cooker Curried Chicken Breasts

Slow Cooker Curried Chicken is an easy to make curry chicken recipe that requires minimal preparation but offers major flavors. Chicken breasts conveniently cooked in crockpot, this curry chicken is a healthy and easy weeknight family dinner.
Course Main Course
Cuisine Indian
Prep Time 15 minutes
Cook Time 6 hours
Total Time 6 hours 15 minutes
Servings 4 servings
Calories 296kcal

Ingredients

  • 2 onions chopped
  • 7 cloves of garlic minced
  • 2 tablespoons minced or grated fresh ginger
  • 4 teaspoons curry powder
  • 1 tablespoon vegetable oil
  • 1 tablespoon tomato paste
  • 1 cup chicken stock preferably homemade
  • 3 tablespoons Minute tapioca
  • 6 pieces of chicken breasts skin removed, washed, and pat-dried
  • salt and pepper
  • 1/2 cup raisins
  • 1/2 cup non-fat yogurt
  • 2 tablespoons parsley chopped
  • 1/2 cup salted cashews roughly chopped

Instructions

  • Mix the onion, garlic, ginger, curry powder, vegetable oil, and tomato paste in a bowl. Microwave the mixture about 5 minutes, or until the onions are softened, making sure to give it a stir half way through.
  • Transfer the now semi-cooked onion mixtures into the slow cooker.
  • Stir in the chicken stock and tapioca. Give everything a large stir to make sure that they are all incorporated.
  • Season both sides of the chicken breasts with salt and pepper. Nestle them into the slow cooker. Put the lid on and allow to cook in the low heat setting for 4-6 hours.
  • When cooked, place the raisons in the slow cooker and let them plump up for 10 minutes.
  • Using thongs, transfer the chicken breasts into a large platter, cover with aluminum foil, and set aside.
  • In a medium-size bowl, mix 1/4 cup of the hot braising liquid with yogurt. Stir the mixture into the slow cooker. Add in the parsley.
  • To serve, spoon the liquid over the chicken and garnish it with cashews.

Notes

Cook Time: 4-6 hours[br]Prep Time: 15 minutes

Nutrition

Calories: 296kcal | Carbohydrates: 40g | Protein: 9g | Fat: 13g | Saturated Fat: 5g | Cholesterol: 4mg | Sodium: 250mg | Potassium: 549mg | Fiber: 4g | Sugar: 6g | Vitamin A: 249IU | Vitamin C: 10mg | Calcium: 80mg | Iron: 3mg

Adapted from Slow Cooker Revolution cookbook.

Slow Cooker Curried Chicken Breasts

The post Slow Cooker Curried Chicken Breasts appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/slow-cooker-curried-chicken-breasts/feed/ 5
Slow Cooker Thai Beef Curry https://foolproofliving.com/slow-cooker-thai-beef-curry-2/ https://foolproofliving.com/slow-cooker-thai-beef-curry-2/#comments Sun, 29 Jun 2014 12:50:12 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=3649 This Slow Cooker Thai Beef Curry is made with browning meat in a skillet and cooking it in a homemade Thai-style curry flavored with fresh lemongrass. A delicious recipe that puts your slow cooker to good use. There are not that many people, who grow their own produce on our island, Virgin Gorda. You would think, with all the sun and water we have around here we would be able...

The post Slow Cooker Thai Beef Curry appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
This Slow Cooker Thai Beef Curry is made with browning meat in a skillet and cooking it in a homemade Thai-style curry flavored with fresh lemongrass. A delicious recipe that puts your slow cooker to good use.

Slow Cooker Thai Beef Curry Recipe: Beef flavored with lemon grass curry and slow cooked in a crockpot.

There are not that many people, who grow their own produce on our island, Virgin Gorda. You would think, with all the sun and water we have around here we would be able to grow everything.

Unfortunately, that is not the case.

Slow Cooker Thai Beef Curry Recipe: Beef flavored with lemon grass curry and slow cooked in a crockpot.

From what I understand, there are 2 major reasons for that. (1) The soil of Virgin Gorda is too thin and (2) the water we use is distilled from the ocean and even though we couldn’t taste the salt in it, some plants could.

I learned this from my friend Roman, who is the botanist of a hotel’s nursery on the island. Originally from Dominica, he knows a lot about growing and taking care of plants.
In his nursery, Roman mostly grows plants for the landscape of the hotel. However, in a little corner, he also grows some fresh foods like scallions, eggplants, fresh herbs, and peppers.

That is why, last week when I decided to make this Thai Beef Curry dish, I could only think of one place to find fresh lemon grass. Luckily, Roman had it in his nursery. After a quick trip over there, thanks to Roman, I came home with enough lemon grass to feed an army.

Slow Cooker Thai Beef Curry Recipe: Beef flavored with lemon grass curry and slow cooked in a crockpot.

About the Recipe

Truth be told, what makes this Thai Beef Curry dish is the addition of fresh lemon grass to the curry paste. The refreshing flavor that it gives to the end product is truly amazing.

To use in this dish, I first washed them under water until they are free of any soil. Then I bashed the white part of 1 stalk and chopped the green parts of 2 stalks. I added the white part into the curry mixture and the green parts (leaves) in to the slow cooker with all the other stuff.

Slow Cooker Thai Beef Curry Recipe: Beef flavored with lemon grass curry and slow cooked in a crockpot.

As a side note, making this dish could not be easier. All you have to do is to quickly sear the meat, make the curry, and put everything in your slow cooker. After 7 hours of cooking in low heat, you have a delicious Beef Curry with all the heavenly flavors of the Thai cuisine.


Slow Cooker Thai Beef Curry
Print

Slow Cooker Thai Beef Curry

Course Main Course
Cuisine Tha Cuisine
Prep Time 20 minutes
Cook Time 7 hours
Total Time 7 hours 20 minutes
Servings 4
Calories 895kcal

Ingredients

  • 3 tablespoon vegetable oil
  • 3 1/2 to 4 pounds beef stew meat cut into small cubes
  • 1/2 cup + 3 tablespoons fresh cilantro divided & roughly chopped
  • 2 lemon grass stalks 1 bashed and 1 roughly chopped
  • 5 garlic cloves minced
  • 2 green peppers chopped
  • 2- inch long fresh ginger peeled and roughly chopped
  • 1/4 cup rice wine vinegar
  • 1/4 cup fish sauce
  • 2 tablespoon brown sugar
  • 14 ounce (14 ounces) can coconut milk
  • 2 star anise
  • 1-2 fresh limes sliced

Instructions

  • Using paper towels, pat-dry the stew meat.
  • Heat 1 tablespoon of oil in a large (12-inch) heavy bottom pan (I used my cast iron skillet) over medium heat. When the oil is sizzling hot, add 1/3 of the meat and cook 3-4 minutes on each side. Place it on a plate.
  • Continue the same process for the rest of the meat using the other 2 tablespoons of oil.
  • When all the meat is partially cooked, cover it with aluminum foil while you are working on the curry. Do not wash the pan.
  • In the bowl of a food processor, place 1/2-cup cilantro leaves, bashed lemon grass, garlic, green pepper, and ginger. Process until it turns into a paste.
  • Transfer the curry paste into the now-empty pan and cook, stirring continuously, over medium heat, for 5 -7 minutes.
  • Place the meat (with all of its juices), curry, rice wine vinegar, fish sauce, brown sugar, coconut milk, the roughly chopped (2nd) lemon grass, and star anise in the bowl of your slow cooker. Mix until they are all combined.
  • Cook in low heat setting for 7 to 8 hours.
  • When ready to serve, sprinkle each portion with chopped cilantro and freshly squeezed lime juice.

Nutrition

Calories: 895kcal | Carbohydrates: 14g | Protein: 92g | Fat: 52g | Saturated Fat: 34g | Cholesterol: 246mg | Sodium: 1379mg | Potassium: 1761mg | Fiber: 1g | Sugar: 8g | Vitamin A: 355IU | Vitamin C: 51mg | Calcium: 114mg | Iron: 12mg
Slow Cooker Thai Beef Curry Recipe: Beef flavored with lemon grass curry and slow cooked in a crockpot.

The post Slow Cooker Thai Beef Curry appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/slow-cooker-thai-beef-curry-2/feed/ 10